diff options
| author | Linus Torvalds <torvalds@ppc970.osdl.org> | 2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Linus Torvalds <torvalds@ppc970.osdl.org> | 2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700 |
| commit | 1da177e4c3f41524e886b7f1b8a0c1fc7321cac2 (patch) | |
| tree | 0bba044c4ce775e45a88a51686b5d9f90697ea9d /Documentation/scsi | |
Linux-2.6.12-rc2v2.6.12-rc2
Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history,
even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git
archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about
3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early
git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good
infrastructure for it.
Let it rip!
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/scsi')
39 files changed, 15151 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f9cb5bdcce41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file +53c700.txt + - info on driver for 53c700 based adapters +AM53C974.txt + - info on driver for AM53c974 based adapters +BusLogic.txt + - info on driver for adapters with BusLogic chips +ChangeLog + - Changes to scsi files, if not listed elsewhere +ChangeLog.ips + - IBM ServeRAID driver Changelog +ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx + - Changes to ncr53c8xx driver +ChangeLog.sym53c8xx + - Changes to sym53c8xx driver +ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 + - Changes to second generation of sym53c8xx driver +FlashPoint.txt + - info on driver for BusLogic FlashPoint adapters +LICENSE.FlashPoint + - Licence of the Flashpoint driver +Mylex.txt + - info on driver for Mylex adapters +NinjaSCSI.txt + - info on WorkBiT NinjaSCSI-32/32Bi driver +aha152x.txt + - info on driver for Adaptec AHA152x based adapters +aic7xxx.txt + - info on driver for Adaptec controllers +aic7xxx_old.txt + - info on driver for Adaptec controllers, old generation +cpqfc.txt + - info on driver for Compaq Tachyon TS adapters +dpti.txt + - info on driver for DPT SmartRAID and Adaptec I2O RAID based adapters +dtc3x80.txt + - info on driver for DTC 2x80 based adapters +g_NCR5380.txt + - info on driver for NCR5380 and NCR53c400 based adapters +ibmmca.txt + - info on driver for IBM adapters with MCA bus +in2000.txt + - info on in2000 driver +ncr53c7xx.txt + - info on driver for NCR53c7xx based adapters +ncr53c8xx.txt + - info on driver for NCR53c8xx based adapters +osst.txt + - info on driver for OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape +ppa.txt + - info on driver for IOmega zip drive +qlogicfas.txt + - info on driver for QLogic FASxxx based adapters +qlogicisp.txt + - info on driver for QLogic ISP 1020 based adapters +scsi-generic.txt + - info on the sg driver for generic (non-disk/CD/tape) SCSI devices. +scsi.txt + - short blurb on using SCSI support as a module. +scsi_mid_low_api.txt + - info on API between SCSI layer and low level drivers +st.txt + - info on scsi tape driver +sym53c500_cs.txt + - info on PCMCIA driver for Symbios Logic 53c500 based adapters +sym53c8xx_2.txt + - info on second generation driver for sym53c8xx based adapters +tmscsim.txt + - info on driver for AM53c974 based adapters diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt b/Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0da681d497a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +General Description +=================== + +This driver supports the 53c700 and 53c700-66 chips. It also supports +the 53c710 but only in 53c700 emulation mode. It is full featured and +does sync (-66 and 710 only), disconnects and tag command queueing. + +Since the 53c700 must be interfaced to a bus, you need to wrapper the +card detector around this driver. For an example, see the +NCR_D700.[ch] or lasi700.[ch] files. + +The comments in the 53c700.[ch] files tell you which parts you need to +fill in to get the driver working. + + +Compile Time Flags +================== + +The driver may be either io mapped or memory mapped. This is +selectable by configuration flags: + +CONFIG_53C700_MEM_MAPPED + +define if the driver is memory mapped. + +CONFIG_53C700_IO_MAPPED + +define if the driver is to be io mapped. + +One or other of the above flags *must* be defined. + +Other flags are: + +CONFIG_53C700_LE_ON_BE + +define if the chipset must be supported in little endian mode on a big +endian architecture (used for the 700 on parisc). + +CONFIG_53C700_USE_CONSISTENT + +allocate consistent memory (should only be used if your architecture +has a mixture of consistent and inconsistent memory). Fully +consistent or fully inconsistent architectures should not define this. + + +Using the Chip Core Driver +========================== + +In order to plumb the 53c700 chip core driver into a working SCSI +driver, you need to know three things about the way the chip is wired +into your system (or expansion card). + +1. The clock speed of the SCSI core +2. The interrupt line used +3. The memory (or io space) location of the 53c700 registers. + +Optionally, you may also need to know other things, like how to read +the SCSI Id from the card bios or whether the chip is wired for +differential operation. + +Usually you can find items 2. and 3. from general spec. documents or +even by examining the configuration of a working driver under another +operating system. + +The clock speed is usually buried deep in the technical literature. +It is required because it is used to set up both the synchronous and +asynchronous dividers for the chip. As a general rule of thumb, +manufacturers set the clock speed at the lowest possible setting +consistent with the best operation of the chip (although some choose +to drive it off the CPU or bus clock rather than going to the expense +of an extra clock chip). The best operation clock speeds are: + +53c700 - 25MHz +53c700-66 - 50MHz +53c710 - 40Mhz + +Writing Your Glue Driver +======================== + +This will be a standard SCSI driver (I don't know of a good document +describing this, just copy from some other driver) with at least a +detect and release entry. + +In the detect routine, you need to allocate a struct +NCR_700_Host_Parameters sized memory area and clear it (so that the +default values for everything are 0). Then you must fill in the +parameters that matter to you (see below), plumb the NCR_700_intr +routine into the interrupt line and call NCR_700_detect with the host +template and the new parameters as arguments. You should also call +the relevant request_*_region function and place the register base +address into the `base' pointer of the host parameters. + +In the release routine, you must free the NCR_700_Host_Parameters that +you allocated, call the corresponding release_*_region and free the +interrupt. + +Handling Interrupts +------------------- + +In general, you should just plumb the card's interrupt line in with + +request_irq(irq, NCR_700_intr, <irq flags>, <driver name>, host); + +where host is the return from the relevant NCR_700_detect() routine. + +You may also write your own interrupt handling routine which calls +NCR_700_intr() directly. However, you should only really do this if +you have a card with more than one chip on it and you can read a +register to tell which set of chips wants the interrupt. + +Settable NCR_700_Host_Parameters +-------------------------------- + +The following are a list of the user settable parameters: + +clock: (MANDATORY) + +Set to the clock speed of the chip in MHz. + +base: (MANDATORY) + +set to the base of the io or mem region for the register set. On 64 +bit architectures this is only 32 bits wide, so the registers must be +mapped into the low 32 bits of memory. + +pci_dev: (OPTIONAL) + +set to the PCI board device. Leave NULL for a non-pci board. This is +used for the pci_alloc_consistent() and pci_map_*() functions. + +dmode_extra: (OPTIONAL, 53c710 only) + +extra flags for the DMODE register. These are used to control bus +output pins on the 710. The settings should be a combination of +DMODE_FC1 and DMODE_FC2. What these pins actually do is entirely up +to the board designer. Usually it is safe to ignore this setting. + +differential: (OPTIONAL) + +set to 1 if the chip drives a differential bus. + +force_le_on_be: (OPTIONAL, only if CONFIG_53C700_LE_ON_BE is set) + +set to 1 if the chip is operating in little endian mode on a big +endian architecture. + +chip710: (OPTIONAL) + +set to 1 if the chip is a 53c710. + +burst_disable: (OPTIONAL, 53c710 only) + +disable 8 byte bursting for DMA transfers. + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..98023baa0f0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ + BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Driver for Linux + + Version 2.0.15 for Linux 2.0 + Version 2.1.15 for Linux 2.1 + + PRODUCTION RELEASE + + 17 August 1998 + + Leonard N. Zubkoff + Dandelion Digital + lnz@dandelion.com + + Copyright 1995-1998 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> + + + INTRODUCTION + +BusLogic, Inc. designed and manufactured a variety of high performance SCSI +host adapters which share a common programming interface across a diverse +collection of bus architectures by virtue of their MultiMaster ASIC technology. +BusLogic was acquired by Mylex Corporation in February 1996, but the products +supported by this driver originated under the BusLogic name and so that name is +retained in the source code and documentation. + +This driver supports all present BusLogic MultiMaster Host Adapters, and should +support any future MultiMaster designs with little or no modification. More +recently, BusLogic introduced the FlashPoint Host Adapters, which are less +costly and rely on the host CPU, rather than including an onboard processor. +Despite not having an onboard CPU, the FlashPoint Host Adapters perform very +well and have very low command latency. BusLogic has recently provided me with +the FlashPoint Driver Developer's Kit, which comprises documentation and freely +redistributable source code for the FlashPoint SCCB Manager. The SCCB Manager +is the library of code that runs on the host CPU and performs functions +analogous to the firmware on the MultiMaster Host Adapters. Thanks to their +having provided the SCCB Manager, this driver now supports the FlashPoint Host +Adapters as well. + +My primary goals in writing this completely new BusLogic driver for Linux are +to achieve the full performance that BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters and modern +SCSI peripherals are capable of, and to provide a highly robust driver that can +be depended upon for high performance mission critical applications. All of +the major performance features can be configured from the Linux kernel command +line or at module initialization time, allowing individual installations to +tune driver performance and error recovery to their particular needs. + +The latest information on Linux support for BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters, as +well as the most recent release of this driver and the latest firmware for the +BT-948/958/958D, will always be available from my Linux Home Page at URL +"http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/". + +Bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com". Please +include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported by the +driver and SCSI subsystem at startup, along with any subsequent system messages +relevant to SCSI operations, and a detailed description of your system's +hardware configuration. + +Mylex has been an excellent company to work with and I highly recommend their +products to the Linux community. In November 1995, I was offered the +opportunity to become a beta test site for their latest MultiMaster product, +the BT-948 PCI Ultra SCSI Host Adapter, and then again for the BT-958 PCI Wide +Ultra SCSI Host Adapter in January 1996. This was mutually beneficial since +Mylex received a degree and kind of testing that their own testing group cannot +readily achieve, and the Linux community has available high performance host +adapters that have been well tested with Linux even before being brought to +market. This relationship has also given me the opportunity to interact +directly with their technical staff, to understand more about the internal +workings of their products, and in turn to educate them about the needs and +potential of the Linux community. + +More recently, Mylex has reaffirmed the company's interest in supporting the +Linux community, and I am now working on a Linux driver for the DAC960 PCI RAID +Controllers. Mylex's interest and support is greatly appreciated. + +Unlike some other vendors, if you contact Mylex Technical Support with a +problem and are running Linux, they will not tell you that your use of their +products is unsupported. Their latest product marketing literature even states +"Mylex SCSI host adapters are compatible with all major operating systems +including: ... Linux ...". + +Mylex Corporation is located at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont, California +94555, USA and can be reached at 510/796-6100 or on the World Wide Web at +http://www.mylex.com. Mylex HBA Technical Support can be reached by electronic +mail at techsup@mylex.com, by Voice at 510/608-2400, or by FAX at 510/745-7715. +Contact information for offices in Europe and Japan is available on the Web +site. + + + DRIVER FEATURES + +o Configuration Reporting and Testing + + During system initialization, the driver reports extensively on the host + adapter hardware configuration, including the synchronous transfer parameters + requested and negotiated with each target device. AutoSCSI settings for + Synchronous Negotiation, Wide Negotiation, and Disconnect/Reconnect are + reported for each target device, as well as the status of Tagged Queuing. + If the same setting is in effect for all target devices, then a single word + or phrase is used; otherwise, a letter is provided for each target device to + indicate the individual status. The following examples + should clarify this reporting format: + + Synchronous Negotiation: Ultra + + Synchronous negotiation is enabled for all target devices and the host + adapter will attempt to negotiate for 20.0 mega-transfers/second. + + Synchronous Negotiation: Fast + + Synchronous negotiation is enabled for all target devices and the host + adapter will attempt to negotiate for 10.0 mega-transfers/second. + + Synchronous Negotiation: Slow + + Synchronous negotiation is enabled for all target devices and the host + adapter will attempt to negotiate for 5.0 mega-transfers/second. + + Synchronous Negotiation: Disabled + + Synchronous negotiation is disabled and all target devices are limited to + asynchronous operation. + + Synchronous Negotiation: UFSNUUU#UUUUUUUU + + Synchronous negotiation to Ultra speed is enabled for target devices 0 + and 4 through 15, to Fast speed for target device 1, to Slow speed for + target device 2, and is not permitted to target device 3. The host + adapter's SCSI ID is represented by the "#". + + The status of Wide Negotiation, Disconnect/Reconnect, and Tagged Queuing + are reported as "Enabled", Disabled", or a sequence of "Y" and "N" letters. + +o Performance Features + + BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters directly implement SCSI-2 Tagged Queuing, and so + support has been included in the driver to utilize tagged queuing with any + target devices that report having the tagged queuing capability. Tagged + queuing allows for multiple outstanding commands to be issued to each target + device or logical unit, and can improve I/O performance substantially. In + addition, BusLogic's Strict Round Robin Mode is used to optimize host adapter + performance, and scatter/gather I/O can support as many segments as can be + effectively utilized by the Linux I/O subsystem. Control over the use of + tagged queuing for each target device as well as individual selection of the + tagged queue depth is available through driver options provided on the kernel + command line or at module initialization time. By default, the queue depth + is determined automatically based on the host adapter's total queue depth and + the number, type, speed, and capabilities of the target devices found. In + addition, tagged queuing is automatically disabled whenever the host adapter + firmware version is known not to implement it correctly, or whenever a tagged + queue depth of 1 is selected. Tagged queuing is also disabled for individual + target devices if disconnect/reconnect is disabled for that device. + +o Robustness Features + + The driver implements extensive error recovery procedures. When the higher + level parts of the SCSI subsystem request that a timed out command be reset, + a selection is made between a full host adapter hard reset and SCSI bus reset + versus sending a bus device reset message to the individual target device + based on the recommendation of the SCSI subsystem. Error recovery strategies + are selectable through driver options individually for each target device, + and also include sending a bus device reset to the specific target device + associated with the command being reset, as well as suppressing error + recovery entirely to avoid perturbing an improperly functioning device. If + the bus device reset error recovery strategy is selected and sending a bus + device reset does not restore correct operation, the next command that is + reset will force a full host adapter hard reset and SCSI bus reset. SCSI bus + resets caused by other devices and detected by the host adapter are also + handled by issuing a soft reset to the host adapter and re-initialization. + Finally, if tagged queuing is active and more than one command reset occurs + in a 10 minute interval, or if a command reset occurs within the first 10 + minutes of operation, then tagged queuing will be disabled for that target + device. These error recovery options improve overall system robustness by + preventing individual errant devices from causing the system as a whole to + lock up or crash, and thereby allowing a clean shutdown and restart after the + offending component is removed. + +o PCI Configuration Support + + On PCI systems running kernels compiled with PCI BIOS support enabled, this + driver will interrogate the PCI configuration space and use the I/O port + addresses assigned by the system BIOS, rather than the ISA compatible I/O + port addresses. The ISA compatible I/O port address is then disabled by the + driver. On PCI systems it is also recommended that the AutoSCSI utility be + used to disable the ISA compatible I/O port entirely as it is not necessary. + The ISA compatible I/O port is disabled by default on the BT-948/958/958D. + +o /proc File System Support + + Copies of the host adapter configuration information together with updated + data transfer and error recovery statistics are available through the + /proc/scsi/BusLogic/<N> interface. + +o Shared Interrupts Support + + On systems that support shared interrupts, any number of BusLogic Host + Adapters may share the same interrupt request channel. + + + SUPPORTED HOST ADAPTERS + +The following list comprises the supported BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters as of +the date of this document. It is recommended that anyone purchasing a BusLogic +Host Adapter not in the following table contact the author beforehand to verify +that it is or will be supported. + +FlashPoint Series PCI Host Adapters: + +FlashPoint LT (BT-930) Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint LT (BT-930R) Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus +FlashPoint LT (BT-920) Ultra SCSI-3 (BT-930 without BIOS) +FlashPoint DL (BT-932) Dual Channel Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint DL (BT-932R) Dual Channel Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus +FlashPoint LW (BT-950) Wide Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint LW (BT-950R) Wide Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus +FlashPoint DW (BT-952) Dual Channel Wide Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint DW (BT-952R) Dual Channel Wide Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus + +MultiMaster "W" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-948 PCI Ultra SCSI-3 +BT-958 PCI Wide Ultra SCSI-3 +BT-958D PCI Wide Differential Ultra SCSI-3 + +MultiMaster "C" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-946C PCI Fast SCSI-2 +BT-956C PCI Wide Fast SCSI-2 +BT-956CD PCI Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-445C VLB Fast SCSI-2 +BT-747C EISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757C EISA Wide Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757CD EISA Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-545C ISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-540CF ISA Fast SCSI-2 + +MultiMaster "S" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-445S VLB Fast SCSI-2 +BT-747S EISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-747D EISA Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757S EISA Wide Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757D EISA Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-545S ISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-542D ISA Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-742A EISA SCSI-2 (742A revision H) +BT-542B ISA SCSI-2 (542B revision H) + +MultiMaster "A" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-742A EISA SCSI-2 (742A revisions A - G) +BT-542B ISA SCSI-2 (542B revisions A - G) + +AMI FastDisk Host Adapters that are true BusLogic MultiMaster clones are also +supported by this driver. + +BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters are available packaged both as bare boards and as +retail kits. The BT- model numbers above refer to the bare board packaging. +The retail kit model numbers are found by replacing BT- with KT- in the above +list. The retail kit includes the bare board and manual as well as cabling and +driver media and documentation that are not provided with bare boards. + + + FLASHPOINT INSTALLATION NOTES + +o RAIDPlus Support + + FlashPoint Host Adapters now include RAIDPlus, Mylex's bootable software + RAID. RAIDPlus is not supported on Linux, and there are no plans to support + it. The MD driver in Linux 2.0 provides for concatenation (LINEAR) and + striping (RAID-0), and support for mirroring (RAID-1), fixed parity (RAID-4), + and distributed parity (RAID-5) is available separately. The built-in Linux + RAID support is generally more flexible and is expected to perform better + than RAIDPlus, so there is little impetus to include RAIDPlus support in the + BusLogic driver. + +o Enabling UltraSCSI Transfers + + FlashPoint Host Adapters ship with their configuration set to "Factory + Default" settings that are conservative and do not allow for UltraSCSI speed + to be negotiated. This results in fewer problems when these host adapters + are installed in systems with cabling or termination that is not sufficient + for UltraSCSI operation, or where existing SCSI devices do not properly + respond to synchronous transfer negotiation for UltraSCSI speed. AutoSCSI + may be used to load "Optimum Performance" settings which allow UltraSCSI + speed to be negotiated with all devices, or UltraSCSI speed can be enabled on + an individual basis. It is recommended that SCAM be manually disabled after + the "Optimum Performance" settings are loaded. + + + BT-948/958/958D INSTALLATION NOTES + +The BT-948/958/958D PCI Ultra SCSI Host Adapters have some features which may +require attention in some circumstances when installing Linux. + +o PCI I/O Port Assignments + + When configured to factory default settings, the BT-948/958/958D will only + recognize the PCI I/O port assignments made by the motherboard's PCI BIOS. + The BT-948/958/958D will not respond to any of the ISA compatible I/O ports + that previous BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters respond to. This driver supports + the PCI I/O port assignments, so this is the preferred configuration. + However, if the obsolete BusLogic driver must be used for any reason, such as + a Linux distribution that does not yet use this driver in its boot kernel, + BusLogic has provided an AutoSCSI configuration option to enable a legacy ISA + compatible I/O port. + + To enable this backward compatibility option, invoke the AutoSCSI utility via + Ctrl-B at system startup and select "Adapter Configuration", "View/Modify + Configuration", and then change the "ISA Compatible Port" setting from + "Disable" to "Primary" or "Alternate". Once this driver has been installed, + the "ISA Compatible Port" option should be set back to "Disable" to avoid + possible future I/O port conflicts. The older BT-946C/956C/956CD also have + this configuration option, but the factory default setting is "Primary". + +o PCI Slot Scanning Order + + In systems with multiple BusLogic PCI Host Adapters, the order in which the + PCI slots are scanned may appear reversed with the BT-948/958/958D as + compared to the BT-946C/956C/956CD. For booting from a SCSI disk to work + correctly, it is necessary that the host adapter's BIOS and the kernel agree + on which disk is the boot device, which requires that they recognize the PCI + host adapters in the same order. The motherboard's PCI BIOS provides a + standard way of enumerating the PCI host adapters, which is used by the Linux + kernel. Some PCI BIOS implementations enumerate the PCI slots in order of + increasing bus number and device number, while others do so in the opposite + direction. + + Unfortunately, Microsoft decided that Windows 95 would always enumerate the + PCI slots in order of increasing bus number and device number regardless of + the PCI BIOS enumeration, and requires that their scheme be supported by the + host adapter's BIOS to receive Windows 95 certification. Therefore, the + factory default settings of the BT-948/958/958D enumerate the host adapters + by increasing bus number and device number. To disable this feature, invoke + the AutoSCSI utility via Ctrl-B at system startup and select "Adapter + Configuration", "View/Modify Configuration", press Ctrl-F10, and then change + the "Use Bus And Device # For PCI Scanning Seq." option to OFF. + + This driver will interrogate the setting of the PCI Scanning Sequence option + so as to recognize the host adapters in the same order as they are enumerated + by the host adapter's BIOS. + +o Enabling UltraSCSI Transfers + + The BT-948/958/958D ship with their configuration set to "Factory Default" + settings that are conservative and do not allow for UltraSCSI speed to be + negotiated. This results in fewer problems when these host adapters are + installed in systems with cabling or termination that is not sufficient for + UltraSCSI operation, or where existing SCSI devices do not properly respond + to synchronous transfer negotiation for UltraSCSI speed. AutoSCSI may be + used to load "Optimum Performance" settings which allow UltraSCSI speed to be + negotiated with all devices, or UltraSCSI speed can be enabled on an + individual basis. It is recommended that SCAM be manually disabled after the + "Optimum Performance" settings are loaded. + + + DRIVER OPTIONS + +BusLogic Driver Options may be specified either via the Linux Kernel Command +Line or via the Loadable Kernel Module Installation Facility. Driver Options +for multiple host adapters may be specified either by separating the option +strings by a semicolon, or by specifying multiple "BusLogic=" strings on the +command line. Individual option specifications for a single host adapter are +separated by commas. The Probing and Debugging Options apply to all host +adapters whereas the remaining options apply individually only to the +selected host adapter. + +The BusLogic Driver Probing Options comprise the following: + +IO:<integer> + + The "IO:" option specifies an ISA I/O Address to be probed for a non-PCI + MultiMaster Host Adapter. If neither "IO:" nor "NoProbeISA" options are + specified, then the standard list of BusLogic MultiMaster ISA I/O Addresses + will be probed (0x330, 0x334, 0x230, 0x234, 0x130, and 0x134). Multiple + "IO:" options may be specified to precisely determine the I/O Addresses to + be probed, but the probe order will always follow the standard list. + +NoProbe + + The "NoProbe" option disables all probing and therefore no BusLogic Host + Adapters will be detected. + +NoProbeISA + + The "NoProbeISA" option disables probing of the standard BusLogic ISA I/O + Addresses and therefore only PCI MultiMaster and FlashPoint Host Adapters + will be detected. + +NoProbePCI + + The "NoProbePCI" options disables the interrogation of PCI Configuration + Space and therefore only ISA Multimaster Host Adapters will be detected, as + well as PCI Multimaster Host Adapters that have their ISA Compatible I/O + Port set to "Primary" or "Alternate". + +NoSortPCI + + The "NoSortPCI" option forces PCI MultiMaster Host Adapters to be + enumerated in the order provided by the PCI BIOS, ignoring any setting of + the AutoSCSI "Use Bus And Device # For PCI Scanning Seq." option. + +MultiMasterFirst + + The "MultiMasterFirst" option forces MultiMaster Host Adapters to be probed + before FlashPoint Host Adapters. By default, if both FlashPoint and PCI + MultiMaster Host Adapters are present, this driver will probe for + FlashPoint Host Adapters first unless the BIOS primary disk is controlled + by the first PCI MultiMaster Host Adapter, in which case MultiMaster Host + Adapters will be probed first. + +FlashPointFirst + + The "FlashPointFirst" option forces FlashPoint Host Adapters to be probed + before MultiMaster Host Adapters. + +The BusLogic Driver Tagged Queuing Options allow for explicitly specifying +the Queue Depth and whether Tagged Queuing is permitted for each Target +Device (assuming that the Target Device supports Tagged Queuing). The Queue +Depth is the number of SCSI Commands that are allowed to be concurrently +presented for execution (either to the Host Adapter or Target Device). Note +that explicitly enabling Tagged Queuing may lead to problems; the option to +enable or disable Tagged Queuing is provided primarily to allow disabling +Tagged Queuing on Target Devices that do not implement it correctly. The +following options are available: + +QueueDepth:<integer> + + The "QueueDepth:" or QD:" option specifies the Queue Depth to use for all + Target Devices that support Tagged Queuing, as well as the maximum Queue + Depth for devices that do not support Tagged Queuing. If no Queue Depth + option is provided, the Queue Depth will be determined automatically based + on the Host Adapter's Total Queue Depth and the number, type, speed, and + capabilities of the detected Target Devices. For Host Adapters that + require ISA Bounce Buffers, the Queue Depth is automatically set by default + to BusLogic_TaggedQueueDepthBB or BusLogic_UntaggedQueueDepthBB to avoid + excessive preallocation of DMA Bounce Buffer memory. Target Devices that + do not support Tagged Queuing always have their Queue Depth set to + BusLogic_UntaggedQueueDepth or BusLogic_UntaggedQueueDepthBB, unless a + lower Queue Depth option is provided. A Queue Depth of 1 automatically + disables Tagged Queuing. + +QueueDepth:[<integer>,<integer>...] + + The "QueueDepth:[...]" or "QD:[...]" option specifies the Queue Depth + individually for each Target Device. If an <integer> is omitted, the + associated Target Device will have its Queue Depth selected automatically. + +TaggedQueuing:Default + + The "TaggedQueuing:Default" or "TQ:Default" option permits Tagged Queuing + based on the firmware version of the BusLogic Host Adapter and based on + whether the Queue Depth allows queuing multiple commands. + +TaggedQueuing:Enable + + The "TaggedQueuing:Enable" or "TQ:Enable" option enables Tagged Queuing for + all Target Devices on this Host Adapter, overriding any limitation that + would otherwise be imposed based on the Host Adapter firmware version. + +TaggedQueuing:Disable + + The "TaggedQueuing:Disable" or "TQ:Disable" option disables Tagged Queuing + for all Target Devices on this Host Adapter. + +TaggedQueuing:<Target-Spec> + + The "TaggedQueuing:<Target-Spec>" or "TQ:<Target-Spec>" option controls + Tagged Queuing individually for each Target Device. <Target-Spec> is a + sequence of "Y", "N", and "X" characters. "Y" enables Tagged Queuing, "N" + disables Tagged Queuing, and "X" accepts the default based on the firmware + version. The first character refers to Target Device 0, the second to + Target Device 1, and so on; if the sequence of "Y", "N", and "X" characters + does not cover all the Target Devices, unspecified characters are assumed + to be "X". + +The BusLogic Driver Miscellaneous Options comprise the following: + +BusSettleTime:<seconds> + + The "BusSettleTime:" or "BST:" option specifies the Bus Settle Time in + seconds. The Bus Settle Time is the amount of time to wait between a Host + Adapter Hard Reset which initiates a SCSI Bus Reset and issuing any SCSI + Commands. If unspecified, it defaults to BusLogic_DefaultBusSettleTime. + +InhibitTargetInquiry + + The "InhibitTargetInquiry" option inhibits the execution of an Inquire + Target Devices or Inquire Installed Devices command on MultiMaster Host + Adapters. This may be necessary with some older Target Devices that do not + respond correctly when Logical Units above 0 are addressed. + +The BusLogic Driver Debugging Options comprise the following: + +TraceProbe + + The "TraceProbe" option enables tracing of Host Adapter Probing. + +TraceHardwareReset + + The "TraceHardwareReset" option enables tracing of Host Adapter Hardware + Reset. + +TraceConfiguration + + The "TraceConfiguration" option enables tracing of Host Adapter + Configuration. + +TraceErrors + + The "TraceErrors" option enables tracing of SCSI Commands that return an + error from the Target Device. The CDB and Sense Data will be printed for + each SCSI Command that fails. + +Debug + + The "Debug" option enables all debugging options. + +The following examples demonstrate setting the Queue Depth for Target Devices +1 and 2 on the first host adapter to 7 and 15, the Queue Depth for all Target +Devices on the second host adapter to 31, and the Bus Settle Time on the +second host adapter to 30 seconds. + +Linux Kernel Command Line: + + linux BusLogic=QueueDepth:[,7,15];QueueDepth:31,BusSettleTime:30 + +LILO Linux Boot Loader (in /etc/lilo.conf): + + append = "BusLogic=QueueDepth:[,7,15];QueueDepth:31,BusSettleTime:30" + +INSMOD Loadable Kernel Module Installation Facility: + + insmod BusLogic.o \ + 'BusLogic="QueueDepth:[,7,15];QueueDepth:31,BusSettleTime:30"' + +NOTE: Module Utilities 2.1.71 or later is required for correct parsing + of driver options containing commas. + + + DRIVER INSTALLATION + +This distribution was prepared for Linux kernel version 2.0.35, but should be +compatible with 2.0.4 or any later 2.0 series kernel. + +To install the new BusLogic SCSI driver, you may use the following commands, +replacing "/usr/src" with wherever you keep your Linux kernel source tree: + + cd /usr/src + tar -xvzf BusLogic-2.0.15.tar.gz + mv README.* LICENSE.* BusLogic.[ch] FlashPoint.c linux/drivers/scsi + patch -p0 < BusLogic.patch (only for 2.0.33 and below) + cd linux + make config + make zImage + +Then install "arch/i386/boot/zImage" as your standard kernel, run lilo if +appropriate, and reboot. + + + BUSLOGIC ANNOUNCEMENTS MAILING LIST + +The BusLogic Announcements Mailing List provides a forum for informing Linux +users of new driver releases and other announcements regarding Linux support +for BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters. To join the mailing list, send a message to +"buslogic-announce-request@dandelion.com" with the line "subscribe" in the +message body. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dc88ee2ab73d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 @@ -0,0 +1,2023 @@ +Sat Jan 18 15:51:45 1997 Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu> + + * Don't play with usage_count directly, instead hand around + the module header and use the module macros. + +Fri May 17 00:00:00 1996 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> + + * BusLogic Driver Version 2.0.3 Released. + +Tue Apr 16 21:00:00 1996 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> + + * BusLogic Driver Version 1.3.2 Released. + +Sun Dec 31 23:26:00 1995 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> + + * BusLogic Driver Version 1.3.1 Released. + +Fri Nov 10 15:29:49 1995 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> + + * Released new BusLogic driver. + +Wed Aug 9 22:37:04 1995 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl> + + As a preparation for new device code, separated the various + functions the request->dev field had into the device proper, + request->rq_dev and a status field request->rq_status. + + The 2nd argument of bios_param is now a kdev_t. + +Wed Jul 19 10:43:15 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * scsi.c (scsi_proc_info): /proc/scsi/scsi now also lists all + attached devices. + + * scsi_proc.c (proc_print_scsidevice): Added. Used by scsi.c and + eata_dma_proc.c to produce some device info for /proc/scsi. + + * eata_dma.c (eata_queue)(eata_int_handler)(eata_scsi_done): + Changed handling of internal SCSI commands send to the HBA. + + +Wed Jul 19 10:09:17 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * Linux 1.3.11 released. + + * eata_dma.c (eata_queue)(eata_int_handler): Added code to do + command latency measurements if requested by root through + /proc/scsi interface. + Throughout Use HZ constant for time references. + + * eata_pio.c: Use HZ constant for time references. + + * aic7xxx.c, aic7xxx.h, aic7xxx_asm.c: Changed copyright from BSD + to GNU style. + + * scsi.h: Added READ_12 command opcode constant + +Wed Jul 19 09:25:30 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * Linux 1.3.10 released. + + * scsi_proc.c (dispatch_scsi_info): Removed unused variable. + +Wed Jul 19 09:25:30 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * Linux 1.3.9 released. + + * scsi.c Blacklist concept expanded to 'support' more device + deficiencies. blacklist[] renamed to device_list[] + (scan_scsis): Code cleanup. + + * scsi_debug.c (scsi_debug_proc_info): Added support to control + device lockup simulation via /proc/scsi interface. + + +Wed Jul 19 09:22:34 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * Linux 1.3.7 released. + + * scsi_proc.c: Fixed a number of bugs in directory handling + +Wed Jul 19 09:18:28 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * Linux 1.3.5 released. + + * Native wide, multichannel and /proc/scsi support now in official + kernel distribution. + + * scsi.c/h, hosts.c/h et al reindented to increase readability + (especially on 80 column wide terminals). + + * scsi.c, scsi_proc.c, ../../fs/proc/inode.c: Added + /proc/scsi/scsi which allows root to scan for hotplugged devices. + + * scsi.c (scsi_proc_info): Added, to support /proc/scsi/scsi. + (scan_scsis): Added some 'spaghetti' code to allow scanning for + single devices. + + +Thu Jun 20 15:20:27 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * proc.c: Renamed to scsi_proc.c + +Mon Jun 12 20:32:45 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * Linux 1.3.0 released. + +Mon May 15 19:33:14 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * scsi.c: Added native multichannel and wide scsi support. + + * proc.c (dispatch_scsi_info) (build_proc_dir_hba_entries): + Updated /proc/scsi interface. + +Thu May 4 17:58:48 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> + + * sd.c (requeue_sd_request): Zero out the scatterlist only if + scsi_malloc returned memory for it. + + * eata_dma.c (register_HBA) (eata_queue): Add support for + large scatter/gather tables and set use_clustering accordingly + + * hosts.c: Make use_clustering changeable in the Scsi_Host structure. + +Wed Apr 12 15:25:52 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.2.5 released. + + * buslogic.c: Update to version 1.15 (From Leonard N. Zubkoff). + Fixed interrupt routine to avoid races when handling multiple + complete commands per interrupt. Seems to come up with faster + cards. + + * eata_dma.c: Update to 2.3.5r. Modularize. Improved error handling + throughout and fixed bug interrupt routine which resulted in shifted + status bytes. Added blink LED state checks for ISA and EISA HBAs. + Memory management bug seems to have disappeared ==> increasing + C_P_L_CURRENT_MAX to 16 for now. Decreasing C_P_L_DIV to 3 for + performance reasons. + + * scsi.c: If we get a FMK, EOM, or ILI when attempting to scan + the bus, assume that it was just noise on the bus, and ignore + the device. + + * scsi.h: Update and add a bunch of missing commands which we + were never using. + + * sd.c: Use restore_flags in do_sd_request - this may result in + latency conditions, but it gets rid of races and crashes. + Do not save flags again when searching for a second command to + queue. + + * st.c: Use bytes, not STP->buffer->buffer_size when reading + from tape. + + +Tue Apr 4 09:42:08 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.2.4 released. + + * st.c: Fix typo - restoring wrong flags. + +Wed Mar 29 06:55:12 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.2.3 released. + + * st.c: Perform some waiting operations with interrupts off. + Is this correct??? + +Wed Mar 22 10:34:26 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.2.2 released. + + * aha152x.c: Modularize. Add support for PCMCIA. + + * eata.c: Update to version 2.0. Fixed bug preventing media + detection. If scsi_register_host returns NULL, fail gracefully. + + * scsi.c: Detect as NEC (for photo-cd purposes) for the 84 + and 25 models as "NEC_OLDCDR". + + * scsi.h: Add define for NEC_OLDCDR + + * sr.c: Add handling for NEC_OLDCDR. Treat as unknown. + + * u14-34f.c: Update to version 2.0. Fixed same bug as in + eata.c. + + +Mon Mar 6 11:11:20 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.2.0 released. Yeah!!! + + * Minor spelling/punctuation changes throughout. Nothing + substantive. + +Mon Feb 20 21:33:03 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.95 released. + + * qlogic.c: Update to version 0.41. + + * seagate.c: Change some message to be more descriptive about what + we detected. + + * sr.c: spelling/whitespace changes. + +Mon Feb 20 21:33:03 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.94 released. + +Mon Feb 20 08:57:17 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.93 released. + + * hosts.h: Change io_port to long int from short. + + * 53c7,8xx.c: crash on AEN fixed, SCSI reset is no longer a NOP, + NULL pointer panic on odd UDCs fixed, two bugs in diagnostic output + fixed, should initialize correctly if left running, now loadable, + new memory allocation, extraneous diagnostic output suppressed, + splx() replaced with save/restore flags. [ Drew ] + + * hosts.c, hosts.h, scsi_ioctl.c, sd.c, sd_ioctl.c, sg.c, sr.c, + sr_ioctl.c: Add special junk at end that Emacs will use for + formatting the file. + + * qlogic.c: Update to v0.40a. Improve parity handling. + + * scsi.c: Add Hitachi DK312C to blacklist. Change "};" to "}" in + many places. Use scsi_init_malloc to get command block - may + need this to be dma compatible for some host adapters. + Restore interrupts after unregistering a host. + + * sd.c: Use sti instead of restore flags - causes latency problems. + + * seagate.c: Use controller_type to determine string used when + registering irq. + + * sr.c: More photo-cd hacks to make sure we get the xa stuff right. + * sr.h, sr.c: Change is_xa to xa_flags field. + + * st.c: Disable retries for write operations. + +Wed Feb 15 10:52:56 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.92 released. + + * eata.c: Update to 1.17. + + * eata_dma.c: Update to 2.31a. Add more support for /proc/scsi. + Continuing modularization. Less crashes because of the bug in the + memory management ==> increase C_P_L_CURRENT_MAX to 10 + and decrease C_P_L_DIV to 4. + + * hosts.c: If we remove last host registered, reuse host number. + When freeing memory from host being deregistered, free extra_bytes + too. + + * scsi.c (scan_scsis): memset(SDpnt, 0) and set SCmd.device to SDpnt. + Change memory allocation to work around bugs in __get_dma_pages. + Do not free host if usage count is not zero (for modules). + + * sr_ioctl.c: Increase IOCTL_TIMEOUT to 3000. + + * st.c: Allow for ST_EXTRA_DEVS in st data structures. + + * u14-34f.c: Update to 1.17. + +Thu Feb 9 10:11:16 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.91 released. + + * eata.c: Update to 1.16. Use wish_block instead of host->block. + + * hosts.c: Initialize wish_block to 0. + + * hosts.h: Add wish_block. + + * scsi.c: Use wish_block as indicator that the host should be added + to block list. + + * sg.c: Add SG_EXTRA_DEVS to number of slots. + + * u14-34f.c: Use wish_block. + +Tue Feb 7 11:46:04 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.90 released. + + * eata.c: Change naming from eata_* to eata2x_*. Now at vers 1.15. + Update interrupt handler to take pt_regs as arg. Allow blocking + even if loaded as module. Initialize target_time_out array. + Do not put sti(); in timing loop. + + * hosts.c: Do not reuse host numbers. + Use scsi_make_blocked_list to generate blocking list. + + * script_asm.pl: Beats me. Don't know perl. Something to do with + phase index. + + * scsi.c (scsi_make_blocked_list): New function - code copied from + hosts.c. + + * scsi.c: Update code to disable photo CD for Toshiba cdroms. + Use just manufacturer name, not model number. + + * sr.c: Fix setting density for Toshiba drives. + + * u14-34f.c: Clear target_time_out array during reset. + +Wed Feb 1 09:20:45 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.89 released. + + * Makefile, u14-34f.c: Modularize. + + * Makefile, eata.c: Modularize. Now version 1.14 + + * NCR5380.c: Update interrupt handler with new arglist. Minor + cleanups. + + * eata_dma.c: Begin to modularize. Add hooks for /proc/scsi. + New version 2.3.0a. Add code in interrupt handler to allow + certain CDROM drivers to be detected which return a + CHECK_CONDITION during SCSI bus scan. Add opcode check to get + all DATA IN and DATA OUT phases right. Utilize HBA_interpret flag. + Improvements in HBA identification. Various other minor stuff. + + * hosts.c: Initialize ->dma_channel and ->io_port when registering + a new host. + + * qlogic.c: Modularize and add PCMCIA support. + + * scsi.c: Add Hitachi to blacklist. + + * scsi.c: Change default to no lun scan (too many problem devices). + + * scsi.h: Define QUEUE_FULL condition. + + * sd.c: Do not check for non-existent partition until after + new media check. + + * sg.c: Undo previous change which was wrong. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Increase IOCTL_TIMEOUT to 2000. + + * st.c: Patches from Kai - improve filemark handling. + +Tue Jan 31 17:32:12 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.88 released. + + * Throughout - spelling/grammar fixups. + + * scsi.c: Make sure that all buffers are 16 byte aligned - some + drivers (buslogic) need this. + + * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Remove message printed. + + * scsi.c (scsi_init): Move message here. + +Mon Jan 30 06:40:25 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.87 released. + + * sr.c: Photo-cd related changes. (Gerd Knorr??). + + * st.c: Changes from Kai related to EOM detection. + +Mon Jan 23 23:53:10 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.86 released. + + * 53c7,8xx.h: Change SG size to 127. + + * eata_dma: Update to version 2.10i. Remove bug in the registration + of multiple HBAs and channels. Minor other improvements and stylistic + changes. + + * scsi.c: Test for Toshiba XM-3401TA and exclude from detection + as toshiba drive - photo cd does not work with this drive. + + * sr.c: Update photocd code. + +Mon Jan 23 23:53:10 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.85 released. + + * st.c, st_ioctl.c, sg.c, sd_ioctl.c, scsi_ioctl.c, hosts.c: + include linux/mm.h + + * qlogic.c, buslogic.c, aha1542.c: Include linux/module.h. + +Sun Jan 22 22:08:46 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.84 released. + + * Makefile: Support for loadable QLOGIC boards. + + * aha152x.c: Update to version 1.8 from Juergen. + + * eata_dma.c: Update from Michael Neuffer. + Remove hard limit of 2 commands per lun and make it better + configurable. Improvements in HBA identification. + + * in2000.c: Fix biosparam to support large disks. + + * qlogic.c: Minor changes (change sti -> restore_flags). + +Wed Jan 18 23:33:09 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.83 released. + + * aha1542.c(aha1542_intr_handle): Use arguments handed down to find + which irq. + + * buslogic.c: Likewise. + + * eata_dma.c: Use min of 2 cmd_per_lun for OCS_enabled boards. + + * scsi.c: Make RECOVERED_ERROR a SUGGEST_IS_OK. + + * sd.c: Fail if we are opening a non-existent partition. + + * sr.c: Bump SR_TIMEOUT to 15000. + Do not probe for media size at boot time(hard on changers). + Flag device as needing sector size instead. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Remove CDROMMULTISESSION_SYS ioctl. + + * ultrastor.c: Fix bug in call to ultrastor_interrupt (wrong #args). + +Mon Jan 16 07:18:23 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.82 released. + + Throughout. + - Change all interrupt handlers to accept new calling convention. + In particular, we now receive the irq number as one of the arguments. + + * More minor spelling corrections in some of the new files. + + * aha1542.c, buslogic.c: Clean up interrupt handler a little now + that we receive the irq as an arg. + + * aha274x.c: s/snarf_region/request_region/ + + * eata.c: Update to version 1.12. Fix some comments and display a + message if we cannot reserve the port addresses. + + * u14-34f.c: Update to version 1.13. Fix some comments and display a + message if we cannot reserve the port addresses. + + * eata_dma.c: Define get_board_data function (send INQUIRY command). + Use to improve detection of variants of different DPT boards. Change + version subnumber to "0g". + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.26. Improve detection of some boards + repackaged by IBM. + + * scsi.c (scsi_register_host): Change "name" to const char *. + + * sr.c: Fix problem in set mode command for Toshiba drives. + + * sr.c: Fix typo from patch 81. + +Fri Jan 13 12:54:46 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.81 released. Codefreeze for 1.2 release announced. + + Big changes here. + + * eata_dma.*: New files from Michael Neuffer. + (neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de). Should support + all eata/dpt cards. + + * hosts.c, Makefile: Add eata_dma. + + * README.st: Document MTEOM. + + Patches from me (ERY) to finish support for low-level loadable scsi. + It now works, and is actually useful. + + * Throughout - add new argument to scsi_init_malloc that takes an + additional parameter. This is used as a priority to kmalloc, + and you can specify the GFP_DMA flag if you need DMA-able memory. + + * Makefile: For source files that are loadable, always add name + to SCSI_SRCS. Fill in modules: target. + + * hosts.c: Change next_host to next_scsi_host, and make global. + Print hosts after we have identified all of them. Use info() + function if present, otherwise use name field. + + * hosts.h: Change attach function to return int, not void. + Define number of device slots to allow for loadable devices. + Define tags to tell scsi module code what type of module we + are loading. + + * scsi.c: Fix scan_scsis so that it can be run by a user process. + Do not use waiting loops - use up and down mechanism as long + as current != task[0]. + + * scsi.c(scan_scsis): Do not use stack variables for I/O - this + could be > 16Mb if we are loading a module at runtime (i.e. use + scsi_init_malloc to get some memory we know will be safe). + + * scsi.c: Change dma freelist to be a set of pages. This allows + us to dynamically adjust the size of the list by adding more pages + to the pagelist. Fix scsi_malloc and scsi_free accordingly. + + * scsi_module.c: Fix include. + + * sd.c: Declare detach function. Increment/decrement module usage + count as required. Fix init functions to allow loaded devices. + Revalidate all new disks so we get the partition tables. Define + detach function. + + * sr.c: Likewise. + + * sg.c: Declare detach function. Allow attachment of devices on + loaded drivers. + + * st.c: Declare detach function. Increment/decrement module usage + count as required. + +Tue Jan 10 10:09:58 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.79 released. + + Patch from some undetermined individual who needs to get a life :-). + + * sr.c: Attacked by spelling bee... + + Patches from Gerd Knorr: + + * sr.c: make printk messages for photoCD a little more informative. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Fix CDROMMULTISESSION_SYS ioctl. + +Mon Jan 9 10:01:37 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.78 released. + + * Makefile: Add empty modules: target. + + * Wheee. Now change register_iomem to request_region. + + * in2000.c: Bugfix - apparently this is the fix that we have + all been waiting for. It fixes a problem whereby the driver + is not stable under heavy load. Race condition and all that. + Patch from Peter Lu. + +Wed Jan 4 21:17:40 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.77 released. + + * 53c7,8xx.c: Fix from Linus - emulate splx. + + Throughout: + + Change "snarf_region" with "register_iomem". + + * scsi_module.c: New file. Contains support for low-level loadable + scsi drivers. [ERY]. + + * sd.c: More s/int/long/ changes. + + * seagate.c: Explicitly include linux/config.h + + * sg.c: Increment/decrement module usage count on open/close. + + * sg.c: Be a bit more careful about the user not supplying enough + information for a valid command. Pass correct size down to + scsi_do_cmd. + + * sr.c: More changes for Photo-CD. This apparently breaks NEC drives. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Support CDROMMULTISESSION ioctl. + + +Sun Jan 1 19:55:21 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.76 released. + + * constants.c: Add type cast in switch statement. + + * scsi.c (scsi_free): Change datatype of "offset" to long. + (scsi_malloc): Change a few more variables to long. Who + did this and why was it important? 64 bit machines? + + + Lots of changes to use save_state/restore_state instead of cli/sti. + Files changed include: + + * aha1542.c: + * aha1740.c: + * buslogic.c: + * in2000.c: + * scsi.c: + * scsi_debug.c: + * sd.c: + * sr.c: + * st.c: + +Wed Dec 28 16:38:29 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.75 released. + + * buslogic.c: Spelling fix. + + * scsi.c: Add HP C1790A and C2500A scanjet to blacklist. + + * scsi.c: Spelling fixup. + + * sd.c: Add support for sd_hardsizes (hard sector sizes). + + * ultrastor.c: Use save_flags/restore_flags instead of cli/sti. + +Fri Dec 23 13:36:25 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.74 released. + + * README.st: Update from Kai Makisara. + + * eata.c: New version from Dario - version 1.11. + use scsicam bios_param routine. Add support for 2011 + and 2021 boards. + + * hosts.c: Add support for blocking. Linked list automatically + generated when shpnt->block is set. + + * scsi.c: Add sankyo & HP scanjet to blacklist. Add support for + kicking things loose when we deadlock. + + * scsi.c: Recognize scanners and processors in scan_scsis. + + * scsi_ioctl.h: Increase timeout to 9 seconds. + + * st.c: New version from Kai - add better support for backspace. + + * u14-34f.c: New version from Dario. Supports blocking. + +Wed Dec 14 14:46:30 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.73 released. + + * buslogic.c: Update from Dave Gentzel. Version 1.14. + Add module related stuff. More fault tolerant if out of + DMA memory. + + * fdomain.c: New version from Rik Faith - version 5.22. Add support + for ISA-200S SCSI adapter. + + * hosts.c: Spelling. + + * qlogic.c: Update to version 0.38a. Add more support for PCMCIA. + + * scsi.c: Mask device type with 0x1f during scan_scsis. + Add support for deadlocking, err, make that getting out of + deadlock situations that are created when we allow the user + to limit requests to one host adapter at a time. + + * scsi.c: Bugfix - pass pid, not SCpnt as second arg to + scsi_times_out. + + * scsi.c: Restore interrupt state to previous value instead of using + cli/sti pairs. + + * scsi.c: Add a bunch of module stuff (all commented out for now). + + * scsi.c: Clean up scsi_dump_status. + +Tue Dec 6 12:34:20 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.72 released. + + * sg.c: Bugfix - always use sg_free, since we might have big buff. + +Fri Dec 2 11:24:53 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.71 released. + + * sg.c: Clear buff field when not in use. Only call scsi_free if + non-null. + + * scsi.h: Call wake_up(&wait_for_request) when done with a + command. + + * scsi.c (scsi_times_out): Pass pid down so that we can protect + against race conditions. + + * scsi.c (scsi_abort): Zero timeout field if we get the + NOT_RUNNING message back from low-level driver. + + + * scsi.c (scsi_done): Restore cmd_len, use_sg here. + + * scsi.c (request_sense): Not here. + + * hosts.h: Add new forbidden_addr, forbidden_size fields. Who + added these and why???? + + * hosts.c (scsi_mem_init): Mark pages as reserved if they fall in + the forbidden regions. I am not sure - I think this is so that + we can deal with boards that do incomplete decoding of their + address lines for the bios chips, but I am not entirely sure. + + * buslogic.c: Set forbidden_addr stuff if using a buggy board. + + * aha1740.c: Test for NULL pointer in SCtmp. This should not + occur, but a nice message is better than a kernel segfault. + + * 53c7,8xx.c: Add new PCI chip ID for 815. + +Fri Dec 2 11:24:53 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.70 released. + + * ChangeLog, st.c: Spelling. + +Tue Nov 29 18:48:42 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.69 released. + + * u14-34f.h: Non-functional change. [Dario]. + + * u14-34f.c: Use block field in Scsi_Host to prevent commands from + being queued to more than one host at the same time (used when + motherboard does not deal with multiple bus-masters very well). + Only when SINGLE_HOST_OPERATIONS is defined. + Use new cmd_per_lun field. [Dario] + + * eata.c: Likewise. + + * st.c: More changes from Kai. Add ready flag to indicate drive + status. + + * README.st: Document this. + + * sr.c: Bugfix (do not subtract CD_BLOCK_OFFSET) for photo-cd + code. + + * sg.c: Bugfix - fix problem where opcode is not correctly set up. + + * seagate.[c,h]: Use #defines to set driver name. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Zero buffer before executing command. + + * scsi.c: Use new cmd_per_lun field in Scsi_Hosts as appropriate. + Add Sony CDU55S to blacklist. + + * hosts.h: Add new cmd_per_lun field to Scsi_Hosts. + + * hosts.c: Initialize cmd_per_lun in Scsi_Hosts from template. + + * buslogic.c: Use cmd_per_lun field - initialize to different + values depending upon bus type (i.e. use 1 if ISA, so we do not + hog memory). Use other patches which got lost from 1.1.68. + + * aha1542.c: Spelling. + +Tue Nov 29 15:43:50 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.68 released. + + Add support for 12 byte vendor specific commands in scsi-generics, + more (i.e. the last mandatory) low-level changes to support + loadable modules, plus a few other changes people have requested + lately. Changes by me (ERY) unless otherwise noted. Spelling + changes appear from some unknown corner of the universe. + + * Throughout: Change COMMAND_SIZE() to use SCpnt->cmd_len. + + * Throughout: Change info() low level function to take a Scsi_Host + pointer. This way the info function can return specific + information about the host in question, if desired. + + * All low-level drivers: Add NULL in initializer for the + usage_count field added to Scsi_Host_Template. + + * aha152x.[c,h]: Remove redundant info() function. + + * aha1542.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * aha1740.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * aha274x.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * eata.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * pas16.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * scsi_debug.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * t128.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * u14-34f.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * ultrastor.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * wd7000.[c,h]: Likewise. + + * aha1542.c: Add support for command line options with lilo to set + DMA parameters, I/O port. From Matt Aarnio. + + * buslogic.[c,h]: New version (1.13) from Dave Gentzel. + + * hosts.h: Add new field to Scsi_Hosts "block" to allow blocking + all I/O to certain other cards. Helps prevent problems with some + ISA motherboards. + + * hosts.h: Add usage_count to Scsi_Host_Template. + + * hosts.h: Add n_io_port to Scsi_Host (used when releasing module). + + * hosts.c: Initialize block field. + + * in2000.c: Remove "static" declarations from exported functions. + + * in2000.h: Likewise. + + * scsi.c: Correctly set cmd_len field as required. Save and + change setting when doing a request_sense, restore when done. + Move abort timeout message. Fix panic in request_queueable to + print correct function name. + + * scsi.c: When incrementing usage count, walk block linked list + for host, and or in SCSI_HOST_BLOCK bit. When decrementing usage + count to 0, clear this bit to allow usage to continue, wake up + processes waiting. + + + * scsi_ioctl.c: If we have an info() function, call it, otherwise + if we have a "name" field, use it, else do nothing. + + * sd.c, sr.c: Clear cmd_len field prior to each command we + generate. + + * sd.h: Add "has_part_table" bit to rscsi_disks. + + * sg.[c,h]: Add support for vendor specific 12 byte commands (i.e. + override command length in COMMAND_SIZE). + + * sr.c: Bugfix from Gerd in photocd code. + + * sr.c: Bugfix in get_sectorsize - always use scsi_malloc buffer - + we cannot guarantee that the stack is < 16Mb. + +Tue Nov 22 15:40:46 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.67 released. + + * sr.c: Change spelling of manufactor to manufacturer. + + * scsi.h: Likewise. + + * scsi.c: Likewise. + + * qlogic.c: Spelling corrections. + + * in2000.h: Spelling corrections. + + * in2000.c: Update from Bill Earnest, change from + jshiffle@netcom.com. Support new bios versions. + + * README.qlogic: Spelling correction. + +Tue Nov 22 15:40:46 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.66 released. + + * u14-34f.c: Spelling corrections. + + * sr.[h,c]: Add support for multi-session CDs from Gerd Knorr. + + * scsi.h: Add manufactor field for keeping track of device + manufacturer. + + * scsi.c: More spelling corrections. + + * qlogic.h, qlogic.c, README.qlogic: New driver from Tom Zerucha. + + * in2000.c, in2000.h: New driver from Brad McLean/Bill Earnest. + + * fdomain.c: Spelling correction. + + * eata.c: Spelling correction. + +Fri Nov 18 15:22:44 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.65 released. + + * eata.h: Update version string to 1.08.00. + + * eata.c: Set sg_tablesize correctly for DPT PM2012 boards. + + * aha274x.seq: Spell checking. + + * README.st: Likewise. + + * README.aha274x: Likewise. + + * ChangeLog: Likewise. + +Tue Nov 15 15:35:08 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.64 released. + + * u14-34f.h: Update version number to 1.10.01. + + * u14-34f.c: Use Scsi_Host can_queue variable instead of one from template. + + * eata.[c,h]: New driver for DPT boards from Dario Ballabio. + + * buslogic.c: Use can_queue field. + +Wed Nov 30 12:09:09 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.63 released. + + * sd.c: Give I/O error if we attempt 512 byte I/O to a disk with + 1024 byte sectors. + + * scsicam.c: Make sure we do read from whole disk (mask off + partition). + + * scsi.c: Use can_queue in Scsi_Host structure. + Fix panic message about invalid host. + + * hosts.c: Initialize can_queue from template. + + * hosts.h: Add can_queue to Scsi_Host structure. + + * aha1740.c: Print out warning about NULL ecbptr. + +Fri Nov 4 12:40:30 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.62 released. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.20. (From Rik Faith). Support + BIOS version 3.5. + + * st.h: Add ST_EOD symbol. + + * st.c: Patches from Kai Makisara - support additional densities, + add support for MTFSS, MTBSS, MTWSM commands. + + * README.st: Update to document new commands. + + * scsi.c: Add Mediavision CDR-H93MV to blacklist. + +Sat Oct 29 20:57:36 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) + + * Linux 1.1.60 released. + + * u14-34f.[c,h]: New driver from Dario Ballabio. + + * aic7770.c, aha274x_seq.h, aha274x.seq, aha274x.h, aha274x.c, + README.aha274x: New files, new driver from John Aycock. + + +Tue Oct 11 08:47:39 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.54 released. + + * Add third PCI chip id. [Drew] + + * buslogic.c: Set BUSLOGIC_CMDLUN back to 1 [Eric]. + + * ultrastor.c: Fix asm directives for new GCC. + + * sr.c, sd.c: Use new end_scsi_request function. + + * scsi.h(end_scsi_request): Return pointer to block if still + active, else return NULL if inactive. Fixes race condition. + +Sun Oct 9 20:23:14 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.53 released. + + * scsi.c: Do not allocate dma bounce buffers if we have exactly + 16Mb. + +Fri Sep 9 05:35:30 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.51 released. + + * aha152x.c: Add support for disabling the parity check. Update + to version 1.4. [Juergen]. + + * seagate.c: Tweak debugging message. + +Wed Aug 31 10:15:55 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.50 released. + + * aha152x.c: Add eb800 for Vtech Platinum SMP boards. [Juergen]. + + * scsi.c: Add Quantum PD1225S to blacklist. + +Fri Aug 26 09:38:45 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.49 released. + + * sd.c: Fix bug when we were deleting the wrong entry if we + get an unsupported sector size device. + + * sr.c: Another spelling patch. + +Thu Aug 25 09:15:27 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.48 released. + + * Throughout: Use new semantics for request_dma, as appropriate. + + * sr.c: Print correct device number. + +Sun Aug 21 17:49:23 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.47 released. + + * NCR5380.c: Add support for LIMIT_TRANSFERSIZE. + + * constants.h: Add prototype for print_Scsi_Cmnd. + + * pas16.c: Some more minor tweaks. Test for Mediavision board. + Allow for disks > 1Gb. [Drew??] + + * sr.c: Set SCpnt->transfersize. + +Tue Aug 16 17:29:35 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.46 released. + + * Throughout: More spelling fixups. + + * buslogic.c: Add a few more fixups from Dave. Disk translation + mainly. + + * pas16.c: Add a few patches (Drew?). + + +Thu Aug 11 20:45:15 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.44 released. + + * hosts.c: Add type casts for scsi_init_malloc. + + * scsicam.c: Add type cast. + +Wed Aug 10 19:23:01 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.43 released. + + * Throughout: Spelling cleanups. [??] + + * aha152x.c, NCR53*.c, fdomain.c, g_NCR5380.c, pas16.c, seagate.c, + t128.c: Use request_irq, not irqaction. [??] + + * aha1542.c: Move test for shost before we start to use shost. + + * aha1542.c, aha1740.c, ultrastor.c, wd7000.c: Use new + calling sequence for request_irq. + + * buslogic.c: Update from Dave Gentzel. + +Tue Aug 9 09:32:59 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.42 released. + + * NCR5380.c: Change NCR5380_print_status to static. + + * seagate.c: A few more bugfixes. Only Drew knows what they are + for. + + * ultrastor.c: Tweak some __asm__ directives so that it works + with newer compilers. [??] + +Sat Aug 6 21:29:36 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.40 released. + + * NCR5380.c: Return SCSI_RESET_WAKEUP from reset function. + + * aha1542.c: Reset mailbox status after a bus device reset. + + * constants.c: Fix typo (;;). + + * g_NCR5380.c: + * pas16.c: Correct usage of NCR5380_init. + + * scsi.c: Remove redundant (and unused variables). + + * sd.c: Use memset to clear all of rscsi_disks before we use it. + + * sg.c: Ditto, except for scsi_generics. + + * sr.c: Ditto, except for scsi_CDs. + + * st.c: Initialize STp->device. + + * seagate.c: Fix bug. [Drew] + +Thu Aug 4 08:47:27 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) + + * Linux 1.1.39 released. + + * Makefile: Fix typo in NCR53C7xx. + + * st.c: Print correct number for device. + +Tue Aug 2 11:29:14 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.38 released. + + Lots of changes in 1.1.38. All from Drew unless otherwise noted. + + * 53c7,8xx.c: New file from Drew. PCI driver. + + * 53c7,8xx.h: Likewise. + + * 53c7,8xx.scr: Likewise. + + * 53c8xx_d.h, 53c8xx_u.h, script_asm.pl: Likewise. + + * scsicam.c: New file from Drew. Read block 0 on the disk and + read the partition table. Attempt to deduce the geometry from + the partition table if possible. Only used by 53c[7,8]xx right + now, but could be used by any device for which we have no way + of identifying the geometry. + + * sd.c: Use device letters instead of sd%d in a lot of messages. + + * seagate.c: Fix bug that resulted in lockups with some devices. + + * sr.c (sr_open): Return -EROFS, not -EACCES if we attempt to open + device for write. + + * hosts.c, Makefile: Update for new driver. + + * NCR5380.c, NCR5380.h, g_NCR5380.h: Update from Drew to support + 53C400 chip. + + * constants.c: Define CONST_CMND and CONST_MSG. Other minor + cleanups along the way. Improve handling of CONST_MSG. + + * fdomain.c, fdomain.h: New version from Rik Faith. Update to + 5.18. Should now support TMC-3260 PCI card with 18C30 chip. + + * pas16.c: Update with new irq initialization. + + * t128.c: Update with minor cleanups. + + * scsi.c (scsi_pid): New variable - gives each command a unique + id. Add Quantum LPS5235S to blacklist. Change in_scan to + in_scan_scsis and make global. + + * scsi.h: Add some defines for extended message handling, + INITIATE/RELEASE_RECOVERY. Add a few new fields to support sync + transfers. + + * scsi_ioctl.h: Add ioctl to request synchronous transfers. + + +Tue Jul 26 21:36:58 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.37 released. + + * aha1542.c: Always call aha1542_mbenable, use new udelay + mechanism so we do not wait a long time if the board does not + implement this command. + + * g_NCR5380.c: Remove #include <linux/config.h> and #if + defined(CONFIG_SCSI_*). + + * seagate.c: Likewise. + + Next round of changes to support loadable modules. Getting closer + now, still not possible to do anything remotely usable. + + hosts.c: Create a linked list of detected high level devices. + (scsi_register_device): New function to insert into this list. + (scsi_init): Call scsi_register_device for each of the known high + level drivers. + + hosts.h: Add prototype for linked list header. Add structure + definition for device template structure which defines the linked + list. + + scsi.c: (scan_scsis): Use linked list instead of knowledge about + existing high level device drivers. + (scsi_dev_init): Use init functions for drivers on linked list + instead of explicit list to initialize and attach devices to high + level drivers. + + scsi.h: Add new field "attached" to scsi_device - count of number + of high level devices attached. + + sd.c, sr.c, sg.c, st.c: Adjust init/attach functions to use new + scheme. + +Sat Jul 23 13:03:17 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.35 released. + + * ultrastor.c: Change constraint on asm() operand so that it works + with gcc 2.6.0. + +Thu Jul 21 10:37:39 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.33 released. + + * sr.c(sr_open): Do not allow opens with write access. + +Mon Jul 18 09:51:22 1994 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.31 released. + + * sd.c: Increase SD_TIMEOUT from 300 to 600. + + * sr.c: Remove stray task_struct* variable that was no longer + used. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Fix typo in up() call. + +Sun Jul 17 16:25:29 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.30 released. + + * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Fix detection of some Toshiba CDROM drives + that report themselves as disk drives. + + * (Throughout): Use request.sem instead of request.waiting. + Should fix swap problem with fdomain. + +Thu Jul 14 10:51:42 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.29 released. + + * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Add new devices to end of linked list, not + to the beginning. + + * scsi.h (SCSI_SLEEP): Remove brain dead hack to try to save + the task state before sleeping. + +Sat Jul 9 15:01:03 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + More changes to eventually support loadable modules. Mainly + we want to use linked lists instead of arrays because it is easier + to dynamically add and remove things this way. + + Quite a bit more work is needed before loadable modules are + possible (and usable) with scsi, but this is most of the grunge + work. + + * Linux 1.1.28 released. + + * scsi.c, scsi.h (allocate_device, request_queueable): Change + argument from index into scsi_devices to a pointer to the + Scsi_Device struct. + + * Throughout: Change all calls to allocate_device, + request_queueable to use new calling sequence. + + * Throughout: Use SCpnt->device instead of + scsi_devices[SCpnt->index]. Ugh - the pointer was there all along + - much cleaner this way. + + * scsi.c (scsi_init_malloc, scsi_free_malloc): New functions - + allow us to pretend that we have a working malloc when we + initialize. Use this instead of passing memory_start, memory_end + around all over the place. + + * scsi.h, st.c, sr.c, sd.c, sg.c: Change *_init1 functions to use + scsi_init_malloc, remove all arguments, no return value. + + * scsi.h: Remove index field from Scsi_Device and Scsi_Cmnd + structs. + + * scsi.c (scsi_dev_init): Set up for scsi_init_malloc. + (scan_scsis): Get SDpnt from scsi_init_malloc, and refresh + when we discover a device. Free pointer before returning. + Change scsi_devices into a linked list. + + * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Change to only scan one host. + (scsi_dev_init): Loop over all detected hosts, and scan them. + + * hosts.c (scsi_init_free): Change so that number of extra bytes + is stored in struct, and we do not have to pass it each time. + + * hosts.h: Change Scsi_Host_Template struct to include "next" and + "release" functions. Initialize to NULL in all low level + adapters. + + * hosts.c: Rename scsi_hosts to builtin_scsi_hosts, create linked + list scsi_hosts, linked together with the new "next" field. + +Wed Jul 6 05:45:02 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.25 released. + + * aha152x.c: Changes from Juergen - cleanups and updates. + + * sd.c, sr.c: Use new check_media_change and revalidate + file_operations fields. + + * st.c, st.h: Add changes from Kai Makisara, dated Jun 22. + + * hosts.h: Change SG_ALL back to 0xff. Apparently soft error + in /dev/brain resulted in having this bumped up. + Change first parameter in bios_param function to be Disk * instead + of index into rscsi_disks. + + * sd_ioctl.c: Pass pointer to rscsi_disks element instead of index + to array. + + * sd.h: Add struct name "scsi_disk" to typedef for Scsi_Disk. + + * scsi.c: Remove redundant Maxtor XT8760S from blacklist. + In scsi_reset, add printk when DEBUG defined. + + * All low level drivers: Modify definitions of bios_param in + appropriate way. + +Thu Jun 16 10:31:59 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.20 released. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Only pass down the actual number of characters + required to scsi_do_cmd, not the one rounded up to a even number + of sectors. + + * ultrastor.c: Changes from Caleb Epstein for 24f cards. Support + larger SG lists. + + * ultrastor.c: Changes from me - use scsi_register to register + host. Add some consistency checking, + +Wed Jun 1 21:12:13 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.19 released. + + * scsi.h: Add new return code for reset() function: + SCSI_RESET_PUNT. + + * scsi.c: Make SCSI_RESET_PUNT the same as SCSI_RESET_WAKEUP for + now. + + * aha1542.c: If the command responsible for the reset is not + pending, return SCSI_RESET_PUNT. + + * aha1740.c, buslogic.c, wd7000.c, ultrastor.c: Return + SCSI_RESET_PUNT instead of SCSI_RESET_SNOOZE. + +Tue May 31 19:36:01 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * buslogic.c: Do not print out message about "must be Adaptec" + if we have detected a buslogic card. Print out a warning message + if we are configuring for >16Mb, since the 445S at board level + D or earlier does not work right. The "D" level board can be made + to work by flipping an undocumented switch, but this is too subtle. + + Changes based upon patches in Yggdrasil distribution. + + * sg.c, sg.h: Return sense data to user. + + * aha1542.c, aha1740.c, buslogic.c: Do not panic if + sense buffer is wrong size. + + * hosts.c: Test for ultrastor card before any of the others. + + * scsi.c: Allow boot-time option for max_scsi_luns=? so that + buggy firmware has an easy work-around. + +Sun May 15 20:24:34 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) + + * Linux 1.1.15 released. + + Post-codefreeze thaw... + + * buslogic.[c,h]: New driver from David Gentzel. + + * hosts.h: Add use_clustering field to explicitly say whether + clustering should be used for devices attached to this host + adapter. The buslogic board apparently supports large SG lists, + but it is apparently faster if sd.c condenses this into a smaller + list. + + * sd.c: Use this field instead of heuristic. + + * All host adapter include files: Add appropriate initializer for + use_clustering field. + + * scsi.h: Add #defines for return codes for the abort and reset + functions. There are now a specific set of return codes to fully + specify all of the possible things that the low-level adapter + could do. + + * scsi.c: Act based upon return codes from abort/reset functions. + + * All host adapter abort/reset functions: Return new return code. + + * Add code in scsi.c to help debug timeouts. Use #define + DEBUG_TIMEOUT to enable this. + + * scsi.c: If the host->irq field is set, use + disable_irq/enable_irq before calling queuecommand if we + are not already in an interrupt. Reduce races, and we + can be sloppier about cli/sti in the interrupt routines now + (reduce interrupt latency). + + * constants.c: Fix some things to eliminate warnings. Add some + sense descriptions that were omitted before. + + * aha1542.c: Watch for SCRD from host adapter - if we see it, set + a flag. Currently we only print out the number of pending + commands that might need to be restarted. + + * aha1542.c (aha1542_abort): Look for lost interrupts, OGMB still + full, and attempt to recover. Otherwise give up. + + * aha1542.c (aha1542_reset): Try BUS DEVICE RESET, and then pass + DID_RESET back up to the upper level code for all commands running + on this target (even on different LUNs). + +Sat May 7 14:54:01 1994 + + * Linux 1.1.12 released. + + * st.c, st.h: New version from Kai. Supports boot time + specification of number of buffers. + + * wd7000.[c,h]: Updated driver from John Boyd. Now supports + more than one wd7000 board in machine at one time, among other things. + +Wed Apr 20 22:20:35 1994 + + * Linux 1.1.8 released. + + * sd.c: Add a few type casts where scsi_malloc is called. + +Wed Apr 13 12:53:29 1994 + + * Linux 1.1.4 released. + + * scsi.c: Clean up a few printks (use %p to print pointers). + +Wed Apr 13 11:33:02 1994 + + * Linux 1.1.3 released. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.16 (Handle different FIFO sizes + better). + +Fri Apr 8 08:57:19 1994 + + * Linux 1.1.2 released. + + * Throughout: SCSI portion of cluster diffs added. + +Tue Apr 5 07:41:50 1994 + + * Linux 1.1 development tree initiated. + + * The linux 1.0 development tree is now effectively frozen except + for obvious bugfixes. + +****************************************************************** +****************************************************************** +****************************************************************** +****************************************************************** + +Sun Apr 17 00:17:39 1994 + + * Linux 1.0, patchlevel 9 released. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.16 (Handle different FIFO sizes + better). + +Thu Apr 7 08:36:20 1994 + + * Linux 1.0, patchlevel8 released. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.15 from 5.9. Handles 3.4 bios. + +Sun Apr 3 14:43:03 1994 + + * Linux 1.0, patchlevel6 released. + + * wd7000.c: Make stab at fixing race condition. + +Sat Mar 26 14:14:50 1994 + + * Linux 1.0, patchlevel5 released. + + * aha152x.c, Makefile: Fix a few bugs (too much data message). + Add a few more bios signatures. (Patches from Juergen). + + * aha1542.c: Fix race condition in aha1542_out. + +Mon Mar 21 16:36:20 1994 + + * Linux 1.0, patchlevel3 released. + + * sd.c, st.c, sr.c, sg.c: Return -ENXIO, not -ENODEV if we attempt + to open a non-existent device. + + * scsi.c: Add Chinon cdrom to blacklist. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Check return status of verify_area. + +Sat Mar 6 16:06:19 1994 + + * Linux 1.0 released (technically a pre-release). + + * scsi.c: Add IMS CDD521, Maxtor XT-8760S to blacklist. + +Tue Feb 15 10:58:20 1994 + + * pl15e released. + + * aha1542.c: For 1542C, allow dynamic device scan with >1Gb turned + off. + + * constants.c: Fix typo in definition of CONSTANTS. + + * pl15d released. + +Fri Feb 11 10:10:16 1994 + + * pl15c released. + + * scsi.c: Add Maxtor XT-3280 and Rodime RO3000S to blacklist. + + * scsi.c: Allow tagged queueing for scsi 3 devices as well. + Some really old devices report a version number of 0. Disallow + LUN != 0 for these. + +Thu Feb 10 09:48:57 1994 + + * pl15b released. + +Sun Feb 6 12:19:46 1994 + + * pl15a released. + +Fri Feb 4 09:02:17 1994 + + * scsi.c: Add Teac cdrom to blacklist. + +Thu Feb 3 14:16:43 1994 + + * pl15 released. + +Tue Feb 1 15:47:43 1994 + + * pl14w released. + + * wd7000.c (wd_bases): Fix typo in last change. + +Mon Jan 24 17:37:23 1994 + + * pl14u released. + + * aha1542.c: Support 1542CF/extended bios. Different from 1542C + + * wd7000.c: Allow bios at 0xd8000 as well. + + * ultrastor.c: Do not truncate cylinders to 1024. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.9 (add new bios signature). + + * NCR5380.c: Update from Drew - should work a lot better now. + +Sat Jan 8 15:13:10 1994 + + * pl14o released. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Zero reserved field before trying to set audio volume. + +Wed Jan 5 13:21:10 1994 + + * pl14m released. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.8. No functional difference??? + +Tue Jan 4 14:26:13 1994 + + * pl14l released. + + * ultrastor.c: Remove outl, inl functions (now provided elsewhere). + +Mon Jan 3 12:27:25 1994 + + * pl14k released. + + * aha152x.c: Remove insw and outsw functions. + + * fdomain.c: Ditto. + +Wed Dec 29 09:47:20 1993 + + * pl14i released. + + * scsi.c: Support RECOVERED_ERROR for tape drives. + + * st.c: Update of tape driver from Kai. + +Tue Dec 21 09:18:30 1993 + + * pl14g released. + + * aha1542.[c,h]: Support extended BIOS stuff. + + * scsi.c: Clean up messages about disks, so they are displayed as + sda, sdb, etc instead of sd0, sd1, etc. + + * sr.c: Force reread of capacity if disk was changed. + Clear buffer before asking for capacity/sectorsize (some drives + do not report this properly). Set needs_sector_size flag if + drive did not return sensible sector size. + +Mon Dec 13 12:13:47 1993 + + * aha152x.c: Update to version .101 from Juergen. + +Mon Nov 29 03:03:00 1993 + + * linux 0.99.14 released. + + * All scsi stuff moved from kernel/blk_drv/scsi to drivers/scsi. + + * Throughout: Grammatical corrections to various comments. + + * Makefile: fix so that we do not need to compile things we are + not going to use. + + * NCR5380.c, NCR5380.h, g_NCR5380.c, g_NCR5380.h, pas16.c, + pas16.h, t128.c, t128.h: New files from Drew. + + * aha152x.c, aha152x.h: New files from Juergen Fischer. + + * aha1542.c: Support for more than one 1542 in the machine + at the same time. Make functions static that do not need + visibility. + + * aha1740.c: Set NEEDS_JUMPSTART flag in reset function, so we + know to restart the command. Change prototype of aha1740_reset + to take a command pointer. + + * constants.c: Clean up a few things. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.6. Move snarf_region. Allow + board to be set at different SCSI ids. Remove support for + reselection (did not work well). Set JUMPSTART flag in reset + code. + + * hosts.c: Support new low-level adapters. Allow for more than + one adapter of a given type. + + * hosts.h: Allow for more than one adapter of a given type. + + * scsi.c: Add scsi_device_types array, if NEEDS_JUMPSTART is set + after a low-level reset, start the command again. Sort blacklist, + and add Maxtor MXT-1240S, XT-4170S, NEC CDROM 84, Seagate ST157N. + + * scsi.h: Add constants for tagged queueing. + + * Throughout: Use constants from major.h instead of hardcoded + numbers for major numbers. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Fix bug in buffer length in ioctl_command. Use + verify_area in GET_IDLUN ioctl. Add new ioctls for + TAGGED_QUEUE_ENABLE, DISABLE. Only allow IOCTL_SEND_COMMAND by + superuser. + + * sd.c: Only pay attention to UNIT_ATTENTION for removable disks. + Fix bug where sometimes portions of blocks would get lost + resulting in processes hanging. Add messages when we spin up a + disk, and fix a bug in the timing. Increase read-ahead for disks + that are on a scatter-gather capable host adapter. + + * seagate.c: Fix so that some parameters can be set from the lilo + prompt. Supply jumpstart flag if we are resetting and need the + command restarted. Fix so that we return 1 if we detect a card + so that multiple card detection works correctly. Add yet another + signature for FD cards (950). Add another signature for ST0x. + + * sg.c, sg.h: New files from Lawrence Foard for generic scsi + access. + + * sr.c: Add type casts for (void*) so that we can do pointer + arithmetic. Works with GCC without this, but it is not strictly + correct. Same bugfix as was in sd.c. Increase read-ahead a la + disk driver. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Use scsi_malloc buffer instead of buffer from stack + since we cannot guarantee that the stack is < 16Mb. + + ultrastor.c: Update to support 24f properly (JFC's driver). + + wd7000.c: Supply jumpstart flag for reset. Do not round up + number of cylinders in biosparam function. + +Sat Sep 4 20:49:56 1993 + + * 0.99pl13 released. + + * Throughout: Use check_region/snarf_region for all low-level + drivers. + + * aha1542.c: Do hard reset instead of soft (some ethercard probes + screw us up). + + * scsi.c: Add new flag ASKED_FOR_SENSE so that we can tell if we are + in a loop whereby the device returns null sense data. + + * sd.c: Add code to spin up a drive if it is not already spinning. + Do this one at a time to make it easier on power supplies. + + * sd_ioctl.c: Use sync_dev instead of fsync_dev in BLKFLSBUF ioctl. + + * seagate.c: Switch around DATA/CONTROL lines. + + * st.c: Change sense to unsigned. + +Thu Aug 5 11:59:18 1993 + + * 0.99pl12 released. + + * constants.c, constants.h: New files with ascii descriptions of + various conditions. + + * Makefile: Do not try to count the number of low-level drivers, + just generate the list of .o files. + + * aha1542.c: Replace 16 with sizeof(SCpnt->sense_buffer). Add tests + for addresses > 16Mb, panic if we find one. + + * aha1740.c: Ditto with sizeof(). + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.18. Add new signature, register IRQ + with irqaction. Use ID 7 for new board. Be more intelligent about + obtaining the h/s/c numbers for biosparam. + + * hosts.c: Do not depend upon Makefile generated count of the number + of low-level host adapters. + + * scsi.c: Use array for scsi_command_size instead of a function. Add + Texel cdrom and Maxtor XT-4380S to blacklist. Allow compile time + option for no-multi lun scan. Add semaphore for possible problems + with handshaking, assume device is faulty until we know it not to be + the case. Add DEBUG_INIT symbol to dump info as we scan for devices. + Zero sense buffer so we can tell if we need to request it. When + examining sense information, request sense if buffer is all zero. + If RESET, request sense information to see what to do next. + + * scsi_debug.c: Change some constants to use symbols like INT_MAX. + + * scsi_ioctl.c (kernel_scsi_ioctl): New function -for making ioctl + calls from kernel space. + + * sd.c: Increase timeout to 300. Use functions in constants.h to + display info. Use scsi_malloc buffer for READ_CAPACITY, since + we cannot guarantee that a stack based buffer is < 16Mb. + + * sd_ioctl.c: Add BLKFLSBUF ioctl. + + * seagate.c: Add new compile time options for ARBITRATE, + SLOW_HANDSHAKE, and SLOW_RATE. Update assembly loops for transferring + data. Use kernel_scsi_ioctl to request mode page with geometry. + + * sr.c: Use functions in constants.c to display messages. + + * st.c: Support for variable block size. + + * ultrastor.c: Do not use cache for tape drives. Set + unchecked_isa_dma flag, even though this may not be needed (gets set + later). + +Sat Jul 17 18:32:44 1993 + + * 0.99pl11 released. C++ compilable. + + * Throughout: Add type casts all over the place, and use "ip" instead + of "info" in the various biosparam functions. + + * Makefile: Compile seagate.c with C++ compiler. + + * aha1542.c: Always set ccb pointer as this gets trashed somehow on + some systems. Add a few type casts. Update biosparam function a little. + + * aha1740.c: Add a few type casts. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.17 from 3.6. Now works with + TMC-18C50. + + * scsi.c: Minor changes here and there with datatypes. Save use_sg + when requesting sense information so that this can properly be + restored if we retry the command. Set aside dma buffers assuming each + block is 1 page, not 1Kb minix block. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Add a few type casts. Other minor changes. + + * sd.c: Correctly free all scsi_malloc'd memory if we run out of + dma_pool. Store blocksize information for each partition. + + * seagate.c: Minor cleanups here and there. + + * sr.c: Set up blocksize array for all discs. Fix bug in freeing + buffers if we run out of dma pool. + +Thu Jun 2 17:58:11 1993 + + * 0.99pl10 released. + + * aha1542.c: Support for BT 445S (VL-bus board with no dma channel). + + * fdomain.c: Upgrade to version 3.6. Preliminary support for TNC-18C50. + + * scsi.c: First attempt to fix problem with old_use_sg. Change + NOT_READY to a SUGGEST_ABORT. Fix timeout race where time might + get decremented past zero. + + * sd.c: Add block_fsync function to dispatch table. + + * sr.c: Increase timeout to 500 from 250. Add entry for sync in + dispatch table (supply NULL). If we do not have a sectorsize, + try to get it in the sd_open function. Add new function just to + obtain sectorsize. + + * sr.h: Add needs_sector_size semaphore. + + * st.c: Add NULL for fsync in dispatch table. + + * wd7000.c: Allow another condition for power on that are normal + and do not require a panic. + +Thu Apr 22 23:10:11 1993 + + * 0.99pl9 released. + + * aha1542.c: Use (void) instead of () in setup_mailboxes. + + * scsi.c: Initialize transfersize and underflow fields in SCmd to 0. + Do not panic for unsupported message bytes. + + * scsi.h: Allocate 12 bytes instead of 10 for commands. Add + transfersize and underflow fields. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Further bugfix to ioctl_probe. + + * sd.c: Use long instead of int for last parameter in sd_ioctl. + Initialize transfersize and underflow fields. + + * sd_ioctl.c: Ditto for sd_ioctl(,,,,); + + * seagate.c: New version from Drew. Includes new signatures for FD + cards. Support for 0ws jumper. Correctly initialize + scsi_hosts[hostnum].this_id. Improved handing of + disconnect/reconnect, and support command linking. Use + transfersize and underflow fields. Support scatter-gather. + + * sr.c, sr_ioctl.c: Use long instead of int for last parameter in sr_ioctl. + Use buffer and buflength in do_ioctl. Patches from Chris Newbold for + scsi-2 audio commands. + + * ultrastor.c: Comment out in_byte (compiler warning). + + * wd7000.c: Change () to (void) in wd7000_enable_dma. + +Wed Mar 31 16:36:25 1993 + + * 0.99pl8 released. + + * aha1542.c: Handle mailboxes better for 1542C. + Do not truncate number of cylinders at 1024 for biosparam call. + + * aha1740.c: Fix a few minor bugs for multiple devices. + Same as above for biosparam. + + * scsi.c: Add lockable semaphore for removable devices that can have + media removal prevented. Add another signature for flopticals. + (allocate_device): Fix race condition. Allow more space in dma pool + for blocksizes of up to 4Kb. + + * scsi.h: Define COMMAND_SIZE. Define a SCSI specific version of + INIT_REQUEST that can run with interrupts off. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Make ioctl_probe function more idiot-proof. If + a removable device says ILLEGAL REQUEST to a door-locking command, + clear lockable flag. Add SCSI_IOCTL_GET_IDLUN ioctl. Do not attempt + to lock door for devices that do not have lockable semaphore set. + + * sd.c: Fix race condition for multiple disks. Use INIT_SCSI_REQUEST + instead of INIT_REQUEST. Allow sector sizes of 1024 and 256. For + removable disks that are not ready, mark them as having a media change + (some drives do not report this later). + + * seagate.c: Use volatile keyword for memory-mapped register pointers. + + * sr.c: Fix race condition, a la sd.c. Increase the number of retries + to 1. Use INIT_SCSI_REQUEST. Allow 512 byte sector sizes. Do a + read_capacity when we init the device so we know the size and + sectorsize. + + * st.c: If ioctl not found in st.c, try scsi_ioctl for others. + + * ultrastor.c: Do not truncate number of cylinders at 1024 for + biosparam call. + + * wd7000.c: Ditto. + Throughout: Use COMMAND_SIZE macro to determine length of scsi + command. + + + +Sat Mar 13 17:31:29 1993 + + * 0.99pl7 released. + + Throughout: Improve punctuation in some messages, and use new + verify_area syntax. + + * aha1542.c: Handle unexpected interrupts better. + + * scsi.c: Ditto. Handle reset conditions a bit better, asking for + sense information and retrying if required. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Allow for 12 byte scsi commands. + + * ultrastor.c: Update to use scatter-gather. + +Sat Feb 20 17:57:15 1993 + + * 0.99pl6 released. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.5. Handle spurious interrupts + better. + + * sd.c: Use register_blkdev function. + + * sr.c: Ditto. + + * st.c: Use register_chrdev function. + + * wd7000.c: Undo previous change. + +Sat Feb 6 11:20:43 1993 + + * 0.99pl5 released. + + * scsi.c: Fix bug in testing for UNIT_ATTENTION. + + * wd7000.c: Check at more addresses for bios. Fix bug in biosparam + (heads & sectors turned around). + +Wed Jan 20 18:13:59 1993 + + * 0.99pl4 released. + + * scsi.c: Ignore leading spaces when looking for blacklisted devices. + + * seagate.c: Add a few new signatures for FD cards. Another patch + with SCint to fix race condition. Use recursion_depth to keep track + of how many times we have been recursively called, and do not start + another command unless we are on the outer level. Fixes bug + with Syquest cartridge drives (used to crash kernel), because + they do not disconnect with large data transfers. + +Tue Jan 12 14:33:36 1993 + + * 0.99pl3 released. + + * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.3 (a few new signatures). + + * scsi.c: Add CDU-541, Denon DRD-25X to blacklist. + (allocate_request, request_queueable): Init request.waiting to NULL if + non-buffer type of request. + + * seagate.c: Allow controller to be overridden with CONTROLLER symbol. + Set SCint=NULL when we are done, to remove race condition. + + * st.c: Changes from Kai. + +Wed Dec 30 20:03:47 1992 + + * 0.99pl2 released. + + * scsi.c: Blacklist back in. Remove Newbury drive as other bugfix + eliminates need for it here. + + * sd.c: Return ENODEV instead of EACCES if no such device available. + (sd_init) Init blkdev_fops earlier so that sd_open is available sooner. + + * sr.c: Same as above for sd.c. + + * st.c: Return ENODEV instead of ENXIO if no device. Init chrdev_fops + sooner, so that it is always there even if no tapes. + + * seagate.c (controller_type): New variable to keep track of ST0x or + FD. Modify signatures list to indicate controller type, and init + controller_type once we find a match. + + * wd7000.c (wd7000_set_sync): Remove redundant function. + +Sun Dec 20 16:26:24 1992 + + * 0.99pl1 released. + + * scsi_ioctl.c: Bugfix - check dev->index, not dev->id against + NR_SCSI_DEVICES. + + * sr_ioctl.c: Verify that device exists before allowing an ioctl. + + * st.c: Patches from Kai - change timeout values, improve end of tape + handling. + +Sun Dec 13 18:15:23 1992 + + * 0.99 kernel released. Baseline for this ChangeLog. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5019f5182bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +IBM ServeRAID driver Change Log +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + 5.00.01 - Sarasota ( 5i ) adapters must always be scanned first + - Get rid on IOCTL_NEW_COMMAND code + - Add Extended DCDB Commands for Tape Support in 5I + + 4.90.11 - Don't actually RESET unless it's physically required + - Remove unused compile options + + 4.90.08 - Data Corruption if First Scatter Gather Element is > 64K + + 4.90.08 - Increase Delays in Flashing ( Trombone Only - 4H ) + + 4.90.05 - Use New PCI Architecture to facilitate Hot Plug Development + + 4.90.01 - Add ServeRAID Version Checking + + 4.80.26 - Clean up potential code problems ( Arjan's recommendations ) + + 4.80.21 - Change memcpy() to copy_to_user() in NVRAM Page 5 IOCTL path + + 4.80.20 - Set max_sectors in Scsi_Host structure ( if >= 2.4.7 kernel ) + - 5 second delay needed after resetting an i960 adapter + + 4.80.14 - Take all semaphores off stack + - Clean Up New_IOCTL path + + 4.80.04 - Eliminate calls to strtok() if 2.4.x or greater + - Adjustments to Device Queue Depth + + 4.80.00 - Make ia64 Safe + + 4.72.01 - I/O Mapped Memory release ( so "insmod ips" does not Fail ) + - Don't Issue Internal FFDC Command if there are Active Commands + - Close Window for getting too many IOCTL's active + + 4.72.00 - Allow for a Scatter-Gather Element to exceed MAX_XFER Size + + 4.71.00 - Change all memory allocations to not use GFP_DMA flag + - Code Clean-Up for 2.4.x kernel + + 4.70.15 - Fix Breakup for very large ( non-SG ) requests + + 4.70.13 - Don't release HA Lock in ips_next() until SC taken off queue + - Unregister SCSI device in ips_release() + - Don't Send CDB's if we already know the device is not present + + 4.70.12 - Corrective actions for bad controller ( during initialization ) + + 4.70.09 - Use a Common ( Large Buffer ) for Flashing from the JCRM CD + - Add IPSSEND Flash Support + - Set Sense Data for Unknown SCSI Command + - Use Slot Number from NVRAM Page 5 + - Restore caller's DCDB Structure + + 4.20.14 - Update patch files for kernel 2.4.0-test5 + + 4.20.13 - Fix some failure cases / reset code + - Hook into the reboot_notifier to flush the controller + cache + + 4.20.03 - Rename version to coincide with new release schedules + - Performance fixes + - Fix truncation of /proc files with cat + - Merge in changes through kernel 2.4.0test1ac21 + + 4.10.13 - Fix for dynamic unload and proc file system + + 4.10.00 - Add support for ServeRAID 4M/4L + + 4.00.06 - Fix timeout with initial FFDC command + + 4.00.05 - Remove wish_block from init routine + - Use linux/spinlock.h instead of asm/spinlock.h for kernels + 2.3.18 and later + - Sync with other changes from the 2.3 kernels + + 4.00.04 - Rename structures/constants to be prefixed with IPS_ + + 4.00.03 - Add alternative passthru interface + - Add ability to flash ServeRAID BIOS + + 4.00.02 - Fix problem with PT DCDB with no buffer + + 4.00.01 - Add support for First Failure Data Capture + + 4.00.00 - Add support for ServeRAID 4 + + 3.60.02 - Make DCDB direction based on lookup table. + - Only allow one DCDB command to a SCSI ID at a time. + + 3.60.01 - Remove bogus error check in passthru routine. + + 3.60.00 - Bump max commands to 128 for use with ServeRAID + firmware 3.60. + - Change version to 3.60 to coincide with ServeRAID release + numbering. + + 1.00.00 - Initial Public Release + - Functionally equivalent to 0.99.05 + + 0.99.05 - Fix an oops on certain passthru commands + + 0.99.04 - Fix race condition in the passthru mechanism + -- this required the interface to the utilities to change + - Fix error recovery code + + 0.99.03 - Make interrupt routine handle all completed request on the + adapter not just the first one + - Make sure passthru commands get woken up if we run out of + SCBs + - Send all of the commands on the queue at once rather than + one at a time since the card will support it. + + 0.99.02 - Added some additional debug statements to print out + errors if an error occurs while trying to read/write + to a logical drive (IPS_DEBUG). + + - Fixed read/write errors when the adapter is using an + 8K stripe size. + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a9356c63b800 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +Release Date : Thu Feb 03 12:27:22 EST 2005 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.4 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) + +1. Modified name of two attributes in scsi_host_template. + On Wed, 2005-02-02 at 10:56 -0500, Ju, Seokmann wrote: + > + .sdev_attrs = megaraid_device_attrs, + > + .shost_attrs = megaraid_class_device_attrs, + + These are, perhaps, slightly confusing names. + The terms device and class_device have well defined meanings in the + generic device model, neither of which is what you mean here. + Why not simply megaraid_sdev_attrs and megaraid_shost_attrs? + + Other than this, it looks fine to me too. + +Release Date : Thu Jan 27 00:01:03 EST 2005 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.4 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.3 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) + +1. Bump up the version of scsi module due to its conflict. + +Release Date : Thu Jan 21 00:01:03 EST 2005 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.3 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.2 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) + +1. Remove driver ioctl for logical drive to scsi address translation and + replace with the sysfs attribute. To remove drives and change + capacity, application shall now use the device attribute to get the + logical drive number for a scsi device. For adding newly created + logical drives, class device attribute would be required to uniquely + identify each controller. + - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> + + "James, I've been thinking about this a little more, and you may be on + to something here. Let each driver add files as such:" + + - Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>, 12.15.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + + "Then, if you simply publish your LD number as an extra parameter of + the device, you can look through /sys to find it." + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 01.03.2005 + linux-scsi mailing list + + + "I don't see why not ... it's your driver, you can publish whatever + extra information you need as scsi_device attributes; that was one of + the designs of the extensible attribute system." + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 01.06.2005 + linux-scsi mailing list + +2. Add AMI megaraid support - Brian King <brking@charter.net> + PCI_VENDOR_ID_AMI, PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMI_MEGARAID3, + PCI_VENDOR_ID_AMI, PCI_SUBSYS_ID_PERC3_DC, + +3. Make some code static - Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> + Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2004 03:14:57 +0100 + + The patch below makes some needlessly global code static. + -wait_queue_head_t wait_q; + +static wait_queue_head_t wait_q; + + Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> + +4. Added NEC ROMB support - NEC MegaRAID PCI Express ROMB controller + PCI_VENDOR_ID_LSI_LOGIC, PCI_DEVICE_ID_MEGARAID_NEC_ROMB_2E, + PCI_SUBSYS_ID_NEC, PCI_SUBSYS_ID_MEGARAID_NEC_ROMB_2E, + +5. Fixed Tape drive issue : For any Direct CDB command to physical device + including tape, timeout value set by driver was 10 minutes. With this + value, most of command will return within timeout. However, for those + command like ERASE or FORMAT, it takes more than an hour depends on + capacity of the device and the command could be terminated before it + completes. + To address this issue, the 'timeout' field in the DCDB command will + have NO TIMEOUT (i.e., 4) value as its timeout on DCDB command. + + + +Release Date : Thu Dec 9 19:10:23 EST 2004 + - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> + +Current Version : 2.20.4.2 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.3 (cmm module) + +i. Introduced driver ioctl that returns scsi address for a given ld. + + "Why can't the existing sysfs interfaces be used to do this?" + - Brian King (brking@us.ibm.com) + + "I've looked into solving this another way, but I cannot see how + to get this driver-private mapping of logical drive number-> HCTL + without putting code something like this into the driver." + + "...and by providing a mapping a function to userspace, the driver + is free to change its mapping algorithm in the future if necessary .." + - Matt Domsch (Matt_Domsch@dell.com) + +Release Date : Thu Dec 9 19:02:14 EST 2004 - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> + +Current Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.3 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.2 (cmm module) + +i. Fix a bug in kioc's dma buffer deallocation + +Release Date : Thu Nov 4 18:24:56 EST 2004 - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> + +Current Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.2 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.1 (cmm module) + +i. Handle IOCTL cmd timeouts more properly. + +ii. pci_dma_sync_{sg,single}_for_cpu was introduced into megaraid_mbox + incorrectly (instead of _for_device). Changed to appropriate + pci_dma_sync_{sg,single}_for_device. + +Release Date : Wed Oct 06 11:15:29 EDT 2004 - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.1 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) + +i. Remove CONFIG_COMPAT around register_ioctl32_conversion + +Release Date : Mon Sep 27 22:15:07 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.3.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) + +i. Fix data corruption. Because of a typo in the driver, the IO packets + were wrongly shared by the ioctl path. This causes a whole IO command + to be replaced by an incoming ioctl command. + +Release Date : Tue Aug 24 09:43:35 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.3.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.3.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) + +i. Function reordering so that inline functions are defined before they + are actually used. It is now mandatory for GCC 3.4.1 (current stable) + + Declare some heavy-weight functions to be non-inlined, + megaraid_mbox_build_cmd, megaraid_mbox_runpendq, + megaraid_mbox_prepare_pthru, megaraid_mbox_prepare_epthru, + megaraid_busywait_mbox + + - Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>, 08.19.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + "Something else to clean up after inclusion: every instance of an + inline function is actually rendered as a full function call, because + the function is always used before it is defined. Atul, please + re-arrange the code to eliminate the need for most (all) of the + function prototypes at the top of each file, and define (not just + declare with a prototype) each inline function before its first use" + + - Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>, 07.27.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + +ii. Display elapsed time (countdown) while waiting for FW to boot. + +iii. Module compilation reorder in Makefile so that unresolved symbols do + not occur when driver is compiled non-modular. + + Patrick J. LoPresti <patl@users.sourceforge.net>, 8.22.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + +Release Date : Thu Aug 19 09:58:33 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.3.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.2.0 (scsi module), 2.20.1.0 (cmm module) + +i. When copying the mailbox packets, copy only first 14 bytes (for 32-bit + mailboxes) and only first 22 bytes (for 64-bit mailboxes). This is to + avoid getting the stale values for busy bit. We want to set the busy + bit just before issuing command to the FW. + +ii. In the reset handling, if the reseted command is not owned by the + driver, do not (wrongly) print information for the "attached" driver + packet. + +iii. Have extended wait when issuing command in synchronous mode. This is + required for the cases where the option ROM is disabled and there is + no BIOS to start the controller. The FW starts to boot after receiving + the first command from the driver. The current driver has 1 second + timeout for the synchronous commands, which is far less than what is + actually required. We now wait up to MBOX_RESET_TIME (180 seconds) for + FW boot process. + +iv. In megaraid_mbox_product_info, clear the mailbox contents completely + before preparing the command for inquiry3. This is to ensure that the + FW does not get junk values in the command. + +v. Do away with the redundant LSI_CONFIG_COMPAT redefinition for + CONFIG_COMPAT. Replace <asm/ioctl32.h> with <linux/ioctl32.h> + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 08.17.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +vi. Add support for 64-bit applications. Current drivers assume only + 32-bit applications, even on 64-bit platforms. Use the "data" and + "buffer" fields of the mimd_t structure, instead of embedded 32-bit + addresses in application mailbox and passthru structures. + +vii. Move the function declarations for the management module from + megaraid_mm.h to megaraid_mm.c + + - Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>, 08.19.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +viii. Change default values for MEGARAID_NEWGEN, MEGARAID_MM, and + MEGARAID_MAILBOX to 'n' in Kconfig.megaraid + + - Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>, 08.19.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +ix. replace udelay with msleep + +x. Typos corrected in comments and whitespace adjustments, explicit + grouping of expressions. + + +Release Date : Fri Jul 23 15:22:07 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.2.0 (scsi module), 2.20.1.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.1.0 (scsi module), 2.20.0.0 (cmm module) + +i. Add PCI ids for Acer ROMB 2E solution + +ii. Add PCI ids for I4 + +iii. Typo corrected for subsys id for megaraid sata 300-4x + +iv. Remove yield() while mailbox handshake in synchronous commands + + + "My other main gripe is things like this: + + + // wait for maximum 1 second for status to post + + for (i = 0; i < 40000; i++) { + + if (mbox->numstatus != 0xFF) break; + + udelay(25); yield(); + + } + + which litter the driver. Use of yield() in drivers is deprecated." + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 07.14.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +v. Remove redundant __megaraid_busywait_mbox routine + +vi. Fix bug in the managment module, which causes a system lockup when the + IO module is loaded and then unloaded, followed by executing any + management utility. The current version of management module does not + handle the adapter unregister properly. + + Specifically, it still keeps a reference to the unregistered + controllers. To avoid this, the static array adapters has been + replaced by a dynamic list, which gets updated every time an adapter + is added or removed. + + Also, during unregistration of the IO module, the resources are + now released in the exact reverse order of the allocation time + sequence. + + +Release Date : Fri Jun 25 18:58:43 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.1.0 +Older Version : megaraid 2.20.0.1 + +i. Stale list pointer in adapter causes kernel panic when module + megaraid_mbox is unloaded + + +Release Date : Thu Jun 24 20:37:11 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.0.1 +Older Version : megaraid 2.20.0.00 + +i. Modules are not 'y' by default, but depend on current definition of + SCSI & PCI. + +ii. Redundant structure mraid_driver_t removed. + +iii. Miscellaneous indentation and goto/label fixes. + - Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>, 06.24.2004 linux-scsi + +iv. scsi_host_put(), do just before completing HBA shutdown. + + + +Release Date : Mon Jun 21 19:53:54 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.0.0 +Older Version : megaraid 2.20.0.rc2 and 2.00.3 + +i. Independent module to interact with userland applications and + multiplex command to low level RAID module(s). + + "Shared code in a third module, a "library module", is an acceptable + solution. modprobe automatically loads dependent modules, so users + running "modprobe driver1" or "modprobe driver2" would automatically + load the shared library module." + + - Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com> 02.25.2004 LKML + + "As Jeff hinted, if your userspace<->driver API is consistent between + your new MPT-based RAID controllers and your existing megaraid driver, + then perhaps you need a single small helper module (lsiioctl or some + better name), loaded by both mptraid and megaraid automatically, which + handles registering the /dev/megaraid node dynamically. In this case, + both mptraid and megaraid would register with lsiioctl for each + adapter discovered, and lsiioctl would essentially be a switch, + redirecting userspace tool ioctls to the appropriate driver." + + - Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com> 02.25.2004 LKML + +ii. Remove C99 initializations from pci_device id. + + "pci_id_table_g would be much more readable when not using C99 + initializers. + PCI table doesn't change, there's lots of users that prefer the more + readable variant. And it's really far less and much easier to grok + lines without C99 initializers." + + - Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>, 05.28.2004 linux-scsi + +iii. Many fixes as suggested by Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> on + linux-scsi, 05.28.2004 + +iv. We now support up to 32 parallel ioctl commands instead of current 1. + There is a conscious effort to let memory allocation not fail for ioctl + commands. + +v. Do away with internal memory management. Use pci_pool_(create|alloc) + instead. + +vi. Kill tasklet when unloading the driver. + +vii. Do not use "host_lock', driver has fine-grain locks now to protect all + data structures. + +viii. Optimize the build scatter-gather list routine. The callers already + know the data transfer address and length. + +ix. Better implementation of error handling and recovery. Driver now + performs extended errors recovery for instances like scsi cable pull. + +x. Disassociate the management commands with an overlaid scsi command. + Driver now treats the management packets as special packets and has a + dedicated callback routine. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7d03e9d5b5f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx @@ -0,0 +1,495 @@ +Sat May 12 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.3b + - Ensure LEDC bit in GPCNTL is cleared when reading the NVRAM. + Fix sent by Stig Telfer <stig@api-networks.com>. + - Define scsi_set_pci_device() as nil for kernel < 2.4.4. + +Mon Feb 12 22:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.3 + - Call pci_enable_device() as AC wants this to be done. + - Get both the BAR cookies actual and PCI BAR values. + (see Changelog.sym53c8xx rev. 1.7.3 for details) + - Merge changes for linux-2.4 that declare the host template + in the driver object also when the driver is statically + linked with the kernel. + +Sun Sep 24 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.2 + - See Changelog.sym53c8xx, driver version 1.7.2. + +Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.1 + - Provide OpenFirmare path through the proc FS on PPC. + - Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs. + +Sun Jul 09 16:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.0 + - Remove the PROFILE C and SCRIPTS code. + This facility was not this useful and thus was not longer + desirable given the increasing complexity of the driver code. + - Merges from FreeBSD sym-1.6.2 driver: + * Clarify memory barriers needed by the driver for architectures + that implement a weak memory ordering. + - General cleanup: + Move definitions for barriers and IO/MMIO operations to the + sym53c8xx_defs.h header files. They are now shared by the + both drivers. + Use SCSI_NCR_IOMAPPED instead of NCR_IOMAPPED. + +Thu May 11 12:30 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.3b + +Mon Apr 24 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2i + - Return value 1 (instead of 0) from the driver setup routine. + - Let the driver also attach controllers that have been set to + OFF in the NVRAM as it did prior to revision 3.2g. + +Sat Apr 1 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2h + - Fix a compilation problem on Alpha introduced in version 3.2g. + (`port' changed to `base_io'). + - Move from `sym' to this driver a tiny change for __sparc__ that + applies to cache line size (? Probably from David S Miller). + - Make sure no data transfer will happen for Scsi_Cmnd requests + that supply SCSI_DATA_NONE direction (this avoids some BUG() + statement in the PCI code when a data buffer is also supplied). + +Thu Mar 16 9:30 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.3b-3 + - Added exclusion for the 53C1010 and 53C1010_66 chips + to the driver (change to sym53c8xx_comm.h). + +Mon March 6 23:15 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2g + - Add the file sym53c8xx_comm.h that collects code that should + be shared by sym53c8xx and ncr53c8xx drivers. For now, it is + a header file that is only included by the ncr53c8xx driver, + but things will be cleaned up later. This code addresses + notably: + * Chip detection and PCI related initialisations + * NVRAM detection and reading + * DMA mapping + * Boot setup command + * And some other ... + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) when this information is available. + +Mon March 6 23:15 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2g + - Add the file sym53c8xx_comm.h that collects code that should + be shared by sym53c8xx and ncr53c8xx drivers. For now, it is + a header file that is only included by the ncr53c8xx driver, + but things will be cleaned up later. This code addresses + notably: + * Chip detection and PCI related initialisations + * NVRAM detection and reading + * DMA mapping + * Boot setup command + * And some other ... + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) when this information is available. + +Fri Jan 14 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision pre-3.3b-1 + - Merge parallel driver series 3.31 and 3.2e + +Tue Jan 11 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.31 + - Added support for mounting disks on wide-narrow-wide + scsi configurations. + - Built off of version 3.30 + +Mon Jan 10 13:30 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.30 + - Added capability to use the integrity checking code + in the kernel (optional). + - Disabled support for the 53C1010. + - Built off of version 3.2c + +Sat Jan 8 22:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2e + - Add year 2000 copyright. + - Display correctly bus signals when bus is detected wrong. + - Remove the dead code that broke driver 3.2d. + +Mon Dec 6 22:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2d + - Change messages written by the driver at initialisation and + through the /proc FS (rather cosmetic changes that consist in + printing out the PCI bus number and device/function). + - Get rid of the old PCI bios interface, but preserve kernel 2.0 + compatibility from a simple wrapper. + - Remove the compilation condition about having to acquire the + io_request_lock since it seems to be a definite feature now.:) + - proc_dir structure no longer needed for kernel >= 2.3.27. + - Change the driver detection code by the sym53c8xx one, modulo + some minor changes. The driver can now attach any number of + controllers (>40) and does no longer hoger stack space at + initialisation. + - Definitely disable overlapped PCI arbitration for all dual + function chips, since I cannot make sure for what chip revisions + it is actually safe. + - Add support for the SYM53C1510D. + - Update the poor Tekram sync factor table. + - Remove the compilation condition about having to acquire the + io_request_lock since it seems to be a definite feature now.:) + - proc_dir structure no longer needed for kernel >= 2.3.27. + +Sat Sep 11 18:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2c + - Handle correctly (hopefully) jiffies wrap-around. + - Restore the entry used to detect 875 until revision 0xff. + (I removed it inadvertently, it seems :) ) + - Replace __initfunc() which is deprecated stuff by __init which + is not yet so. ;-) + - Add support of some 'resource handling' for linux-2.3.13. + Basically the BARs have been changed to something more complex + in the pci_dev structure. + - Remove some deprecated code. + +Sat May 10 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision pre-3.2b-1 + - Support for the 53C895A by Pamela Delaney <pam.delaney@lsil.com> + The 53C895A contains all of the features of the 896 but has only + one channel and has a 32 bit PCI bus. It does 64 bit PCI addressing + using dual cycle PCI data transfers. + - Miscellaneous minor fixes. + - Some additions to the README.ncr53c8xx file. + +Sun Apr 11 10:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2a + - Add 'hostid:#id' boot option. This option allows to change the + default SCSI id the driver uses for controllers. + - Remove nvram layouts and driver set-up structures from the C source, + and use the one defined in sym53c8xx_defs.h file. + (shared by both drivers). + - Set for now MAX LUNS to 16 (instead of 8). + +Thu Mar 11 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2 (8xx-896 driver bundle) + - Only define the host template in ncr53c8xx.h and include the + sym53c8xx_defs.h file. + - Declare static all symbols that do not need to be visible from + outside the driver code. + - Add 'excl' boot command option that allows to pass to the driver + io address of devices not to attach. + - Add info() function called from the host template to print + driver/host information. + - Minor documentation additions. + +Sat Mar 6 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1h + - Fix some oooold bug that hangs the bus if a device rejects a + negotiation. Btw, the corresponding stuff also needed some cleanup + and thus the change is a bit larger than it could have been. + - Still some typo that made compilation fail for 64 bit (trivial fix). + +Sun Feb 14:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1g + - Deal correctly with 64 bit PCI address registers on Linux 2.2. + Pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff. + - Allow to tune request_irq() flags from the boot command line using + ncr53c8xx=irqm:??, as follows: + a) If bit 0x10 is set in irqm, SA_SHIRQ flag is not used. + b) If bit 0x20 is set in irqm, SA_INTERRUPT flag is not used. + By default the driver uses both SA_SHIRQ and SA_INTERRUPT. + Option 'ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20' may be used when an IRQ is shared by + a 53C8XX adapter and a network board. + - Tiny mispelling fixed (ABORT instead of ABRT). Was fortunately + harmless. + - Negotiate SYNC data transfers with CCS devices. + +Sat Jan 16 17:30 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1f + - Some PCI fix-ups not needed any more for PPC (from Cort). + - Cache line size set to 16 DWORDS for Sparc (from DSM). + - Waiting list look-up didn't work for the first command of the list. + - Remove 2 useless lines of code. + +Sun Dec 13 18:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1e + - Same work-around as for the 53c876 rev <= 0x15 for 53c896 rev 1: + Disable overlapped arbitration. This will not make difference + since the chip has on-chip RAM. + +Thu Nov 26 22:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1d + - The SISL RAID change requires now remap_pci_mem() stuff to be + compiled for __i386__ when normal IOs are used. + - Minor spelling fixes in doc files. + +Sat Nov 21 18:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1c + - Ignore chips that are driven by SISL RAID (DAC 960). + Change sent by Leonard Zubkoff and slightly reworked. + - Still a buglet in the tags initial settings that needed to be fixed. + It was not possible to disable TGQ at system startup for devices + that claim TGQ support. The driver used at least 2 for the queue + depth but did'nt keep track of user settings for tags depth lower + than 2. + +Wed Nov 11 10:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1b + - The driver was unhappy when configured with default_tags > MAX_TAGS + Hopefully doubly-fixed. + - Update the Configure.help driver section that speaks of TAGS. + +Wed Oct 21 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1a + - Changes from Eddie Dost for Sparc and Alpha: + ioremap/iounmap support for Sparc. + pcivtophys changed to bus_dvma_to_phys. + - Add the 53c876 description to the chip table. This is only useful + for printing the right name of the controller. + - DEL-441 Item 2 work-around for the 53c876 rev <= 5 (0x15). + - Add additional checking of INQUIRY data: + Check INQUIRY data received length is at least 7. Byte 7 of + inquiry data contains device features bits and the driver might + be confused by garbage. Also check peripheral qualifier. + - Cleanup of the SCSI tasks management: + Remove the special case for 32 tags. Now the driver only uses the + scheme that allows up to 64 tags per LUN. + Merge some code from the 896 driver. + Use a 1,3,5,...MAXTAGS*2+1 tag numbering. Previous driver could + use any tag number from 1 to 253 and some non conformant devices + might have problems with large tag numbers. + - 'no_sync' changed to 'no_disc' in the README file. This is an old + and trivial mistake that seems to demonstrate the README file is + not often read. :) + +Sun Oct 4 14:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0i + - Cosmetic changes for sparc (but not for the driver) that needs + __irq_itoa() to be used for printed IRQ value to be understandable. + - Some problems with the driver that didn't occur using driver 2.5f + were due to a SCSI selection problem triggered by a clearly + documented feature that in fact seems not to work: (53C8XX chips + are claimed by the manuals to be able to execute SCSI scripts just + after abitration while the SCSI core is performing SCSI selection). + This optimization is broken and has been removed. + - Some broken scsi devices are confused when a negotiation is started + on a LUN that does not correspond to a real device. According to + SCSI specs, this is a device firmware bug. This has been worked + around by only starting negotiation if the LUN has previously be + used for at least 1 successful SCSI command. + - The 'last message sent' printed out on M_REJECT message reception + was read from the SFBR i/o register after the previous message had + been sent. + This was not correct and affects all previous driver versions and + the original FreeBSD one as well. The SCSI scripts has been fixed + so that it now provides the right information to the C code. + +Sat Jul 18 13:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0g + - Preliminary fixes for Big Endian (sent by Eddie C. Dost). + Big Endian architectures should work again with the driver. + Eddie's patch has been partially applied since current 2.1.109 + does not have all the Sparc changes of the vger tree. + - Use of BITS_PER_LONG instead of (~0UL == 0xffffffffUL) has fixed + the problem observed when the driver was compiled using EGCS or + PGCC. + +Mon Jul 13 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0f + - Some spelling fixes. + - linux/config.h misplaced in ncr53c8xx.h + - MODULE_PARM stuff added for linux 2.1. + - check INQUIRY response data format is exactly 2. + - use BITS_PER_LONG if defined. + +Sun Jun 28 12:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0e + - Some cleanup, spelling fixes, version checks, documentations + changes, etc ... + +Sat Jun 20 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0c + - Add a boot setup option that allows to set up device queue depths + at boot-up. This option is very useful since Linux does not + allow to change scsi device queue depth once the system has been + booted up. + +Sun Jun 15 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0a + - Support for up to 64 TAGS per LUN. + - Rewrite the TARGET vs LUN capabilities management. + CmdQueue is now handled as a LUN capability as it shall be. + This also fixes a bug triggered when disabling tagged command + queuing for a device that had this feature enabled. + - Remove the ncr_opennings() stuff that was useless under Linux + and hard to understand to me. + - Add "setverbose" procfs driver command. It allows to tune + verbose level after boot-up. Setting this level to zero, for + example avoid flooding the syslog file. + - Add KERN_XXX to some printk's. + +Tue Jun 10 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0 + - Linux config changes for 2.0.34: + Remove NVRAM detection config option. This option is now enabled + by default but can be disabled by editing the driver header file. + Add a PROFILE config option. + - Update Configure.help + - Add calls to new function mdelay() for milli-seconds delay if + kernel version >= 2.1.105. + - Replace all printf(s) by printk(s). After all, the ncr53c8xx is + a driver for Linux. + - Perform auto-sense on COMMAND TERMINATED. Not sure it is useful. + - Some other minor changes. + +Tue Jun 4 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6n + - Code cleanup and simplification: + Remove kernel 1.2.X and 1.3.X support. + Remove the _old_ target capabilities table. + Remove the error recovery code that have'nt been really useful. + Use a single alignment boundary (CACHE_LINE_SIZE) for data + structures. + - Several aggressive SCRIPTS optimizations and changes: + Reselect SCRIPTS code rewritten. + Support for selection/reselection without ATN. + And some others. + - Miscallaneous changes in the C code: + Count actual number of CCB queued to the controller (future use). + Lots of other minor changes. + +Wed May 13 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6m + - Problem of missed SCSI bus reset with the 53C895 fixed by + Richard Waltham. The 53C895 needs about 650 us for the bus + mode to settle. Delays used while resetting the controller + and the bus have been adjusted. Thanks Richard! + - Some simplification for 64 bit arch done ccb address testing. + - Add a check of the MSG_OUT phase after Selection with ATN. + - The new tagged queue stuff seems ok, so some informationnal + message have been conditionned by verbose >= 3. + - Donnot reset if a SBMC interrupt reports the same bus mode. + - Print out the whole driver set-up. Some options were missing and + the print statement was misplaced for modules. + - Ignore a SCSI parity interrupt if the chip is not connected to + the SCSI bus. + +Sat May 1 16:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6l + - Add CCB done queue support for Alpha and perhaps some other + architectures. + - Add some barriers to enforce memory ordering for x86 and + Alpha architectures. + - Fix something that looks like an old bug in the nego SIR + interrupt code in case of negotiation failure. + +Sat Apr 25 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6k + - Remove all accesses to the on-chip RAM from the C code: + Use SCRIPTS to load the on-chip RAM. + Use SCRIPTS to repair the start queue on selection timeout. + Use the copy of script in main memory to calculate the chip + context on phase mismatch. + - The above allows now to use the on-chip RAM without requiring + to get access to the on-chip RAM from the C code. This makes + on-chip RAM useable for linux-1.2.13 and for Linux-Alpha for + instance. + - Some simplifications and cleanups in the SCRIPTS and C code. + - Buglet fixed in parity error recovery SCRIPTS (never tested). + - Minor updates in README.ncr53c8xx. + +Wed Apr 15 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6j + - Incorporate changes from linux-2.1.95 ncr53c8xx driver version. + - Add SMP support for linux-2.1.95 and above. + - Fix a bug when QUEUE FULL is returned and no commands are + disconnected. This happens with Atlas I / L912 and may happen + with Atlas II / LXY4. + - Nail another one on CHECK condition when requeuing the command + for auto-sense. + - Call scsi_done() for all completed commands after interrupt + handling. + - Increase the done queue to 24 entries. + +Sat Apr 4 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6i + - CTEST0 is used by the 53C885 for Power Management and + priority setting between the 2 functions. + Use SDID instead as actual target number. Just have had to + overwrite it with SSID on reselection. + - Split DATA_IN and DATA_OUT scripts into 2 sub-scripts. + 64 segments are moved from on-chip RAM scripts. + If more segments, a script in main memory is used for the + additional segments. + - Since the SCRIPTS processor continues SCRIPTS execution after + having won arbitration, do some stuff prior to testing any SCSI + phase on reselection. This should have the vertue to process + scripts in parallel with the SCSI core performing selection. + - Increase the done queue to 12 entries. + +Sun Mar 29 12:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6h + - Some fixes. + +Tue Mar 26 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6g + - New done queue. 8 entries by default (6 always useable). + Can be increased if needed. + - Resources management using doubly linked queues. + - New auto-sense and QUEUE FULL handling that does not need to + stall the NCR queue any more. + - New CCB starvation avoiding algorithm. + - Prepare CCBs for SCSI commands that cannot be queued, instead of + inserting these commands into the waiting list. The waiting list + is now only used while resetting and when memory for CCBs is not + yet available? + +Sun Feb 8 22:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6f + - Some fixes in order to really support the 53C895, at least with + FAST-20 devices. + - Heavy changes in the target/lun resources management to allow + the scripts to jump directly to the CCB on reselection instead + of walking on the lun CCBs list. Up to 32 tags per lun are now + supported without script processor and PCI traffic overhead. + +Sun Jan 11 22:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6d + - new (different ?) implementation of the start queue: + Use a simple CALL to a launch script in the CCB. + - implement a minimal done queue (1 entry :-) ). + this avoid scanning all CCBs on INT FLY (Only scan all CCBs, on + overflow). Hit ratio is better than 99.9 % on my system, so no + need to have a larger done queue. + - generalization of the restart of CCB on special condition as + Abort, QUEUE FULL, CHECK CONDITION. + This has been called 'silly scheduler'. + - make all the profiling code conditionned by a config option. + This spare some PCI traffic and C code when this feature is not + needed. + - handle more cleanly the situation where direction is unknown. + The pointers patching is now performed by the SCRIPTS processor. + - remove some useless scripts instructions. + + Ported from driver 2.5 series: + ------------------------------ + - Use FAST-5 instead of SLOW for slow scsi devices according to + new SPI-2 draft. + - Make some changes in order to accommodate with 875 rev <= 3 + device errata listing 397. Minor consequences are: + . Leave use of PCI Write and Invalidate under user control. + Now, by default the driver does not enable PCI MWI and option + 'specf:y' is required in order to enable this feature. + . Memory Read Line is not enabled for 875 and 875-like chips. + . Programmed burst length set to 64 DWORDS (instead of 128). + (Note: SYMBIOS uses 32 DWORDS for the SDMS BIOS) + - Add 'buschk' boot option. + This option enables checking of SCSI BUS data lines after SCSI + RESET (set by default). (Submitted by Richard Waltham). + - Update the README file. + - Dispatch CONDITION MET and RESERVATION CONFLICT scsi status + as OK driver status. + - Update the README file and the Symbios NVRAM format definition + with removable media flags values (available with SDMS 4.09). + - Several PCI configuration registers fix-ups for powerpc. + (Patch sent by Cort). diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ef985ec348e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx @@ -0,0 +1,593 @@ +Sat May 12 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3c + - Ensure LEDC bit in GPCNTL is cleared when reading the NVRAM. + Fix sent by Stig Telfer <stig@api-networks.com>. + - Backport from SYM-2 the work-around that allows to support + hardwares that fail PCI parity checking. + - Check that we received at least 8 bytes of INQUIRY response + for byte 7, that contains device capabilities, to be valid. + - Define scsi_set_pci_device() as nil for kernel < 2.4.4. + - + A couple of minor changes. + +Sat Apr 7 19:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3b + - Fix an unaligned LOAD from scripts (was used as dummy read). + - In ncr_soft_reset(), only try to ABORT the current operation + for chips that support SRUN bit in ISTAT1 and if SCRIPTS are + currently running, as 896 and 1010 manuals suggest. + - In the CCB abort path, do not assume that the CCB is currently + queued to SCRIPTS. This is not always true, notably after a + QUEUE FULL status or when using untagged commands. + +Sun Mar 4 18:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3a + - Fix an issue in the ncr_int_udc() (unexpected disconnect) + handling. If the DSA didn't match a CCB, a bad write to + memory could happen. + +Mon Feb 12 22:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3 + - Support for hppa. + Tiny patch sent to me by Robert Hirst. + - Tiny patch for ia64 sent to me by Pamela Delaney. + +Tue Feb 6 13:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3-pre1 + - Call pci_enable_device() as AC wants this to be done. + - Get both the BAR cookies used by CPU and actual PCI BAR + values used from SCRIPTS. Recent PCI chips are able to + access themselves using internal cycles, but they compare + BAR values to destination address to make decision. + Earlier chips simply use PCI transactions to access IO + registers from SCRIPTS. + The bus_dvma_to_mem() interface that reverses the actual + PCI BAR value from the BAR cookie is now useless. + This point had been discussed at the list and the solution + got approved by PCI code maintainer (Martin Mares). + - Merge changes for linux-2.4 that declare the host template + in the driver object also when the driver is statically + linked with the kernel. + - Increase SCSI message size up to 12 bytes, given that 8 + bytes was not enough for the PPR message (fix). + - Add field 'maxoffs_st' (max offset for ST data transfers). + The C1010 supports offset 62 in DT mode but only 31 in + ST mode, to 2 different values for the max SCSI offset + are needed. Replace the obviously wrong masking of the + offset against 0x1f for ST mode by a lowering to + maxoffs_st of the SCSI offset in ST mode. + - Refine a work-around for the C1010-66. Revision 1 does + not requires extra cycles in DT DATA OUT phase. + - Add a missing endian-ization (abrt_tbl.addr). + - Minor clean-up in the np structure for fields accessed + from SCRIPTS that requires special alignments. + +Sun Sep 24 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.2 + - Remove the hack for PPC added in previous driver version. + - Add FE_DAC feature bit to distinguish between 64 bit PCI + addressing (FE_DAC) and 64 bit PCI interface (FE_64BIT). + - Get rid of the boot command line "ultra:" argument. + This parameter wasn't that clever since we can use "sync:" + for Ultra/Ultra2 settings, and for Ultra3 we may want to + pass PPR options (for now only DT clocking). + - Add FE_VARCLK feature bit that indicates that SCSI clock + frequency may vary depending on board design and thus, + the driver should try to evaluate the SCSI clock. + - Simplify the way the driver determine the SCSI clock: + ULTRA3 -> 160 MHz, ULTRA2 -> 80 MHz otherwise 40 MHz. + Measure the SCSI clock frequency if FE_VARCLK is set. + - Remove FE_CLK80 feature bit that got useless. + - Add support for the SYM53C875A (Pamela Delaney). + +Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.1 + - Provide OpenFirmare path through the proc FS on PPC. + - Download of on-chip SRAM using memcpy_toio() doesn't work + on PPC. Restore previous method (MEMORY MOVE from SCRIPTS). + - Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs. + +Sun Jul 09 16:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.0 + - Remove the PROFILE C and SCRIPTS code. + This facility was not this useful and thus was not longer + desirable given the increasing complexity of the driver code. + - Merges from FreeBSD sym-1.6.2 driver: + * Clarify memory barriers needed by the driver for architectures + that implement a weak memory ordering. + * Simpler handling of illegal phases and data overrun from + SCRIPTS. These errors are now immediately reported to + the C code by an interrupt. + * Sync the residual handling code with sym-1.6.2 and now + report `resid' to user for linux version >= 2.3.99 + - General cleanup: + Move definitions for barriers and IO/MMIO operations to the + sym53c8xx_defs.h header files. They are now shared by the + both drivers. + Remove unused options that claimed to optimize for the 896. + If fact, they were not this clever. :) + Use SCSI_NCR_IOMAPPED instead of NCR_IOMAPPED. + Remove a couple of unused fields from data structures. + +Thu May 11 12:40 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.6b + - Merged version. + +Mon Apr 24 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5m + - Return value 1 (instead of 0) from the driver setup routine. + - Do not enable PCI DAC cycles. This just broke support for + SYM534C896 on sparc64. Problem fixed by David S. Miller. + +Fri Apr 14 9:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.6b-9 + - Added 53C1010_66 support. + - Small fix to integrity checking code. + - Removed requirement for integrity checking if want to run + at ultra 3. + +Sat Apr 1 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5l + - Tiny change for __sparc__ appeared in 2.3.99-pre4.1 that + applies to cache line size (? Probably from David S Miller). + - Make sure no data transfer will happen for Scsi_Cmnd requests + that supply SCSI_DATA_NONE direction (this avoids some BUG() + statement in the PCI code when a data buffer is also supplied). + +Sat Mar 11 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.6b-5 + - Test against expected data transfer direction from SCRIPTS. + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + Many thanks to David S. Miller for his preliminary changes + that have been useful guidelines. + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) with kernels that provide this information. + +Mon Mar 6 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5k + - Test against expected data transfer direction from SCRIPTS. + - Revert the change in 'ncr_flush_done_cmds()' but unmap the + scsi dma buffer prior to queueing the command to our done + list. + - Miscellaneous (minor) fixes in the code added in driver + version 1.5j. + +Mon Feb 14 4:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-pre-1.6b-2. + - Updated the SCRIPTS error handling of the SWIDE + condition - to remove any reads of the sbdl + register. Changes needed because the 896 and 1010 + chips will check parity in some special circumstances. + This will cause a parity error interrupt if not in + data phase. Changes based on those made in the + FreeBSD driver version 1.3.2. + +Sun Feb 20 11:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5j + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + Many thanks to David S. Miller for his preliminary changes + that have been useful guidelines, for having reviewed the + code and having tested this driver version on Ultra-Sparc. + - 2 tiny bugs fixed in the PCI wrapper that provides support + for early kernels without pci device structure. + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) with kernels that provide this information. + - Fix an old bug that only affected 896 rev. 1 when driver + profile support option was set in kernel configuration. + +Fri Jan 14 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-pre-1.6b-1. + - Merge parallel driver series 1.61 and 1.5e + +Tue Jan 11 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.61 + - Added support for mounting disks on wide-narrow-wide + scsi configurations. + - Modified offset to be a maximum of 31 in ST mode, + 62 in DT mode. + - Based off of 1.60 + +Mon Jan 10 10:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.60 + - Added capability to use the integrity checking code + in the kernel (optional). + - Added PPR negotiation. + - Added support for 53C1010 Ultra 3 part. + - Based off of 1.5f + +Sat Jan 8 22:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5h + - Add year 2000 copyright. + - Display correctly bus signals when bus is detected wrong. + - Some fix for Sparc from DSM that went directly to kernel tree. + +Mon Dec 6 22:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5g + - Change messages written by the driver at initialisation and + through the /proc FS (rather cosmetic changes that consist in + printing out the PCI bus number and PCI device/function). + - Ensure the SCRIPTS processor is stopped while calibrating the + SCSI clock (the initialisation code has been a bit reworked). + Change moved to the FreeBSD sym_hipd driver). + - Some fixes in the MODIFY_DP/IGN_RESIDUE code and residual + calculation (moved from FreeBSD sym_hipd driver). + - Add NVRAM support for Tekram boards that use 24C16 EEPROM. + Code moved from the FreeBSD sym_hipd driver, since it has + been that one that got this feature first. + - Definitely disable overlapped PCI arbitration for all dual + function chips, since I cannot make sure for what chip revisions + it is actually safe. + - Add support for the SYM53C1510D (also for ncr53c8xx). + - Fix up properly the PCI latency timer when needed or asked for. + - Get rid of the old PCI bios interface, but preserve kernel 2.0 + compatibility from a simple wrapper. + - Update the poor Tekram sync factor table. + - Fix in a tiny 'printk' bug that may oops in case of extended + errors (unrecovered parity error, data overrun, etc ...) + (Sent by Pamela Delaney from LSILOGIC) + - Remove the compilation condition about having to acquire the + io_request_lock since it seems to be a definite feature now.:) + - Change get_pages by GetPages since Linux >= 2.3.27 now wants + get_pages to ever be used as a kernel symbol (from 2.3.27). + - proc_dir structure no longer needed for kernel >= 2.3.27. + +Sun Oct 3 19:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5f + - Change the way the driver checks the PCI clock frequency, so + that overclocked PCI BUS up to 48 MHz will not be refused. + The more the BUS is overclocked, the less the driver will + guarantee that its measure of the SCSI clock is correct. + - Backport some minor improvements of SCRIPTS from the sym_hipd + driver. + - Backport the code rewrite of the START QUEUE dequeuing (on + bad scsi status received) from the sym_hipd driver. + +Sat Sep 11 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5e + - New linux-2.3.13 __setup scheme support added. + - Cleanup of the extended error status handling: + Use 1 bit per error type. + - Also save the extended error status prior to auto-sense. + - Add the FE_DIFF chip feature bit to indicate support of + diff probing from GPIO3 (825/825A/876/875). + - Remove the quirk handling that has been useless since day one. + - Work-around PCI chips being reported twice on some platforms. + - Add some redundant PCI reads in order to deal with common + bridge misbehaviour regarding posted write flushing. + - Add some other conditionnal code for people who have to deal + with really broken bridges (they will have to edit a source + file to try these options). + - Handle correctly (hopefully) jiffies wrap-around. + - Restore the entry used to detect 875 until revision 0xff. + (I removed it inadvertently, it seems :) ) + - Replace __initfunc() which is deprecated stuff by __init which + is not yet so. ;-) + - Rewrite the MESSAGE IN scripts more generic by using a MOVE + table indirect. Extended messages of any size are accepted now. + (Size is limited to 8 for now, but a constant is just to be + increased if necessary) + - Fix some bug in the fully untested MDP handling:) and share + some code between MDP handling and residual calculation. + - Calculate the data transfer residual as the 2's complement + integer (A positive value in returned on data overrun, and + a negative one on underrun). + - Add support of some 'resource handling' for linux-2.3.13. + Basically the BARs have been changed to something more complex + in the pci_dev structure. + - Remove some deprecated code. + +Sat Jun 5 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5c + - Do not negotiate on auto-sense if we are currently using 8 bit + async transfer for the target. + - Only check for SISL/RAID on i386 platforms. + (A problem has been reported on PPC with that code). + - On MSG REJECT for a negotiation, the driver attempted to restart + the SCRIPT processor when this one was already running. + +Sat May 29 12:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5b + - Force negotiation prior auto-sense. + This ensures that the driver will be able to grab the sense data + from a device that has received a BUS DEVICE RESET message from + another initiator. + - Complete all disconnected CCBs for a logical UNIT if we are told + about a UNIT ATTENTION for a RESET condition by this target. + - Add the control command 'cleardev' that allows to send a ABORT + message to a logical UNIT (for test purpose). + +Tue May 25 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5a + - Add support for task abort and bus device reset SCSI message + and implement proper synchonisation with SCRIPTS to handle + correctly task abortion without races. + - Send an ABORT message (if untagged) or ABORT TAG message (if tagged) + when the driver is told to abort a command that is disconnected and + complete the command with appropriate error. + If the aborted command is not yet started, remove it from the start + queue and complete it with error. + - Add the control command 'resetdev' that allows to send a BUS + DEVICE RESET message to a target (for test purpose). + - Clean-up some unused or useless code. + +Fri May 21 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5 + - Add support for CHMOV with Wide controllers. + - Handling of the SWIDE (low byte residue at the end of a CHMOV + in DATA IN phase with WIDE transfer when the byte count gets odd). + - Handling of the IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message. + Handled from SCRIPTS as possible with some optimizations when both + a wide device and the controller are odd at the same time (SWIDE + present and IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message on the BUS at the same time). + - Check against data OVERRUN/UNDERRUN condition at the end of a data + transfer, whatever a SWIDE is present (OVERRUN in DATA IN phase) + or the SODL is full (UNDERRUN in DATA out phase). + - Handling of the MODIFY DATA POINTER message. + This one cannot be handled from SCRIPTS, but hopefully it will not + happen very often. :) + - Large rewrite of the SCSI MESSAGE handling. + +Sun May 9 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.4 + - Support for IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION. + See the README file for detailed information about this feature. + Requires both a compile option and a boot option. + - Minor SCRIPTS optimization in reselection pattern for LUN 0. + - Simpler algorithm to deal with SCSI command starvation. + Just use 2 tag counters in flip/flop and switch to the other + one every 3 seconds. + - Do some work in SCRIPTS after the SELECT instruction and prior + to testing for a PHASE. SYMBIOS say this feature is working fine. + (Btw, only problems with Toshiba 3401B had been reported). + - Measure the PCI clock speed and do not attach controllers if + result is greater than 37 MHz. Since the precision of the + algorithm (from Stefan Esser) is better than 2%, this should + be fine. + - Fix the misdetection of SYM53C875E (was detected as a 876). + - Fix the misdetection of SYM53C810 not A (was detected as a 810A). + - Support for up to 256 TAGS per LUN (CMD_PER_LUN). + Currently limited to 255 due to Linux limitation. :) + - Support for up to 508 active commands (CAN_QUEUE). + - Support for the 53C895A by Pamela Delaney <pam.delaney@lsil.com> + The 53C895A contains all of the features of the 896 but has only + one channel and has a 32 bit PCI bus. It does 64 bit PCI addressing + using dual cycle PCI data transfers. + - Miscellaneous minor fixes. + - Some additions to the README.ncr53c8xx file. + +Tue Apr 15 10:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3e + - Support for any number of LUNs (64) (SPI2-compliant). + (Btw, this may only be ever useful under linux-2.2 ;-)) + +Sun Apr 11 10:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3d + - Add 'hostid:#id' boot option. This option allows to change the + default SCSI id the driver uses for controllers. + - Make SCRIPTS not use self-mastering for PCI. + There were still 2 places the driver used this feature of the + 53C8XX family. + - Move some data structures (nvram layouts and driver set-up) to + the sym53c8xx_defs.h file. So, the both drivers will share them. + - Set MAX LUNS to 16 (instead of 8). + +Sat Mar 20 21:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3b + - Add support for NCR PQS PDS. + James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@columbiasc.ncr.com> + - Allow value 0 for host ID. + - Support more than 8 controllers (> 40 in fact :-) ) + - Add 'excl=#ioaddr' boot option: exclude controller. + (Version 1.3a driver) + +Thu Mar 11 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3 (8xx-896 driver bundle) + - Equivalent changes as ncr53c8xx-3.2 due to the driver bundle. + (See Changelog.ncr53c8xx) + - Do a normal soft reset as first chip reset, since aborting current + operation may raise an interrupt we are not able to handle since + the interrupt handler is not yet established. + +Sat Mar 6 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.2b + - Fix some oooold bug that hangs the bus if a device rejects a + negotiation. Btw, the corresponding stuff also needed some cleanup + and thus the change is a bit larger than it could have been. + - Still some typo that made compilation fail for 64 bit (trivial fix). + +Sun Feb 21 20:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.2a + - The rewrite of the interrupt handling broke the SBMC interrupt + handling due to a 1 bit mask tiny error. Hopefully fixed. + - If INQUIRY came from a scatter list, the driver looked into + the scatterlist instead of the data.:) Since this should never + happen, we just discard the data if use_sg is not zero. + +Fri Feb 12 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.2 + - Major rewrite of the interrupt handling and recovery stuff for + the support of non compliant SCSI removal, insertion and all + kinds of screw-up that may happen on the SCSI BUS. + Hopefully, the driver is now unbreakable or may-be, it is just + quite brocken. :-) + Many thanks to Johnson Russel (Symbios) for having responded to + my questions and for his interesting advices and comments about + support of SCSI hot-plug. + - Add 'recovery' option to driver set-up. + - Negotiate SYNC data transfers with CCS devices. + - Deal correctly with 64 bit PCI address registers on Linux 2.2. + Pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff. + +Sun Jan 31 18:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.1a + - Some 896 chip revisions (all for now :-)), may hang-up if the + soft reset bit is set at the wrong time while SCRIPTS are running. + We need to first abort the current SCRIPTS operation prior to + resetting the chip. This fix has been sent to me by SYMBIOS/LSI + and I just translated it into ncr53c8xx syntax. + Must be considered 100 % trustable, unless I did some mistake + when translating it. :-) + +Sun Jan 24 18:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.1 + - Major rewrite of the SCSI parity error handling. + The informations contained in the data manuals are incomplete about + this feature. + I asked SYMBIOS about and got in reply the explanations that are + _indeed_ missing in the data manuals. + - Allow to tune request_irq() flags from the boot command line using + ncr53c8xx=irqm:??, as follows: + a) If bit 0x10 is set in irqm, SA_SHIRQ flag is not used. + b) If bit 0x20 is set in irqm, SA_INTERRUPT flag is not used. + By default the driver uses both SA_SHIRQ and SA_INTERRUPT. + Option 'ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20' may be used when an IRQ is shared by + a 53C8XX adapter and a network board. + - Fix for 64 bit PCI address register calculation. (Lance Robinson) + - Fix for big-endian in phase mismatch handling. (Michal Jaegermann) + +Fri Jan 1 20:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.0a + - Waiting list look-up didn't work for the first command of the list. + Hopefully fixed, but tested on paper only. ;) + - Remove the most part of PPC specific code for Linux-2.2. + Thanks to Cort. + - Some other minors changes. + +Sat Dec 19 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.0 + - Define some new IO registers for the 896 (istat1, mbox0, mbox1) + - Revamp slighly the Symbios NVRAM lay-out based on the excerpt of + the header file I received from Symbios. + - Check the PCI bus number for the boot order (Using a fast + PCI controller behing a PCI-PCI bridge seems sub-optimal). + - Disable overlapped PCI arbitration for the 896 revision 1. + - Reduce a bit the number of IO register reads for phase mismatch + by reading DWORDS at a time instead of BYTES. + +Thu Dec 3 24:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.18 + - I received this afternoon a 896 from SYMBIOS and started testing + the driver with this beast. After having fixed 3 buglets, it worked + with all features enabled including the phase mismatch handling + from SCRIPTS. Since this feature is not yet tested enough, the + boot option 'ncr53c8xx=specf:1' is still required to enable the + driver to handle PM from SCRIPTS. + +Sun Nov 29 18:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.17 + - The SISL RAID change requires now remap_pci_mem() stuff to be + compiled for __i386__ when normal IOs are used. + - The PCI memory read from SCRIPTS that should ensure ordering + was in fact misplaced. BTW, this may explain why broken PCI + device drivers regarding ordering are working so well. ;-) + - Rewrite ncr53c8xx_setup (boot command line options) since the + binary code was a bit too bloated in my opinion. + - Make the code simpler in the wakeup_done routine. + +Tue Nov 24 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.16 + - Add SCSI_NCR_OPTIMIZE_896_1 compile option and 'optim' boot option. + When set, the driver unconditionnaly assumes that the interrupt + handler is called for command completion, then clears INTF, scans + the done queue and returns if some completed CCB is found. If no + completed CCB are found, interrupt handling will proceed normally. + With a 896 that handles MA from SCRIPTS, this can be a great win, + since the driver will never performs PCI read transactions, but + only PCI write transactions that may be posted. + If the driver haven't to also raise the SIGP this would be perfect. + Even with this penalty, I think that this will work great. + Obviously this optimization makes sense only if the IRQ is not + shared with another device. + - Still a buglet in the tags initial settings that needed to be fixed. + It was not possible to disable TGQ at system startup for devices + that claim TGQ support. The driver used at least 2 for the queue + depth but did'nt keep track of user settings for tags depth lower + than 2. + +Thu Nov 19 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.15 + - Add support for hardware LED control of the 896. + - Ignore chips that are driven by SISL RAID (DAC 960). + Change sent by Leonard Zubkoff and slightly reworked. + - Prevent 810A rev 11 and 860 rev 1 from using cache line based + transactions since those early chip revisions may use such on + LOAD/STORE instructions (work-around). + - Remove some useless and bloat code from the pci init stuff. + - Do not use the readX()/writeX() kernel functions for __i386__, + since they perform useless masking operations in order to deal + with broken driver in 2.1.X kernel. + +Wed Nov 11 10:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.14 + - The driver was unhappy when configured with default_tags > MAX_TAGS + Hopefully doubly-fixed. + - Set PCI_PARITY in PCI_COMMAND register in not set (PCI fix-up). + - Print out some message if phase mismatch is handled from SCRIPTS. + +Sun Nov 1 14H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.13 + - Some rewrite of the device detection code. This code had been + patched too much and needed to be face-lifted a bit. + Remove all platform dependent fix-ups that was not needed or + conflicted with some other driver code as work-arounds. + Reread the NVRAM before the calling of ncr_attach(). This spares + stack space and so allows to handle more boards. + Handle 64 bit base addresses under linux-2.0.X. + Set MASTER bit in PCI COMMAND register if not set. + +Wed Oct 30 22H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.12 + - Damned! I just broke the driver for Alpha by leaving a stale + instruction in the source code. Hopefully fixed. + - Do not set PFEN when it is useless. Doing so we are sure that BOF + will be active, since the manual appears to be very unclear on what + feature is actually used by the chip when both PFEN and BOF are + set. + +Sat Oct 24 16H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.11 + - LOAD/STORE instructions were miscompiled for register offsets + beyond 0x7f. This broke accesses to 896' new registers. + - Disable by default Phase Mismatch handling from SCRIPTS, since + current 896 rev.1 seems not to operate safely with the driver + when this feature is enabled (and above LOAD/STORE fix applied). + I will change the default to 'enabled' when this problem will be + solved. + Using boot option 'ncr53c8xx=specf:1' enables this feature. + - Implement a work-around (DEL 472 - ITEM 5) that should allow the + driver to safely enable hardware phase mismatch with 896 rev. 1. + +Tue Oct 20 22H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.10 + - Add the 53c876 description to the chip table. This is only useful + for printing the right name of the controller. + - Add additional checking of INQUIRY data: + Check INQUIRY data received length is at least 7. Byte 7 of + inquiry data contains device features bits and the driver might + be confused by garbage. Also check peripheral qualifier. + - Use a 1,3,5,...MAXTAGS*2+1 tag numbering. Previous driver could + use any tag number from 1 to 253 and some non conformant devices + might have problems with large tag numbers. + - Use NAME53C and NAME53C8XX for chip name prefix chip family name. + Just give a try using "sym53c" and "sym53c8xx" instead of "ncr53c" + and "ncr53c8xx". :-) + +Sun Oct 11 17H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.9 + - DEL-441 Item 2 work-around for the 53c876 rev <= 5 (0x15). + - Break ncr_scatter() into 2 functions in order to guarantee best + possible code optimization for the case we get a scatter list. + - Add the code intended to support up to 1 tera-byte for 64 bit systems. + It is probably too early, but I wanted to complete the thing. + +Sat Oct 3 14H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.8 + - Do some testing with io_mapped and fix what needed to be so. + - Wait for SCSI selection to complete or time-out immediately after + the chip won arbitration, since executing SCRIPTS while the SCSI + core is performing SCSI selection breaks the selection procedure + at least for some chip revisions. + - Interrupt the SCRIPTS if a device does not go to MSG OUT phase after + having been selected with ATN. Such a situation is not recoverable, + better to fail when we are stuck. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..18a5d712a56a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +Sat Dec 30 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.0-20001230 + - Initial release of SYM-2. + +Mon Jan 08 21:30 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.1-20010108 + - Change a couple of defines containing ncr or NCR by their + equivalent containing sym or SYM instead. + +Sun Jan 14 22:30 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.2-20010114 + - Fix a couple of printfs: + * Add the target number to the display of transfer parameters. + * Make the display of TCQ and queue depth clearer. + +Wed Jan 17 23:30 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.3-20010117 + - Wrong residual values were returned in some situations. + This broke cdrecord with linux-2.4.0, for example. + +Sat Jan 20 18:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.4-20010120 + - Add year 2001 to Copyright. + - A tiny bug in the dma memory freeing path has been fixed. + (Driver unload failed with a bad address reference). + +Wed Jan 24 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.5-20010124 + - Make the driver work under Linux-2.4.x when statically linked + with the kernel. + - Check against memory allocation failure for SCRIPTZ and add the + missing free of this memory on instance detach. + - Check against GPIO3 pulled low for HVD controllers (driver did + just the opposite). + Misdetection of BUS mode was triggered on module reload only, + since BIOS settings were trusted instead on first load. + +Wed Feb 7 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.6-20010207 + - Call pci_enable_device() as wished by kernel maintainers. + - Change the sym_queue_scsiio() interface. + This is intended to simplify portability. + - Move the code intended to deal with the dowloading of SCRIPTS + from SCRIPTS :) in the patch method (was wrongly placed in + the SCRIPTS setup method). + - Add a missing cpu_to_scr() (np->abort_tbl.addr) + - Remove a wrong cpu_to_scr() (np->targtbl_ba) + - Cleanup a bit the PPR failure recovery code. + +Sat Mar 3 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + - Add option SYM_OPT_ANNOUNCE_TRANSFER_RATE and move the + corresponding code to file sym_misc.c. + Also move the code that sniffes INQUIRY to sym_misc.c. + This allows to share the corresponding code with NetBSD + without polluating the core driver source (sym_hipd.c). + - Add optionnal code that handles IO timeouts from the driver. + (not used under Linux, but required for NetBSD) + - Donnot assume any longer that PAGE_SHIFT and PAGE_SIZE are + defined at compile time, as at least NetBSD uses variables + in memory for that. + - Refine a work-around for the C1010-33 that consists in + disabling internal LOAD/STORE. Was applied up to revision 1. + Is now only applied to revision 0. + - Some code reorganisations due to code moves between files. + +Tues Apr 10 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.9-20010412 + - Reset 53C896 and 53C1010 chip according to the manual. + (i.e.: set the ABRT bit in ISTAT if SCRIPTS are running) + - Set #LUN in request sense only if scsi version <= 2 and + #LUN <= 7. + - Set busy_itl in LCB to 1 if the LCB is allocated and a + SCSI command is active. This is a simplification. + - In sym_hcb_free(), do not scan the free_ccbq if no CCBs + has been allocated. This fixes a panic if attach failed. + - Add DT/ST (double/simple transition) in the transfer + negotiation announce. + - Forces the max number of tasks per LUN to at least 64. + - Use pci_set_dma_mask() for linux-2.4.3 and above. + - A couple of comments fixes. + +Wed May 22:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.10-20010509 + - Mask GPCNTL against 0x1c (was 0xfc) for the reading of the NVRAM. + This ensure LEDC bit will not be set on 896 and later chips. + Fix sent by Chip Salzenberg <chip@perlsupport.com>. + - Define the number of PQS BUSes supported. + Fix sent by Stig Telfer <stig@api-networks.com> + - Miscellaneous common code rearrangements due to NetBSD accel + ioctl support, without impact on Linux (hopefully). + +Mon July 2 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.11-20010702 + - Add Tekram 390 U2B/U2W SCSI LED handling. + Submitted by Chip Salzenberg <chip@valinux.com> + - Add call to scsi_set_pci_device() for kernels >= 2.4.4. + - Check pci dma mapping failures and complete the IO with some + error when such mapping fails. + - Fill in instance->max_cmd_len for kernels > 2.4.0. + - A couple of tiny fixes ... + +Sun Sep 9 18:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.12-20010909 + - Change my email address. + - Add infrastructure for the forthcoming 64 bit DMA addressing support. + (Based on PCI 64 bit patch from David S. Miller) + - Donnot use anymore vm_offset_t type. + +Sat Sep 15 20:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.13-20010916 + - Add support for 64 bit DMA addressing using segment registers. + 16 registers for up to 4 GB x 16 -> 64 GB. + +Sat Sep 22 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.14-20010922 + - Complete rewrite of the eh handling. The driver is now using a + semaphore in order to behave synchronously as required by the eh + threads. A timer is also used to prevent from waiting indefinitely. + +Sun Sep 30 17:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.15-20010930 + - Include <linux/module.h> unconditionnaly as expected by latest + kernels. + - Use del_timer_sync() for recent kernels to kill the driver timer + on module release. + +Sun Oct 28 15:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.16-20011028 + - Slightly simplify driver configuration. + - Prepare a new patch against linux-2.4.13. + +Sat Nov 17 10:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.17 + - Fix a couple of gcc/gcc3 warnings. + - Allocate separately from the HCB the array for CCBs hashed by DSA. + All driver memory allocations are now not greater than 1 PAGE + even on PPC64 / 4KB PAGE surprising setup. + +Sat Dec 01 18:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.17a + - Use u_long instead of U32 for the IO base cookie. This is more + consistent with what archs are expecting. + - Use MMIO per default for Power PC instead of some fake normal IO, + as Paul Mackerras stated that MMIO works fine now on this arch. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d5acaa300a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +The BusLogic FlashPoint SCSI Host Adapters are now fully supported on Linux. +The upgrade program described below has been officially terminated effective +31 March 1997 since it is no longer needed. + + + + MYLEX INTRODUCES LINUX OPERATING SYSTEM SUPPORT FOR ITS + BUSLOGIC FLASHPOINT LINE OF SCSI HOST ADAPTERS + + +FREMONT, CA, -- October 8, 1996 -- Mylex Corporation has expanded Linux +operating system support to its BusLogic brand of FlashPoint Ultra SCSI +host adapters. All of BusLogic's other SCSI host adapters, including the +MultiMaster line, currently support the Linux operating system. Linux +drivers and information will be available on October 15th at +http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/. + +"Mylex is committed to supporting the Linux community," says Peter Shambora, +vice president of marketing for Mylex. "We have supported Linux driver +development and provided technical support for our host adapters for several +years, and are pleased to now make our FlashPoint products available to this +user base." + +The Linux Operating System + +Linux is a freely-distributed implementation of UNIX for Intel x86, Sun +SPARC, SGI MIPS, Motorola 68k, Digital Alpha AXP and Motorola PowerPC +machines. It supports a wide range of software, including the X Window +System, Emacs, and TCP/IP networking. Further information is available at +http://www.linux.org and http://www.ssc.com/linux. + +FlashPoint Host Adapters + +The FlashPoint family of Ultra SCSI host adapters, designed for workstation +and file server environments, are available in narrow, wide, dual channel, +and dual channel wide versions. These adapters feature SeqEngine +automation technology, which minimizes SCSI command overhead and reduces +the number of interrupts generated to the CPU. + +About Mylex + +Mylex Corporation (NASDAQ/NM SYMBOL: MYLX), founded in 1983, is a leading +producer of RAID technology and network management products. The company +produces high performance disk array (RAID) controllers, and complementary +computer products for network servers, mass storage systems, workstations +and system boards. Through its wide range of RAID controllers and its +BusLogic line of Ultra SCSI host adapter products, Mylex provides enabling +intelligent I/O technologies that increase network management control, +enhance CPU utilization, optimize I/O performance, and ensure data security +and availability. Products are sold globally through a network of OEMs, +major distributors, VARs, and system integrators. Mylex Corporation is +headquartered at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont, CA. + + #### + +Contact: + +Peter Shambora +Vice President of Marketing +Mylex Corp. +510/796-6100 +peters@mylex.com + + ANNOUNCEMENT + BusLogic FlashPoint LT/BT-948 Upgrade Program + 1 February 1996 + + ADDITIONAL ANNOUNCEMENT + BusLogic FlashPoint LW/BT-958 Upgrade Program + 14 June 1996 + +Ever since its introduction last October, the BusLogic FlashPoint LT has +been problematic for members of the Linux community, in that no Linux +drivers have been available for this new Ultra SCSI product. Despite it's +officially being positioned as a desktop workstation product, and not being +particularly well suited for a high performance multitasking operating +system like Linux, the FlashPoint LT has been touted by computer system +vendors as the latest thing, and has been sold even on many of their high +end systems, to the exclusion of the older MultiMaster products. This has +caused grief for many people who inadvertently purchased a system expecting +that all BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters were supported by Linux, only to +discover that the FlashPoint was not supported and would not be for quite +some time, if ever. + +After this problem was identified, BusLogic contacted its major OEM +customers to make sure the BT-946C/956C MultiMaster cards would still be +made available, and that Linux users who mistakenly ordered systems with +the FlashPoint would be able to upgrade to the BT-946C. While this helped +many purchasers of new systems, it was only a partial solution to the +overall problem of FlashPoint support for Linux users. It did nothing to +assist the people who initially purchased a FlashPoint for a supported +operating system and then later decided to run Linux, or those who had +ended up with a FlashPoint LT, believing it was supported, and were unable +to return it. + +In the middle of December, I asked to meet with BusLogic's senior +management to discuss the issues related to Linux and free software support +for the FlashPoint. Rumors of varying accuracy had been circulating +publicly about BusLogic's attitude toward the Linux community, and I felt +it was best that these issues be addressed directly. I sent an email +message after 11pm one evening, and the meeting took place the next +afternoon. Unfortunately, corporate wheels sometimes grind slowly, +especially when a company is being acquired, and so it's taken until now +before the details were completely determined and a public statement could +be made. + +BusLogic is not prepared at this time to release the information necessary +for third parties to write drivers for the FlashPoint. The only existing +FlashPoint drivers have been written directly by BusLogic Engineering, and +there is no FlashPoint documentation sufficiently detailed to allow outside +developers to write a driver without substantial assistance. While there +are people at BusLogic who would rather not release the details of the +FlashPoint architecture at all, that debate has not yet been settled either +way. In any event, even if documentation were available today it would +take quite a while for a usable driver to be written, especially since I'm +not convinced that the effort required would be worthwhile. + +However, BusLogic does remain committed to providing a high performance +SCSI solution for the Linux community, and does not want to see anyone left +unable to run Linux because they have a Flashpoint LT. Therefore, BusLogic +has put in place a direct upgrade program to allow any Linux user worldwide +to trade in their FlashPoint LT for the new BT-948 MultiMaster PCI Ultra +SCSI Host Adapter. The BT-948 is the Ultra SCSI successor to the BT-946C +and has all the best features of both the BT-946C and FlashPoint LT, +including smart termination and a flash PROM for easy firmware updates, and +is of course compatible with the present Linux driver. The price for this +upgrade has been set at US $45 plus shipping and handling, and the upgrade +program will be administered through BusLogic Technical Support, which can +be reached by electronic mail at techsup@buslogic.com, by Voice at +1 408 +654-0760, or by FAX at +1 408 492-1542. + +As of 14 June 1996, the original BusLogic FlashPoint LT to BT-948 upgrade +program has now been extended to encompass the FlashPoint LW Wide Ultra +SCSI Host Adapter. Any Linux user worldwide may trade in their FlashPoint +LW (BT-950) for a BT-958 MultiMaster PCI Ultra SCSI Host Adapter. The +price for this upgrade has been set at US $65 plus shipping and handling. + +I was a beta test site for the BT-948/958, and versions 1.2.1 and 1.3.1 of +my BusLogic driver already included latent support for the BT-948/958. +Additional cosmetic support for the Ultra SCSI MultiMaster cards was added +subsequent releases. As a result of this cooperative testing process, +several firmware bugs were found and corrected. My heavily loaded Linux +test system provided an ideal environment for testing error recovery +processes that are much more rarely exercised in production systems, but +are crucial to overall system stability. It was especially convenient +being able to work directly with their firmware engineer in demonstrating +the problems under control of the firmware debugging environment; things +sure have come a long way since the last time I worked on firmware for an +embedded system. I am presently working on some performance testing and +expect to have some data to report in the not too distant future. + +BusLogic asked me to send this announcement since a large percentage of the +questions regarding support for the FlashPoint have either been sent to me +directly via email, or have appeared in the Linux newsgroups in which I +participate. To summarize, BusLogic is offering Linux users an upgrade +from the unsupported FlashPoint LT (BT-930) to the supported BT-948 for US +$45 plus shipping and handling, or from the unsupported FlashPoint LW +(BT-950) to the supported BT-958 for $65 plus shipping and handling. +Contact BusLogic Technical Support at techsup@buslogic.com or +1 408 +654-0760 to take advantage of their offer. + + Leonard N. Zubkoff + lnz@dandelion.com diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ffd0fe226ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + FlashPoint Driver Developer's Kit + Version 1.0 + + Copyright 1995-1996 by Mylex Corporation + All Rights Reserved + +This program is free software; you may redistribute and/or modify it under +the terms of either: + + a) the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version, + + or + + b) the "BSD-style License" included below. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See either the GNU General Public +License or the BSD-style License below for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +The BSD-style License is as follows: + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + +1. Redistributions of source code must retain this LICENSE.FlashPoint + file, without modification, this list of conditions, and the following + disclaimer. The following copyright notice must appear immediately at + the beginning of all source files: + + Copyright 1995-1996 by Mylex Corporation. All Rights Reserved + + This file is available under both the GNU General Public License + and a BSD-style copyright; see LICENSE.FlashPoint for details. + +2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +3. The name of Mylex Corporation may not be used to endorse or promote + products derived from this software without specific prior written + permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY MYLEX CORP. ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN +NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, +INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt b/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cdf69293f7d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Please see the file README.BusLogic for information about Linux support for +Mylex (formerly BusLogic) MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host Adapters. + +The Mylex DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers are now supported. Please consult +http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ for further information on the DAC960 driver. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..041780f428ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ + + WorkBiT NinjaSCSI-3/32Bi driver for Linux + +1. Comment + This is Workbit corp.'s(http://www.workbit.co.jp/) NinjaSCSI-3 +(http://www.workbit.co.jp/ts/z_nj3r.html) and NinjaSCSI-32Bi +(http://www.workbit.co.jp/ts/z_njsc32bi.html) PCMCIA card driver module +for Linux. + +2. My Linux environment +Linux kernel: 2.4.7 / 2.2.19 +pcmcia-cs: 3.1.27 +gcc: gcc-2.95.4 +PC card: I-O data PCSC-F (NinjaSCSI-3) + I-O data CBSC-II in 16 bit mode (NinjaSCSI-32Bi) +SCSI device: I-O data CDPS-PX24 (CD-ROM drive) + Media Intelligent MMO-640GT (Optical disk drive) + +3. Install +[1] Check your PC card is true "NinjaSCSI-3" card. + If you installed pcmcia-cs already, pcmcia reports your card as UNKNOWN + card, and write ["WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0"] or some other string to + your console or log file. + You can also use "cardctl" program (this program is in pcmcia-cs source + code) to get more info. + +# cat /var/log/messgaes +... +Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: unsupported card in socket 1 +Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: product info: "WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0" +... +# cardctl ident +Socket 0: + no product info available +Socket 1: + product info: "IO DATA", "CBSC16 ", "1" + + +[2] Get Linux kernel source, and extract it to /usr/src. + Because NinjaSCSI driver requiers some SCSI header files in Linux kernel + source. + I recomend rebuilding your kernel. This eliminate some versioning problem. +$ cd /usr/src +$ tar -zxvf linux-x.x.x.tar.gz +$ cd linux +$ make config +... + +[3] If you use this driver with Kernel 2.2, Unpack pcmcia-cs in some directory + and make & install. This driver requies pcmcia-cs header file. +$ cd /usr/src +$ tar zxvf cs-pcmcia-cs-3.x.x.tar.gz +... + +[4] Extract this driver's archive somewhere, and edit Makefile, then do make. +$ tar -zxvf nsp_cs-x.x.tar.gz +$ cd nsp_cs-x.x +$ emacs Makefile +... +$ make + +[5] Copy nsp_cs.o to suitable plase, like /lib/modules/<Kernel version>/pcmcia/ . + +[6] Add these lines to /etc/pcmcia/config . + If you yse pcmcia-cs-3.1.8 or later, we can use "nsp_cs.conf" file. + So, you don't need to edit file. Just copy to /etc/pcmcia/ . + +------------------------------------- +device "nsp_cs" + class "scsi" module "nsp_cs" + +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-3" + version "WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0" + bind "nsp_cs" + +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit)" + version "WORKBIT", "UltraNinja-16", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" + +# OEM +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / IO-DATA" + version "IO DATA", "CBSC16 ", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" + +# OEM +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-1" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-001", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-2" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-002", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-3" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-003", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-4" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-004", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +------------------------------------- + +[7] Start (or restart) pcmcia-cs. +# /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia start (BSD style) +or +# /etc/init.d/pcmcia start (SYSV style) + + +4. History +See README.nin_cs . + +5. Caution + If you eject card when doing some operation for your SCSI device or suspend +your computer, you encount some *BAD* error like disk crash. + It works good when I using this driver right way. But I'm not guarantee +your data. Please backup your data when you use this driver. + +6. Known Bugs + In 2.4 kernel, you can't use 640MB Optical disk. This error comes from +high level SCSI driver. + +7. Testing + Please send me some reports(bug reports etc..) of this software. +When you send report, please tell me these or more. + card name + kernel version + your SCSI device name(hard drive, CD-ROM, etc...) + +8. Copyright + See GPL. + + +2001/08/08 yokota@netlab.is.tsukuba.ac.jp <YOKOTA Hiroshi> diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2ce022cec9be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +$Id: README.aha152x,v 1.2 1999/12/25 15:32:30 fischer Exp fischer $ +Adaptec AHA-1520/1522 SCSI driver for Linux (aha152x) + +Copyright 1993-1999 Jürgen Fischer <fischer@norbit.de> +TC1550 patches by Luuk van Dijk (ldz@xs4all.nl) + + +In Revision 2 the driver was modified a lot (especially the +bottom-half handler complete()). + +The driver is much cleaner now, has support for the new +error handling code in 2.3, produced less cpu load (much +less polling loops), has slightly higher throughput (at +least on my ancient test box; a i486/33Mhz/20MB). + + +CONFIGURATION ARGUMENTS: + +IOPORT base io address (0x340/0x140) +IRQ interrupt level (9-12; default 11) +SCSI_ID scsi id of controller (0-7; default 7) +RECONNECT allow targets to disconnect from the bus (0/1; default 1 [on]) +PARITY enable parity checking (0/1; default 1 [on]) +SYNCHRONOUS enable synchronous transfers (0/1; default 1 [on]) +DELAY: bus reset delay (default 100) +EXT_TRANS: enable extended translation (0/1: default 0 [off]) + (see NOTES) + +COMPILE TIME CONFIGURATION (go into AHA152X in drivers/scsi/Makefile): + +-DAUTOCONF + use configuration the controller reports (AHA-152x only) + +-DSKIP_BIOSTEST + Don't test for BIOS signature (AHA-1510 or disabled BIOS) + +-DSETUP0="{ IOPORT, IRQ, SCSI_ID, RECONNECT, PARITY, SYNCHRONOUS, DELAY, EXT_TRANS }" + override for the first controller + +-DSETUP1="{ IOPORT, IRQ, SCSI_ID, RECONNECT, PARITY, SYNCHRONOUS, DELAY, EXT_TRANS }" + override for the second controller + +-DAHA152X_DEBUG + enable debugging output + +-DAHA152X_STAT + enable some statistics + + +LILO COMMAND LINE OPTIONS: + +aha152x=<IOPORT>[,<IRQ>[,<SCSI-ID>[,<RECONNECT>[,<PARITY>[,<SYNCHRONOUS>[,<DELAY> [,<EXT_TRANS]]]]]]] + + The normal configuration can be overridden by specifying a command line. + When you do this, the BIOS test is skipped. Entered values have to be + valid (known). Don't use values that aren't supported under normal + operation. If you think that you need other values: contact me. + For two controllers use the aha152x statement twice. + + +SYMBOLS FOR MODULE CONFIGURATION: + +Choose from 2 alternatives: + +1. specify everything (old) + +aha152x=IOPORT,IRQ,SCSI_ID,RECONNECT,PARITY,SYNCHRONOUS,DELAY,EXT_TRANS + configuration override for first controller + + +aha152x1=IOPORT,IRQ,SCSI_ID,RECONNECT,PARITY,SYNCHRONOUS,DELAY,EXT_TRANS + configuration override for second controller + +2. specify only what you need to (irq or io is required; new) + +io=IOPORT0[,IOPORT1] + IOPORT for first and second controller + +irq=IRQ0[,IRQ1] + IRQ for first and second controller + +scsiid=SCSIID0[,SCSIID1] + SCSIID for first and second controller + +reconnect=RECONNECT0[,RECONNECT1] + allow targets to disconnect for first and second controller + +parity=PAR0[PAR1] + use parity for first and second controller + +sync=SYNCHRONOUS0[,SYNCHRONOUS1] + enable synchronous transfers for first and second controller + +delay=DELAY0[,DELAY1] + reset DELAY for first and second controller + +exttrans=EXTTRANS0[,EXTTRANS1] + enable extended translation for first and second controller + + +If you use both alternatives the first will be taken. + + +NOTES ON EXT_TRANS: + +SCSI uses block numbers to address blocks/sectors on a device. +The BIOS uses a cylinder/head/sector addressing scheme (C/H/S) +scheme instead. DOS expects a BIOS or driver that understands this +C/H/S addressing. + +The number of cylinders/heads/sectors is called geometry and is required +as base for requests in C/H/S addressing. SCSI only knows about the +total capacity of disks in blocks (sectors). + +Therefore the SCSI BIOS/DOS driver has to calculate a logical/virtual +geometry just to be able to support that addressing scheme. The geometry +returned by the SCSI BIOS is a pure calculation and has nothing to +do with the real/physical geometry of the disk (which is usually +irrelevant anyway). + +Basically this has no impact at all on Linux, because it also uses block +instead of C/H/S addressing. Unfortunately C/H/S addressing is also used +in the partition table and therefore every operating system has to know +the right geometry to be able to interpret it. + +Moreover there are certain limitations to the C/H/S addressing scheme, +namely the address space is limited to upto 255 heads, upto 63 sectors +and a maximum of 1023 cylinders. + +The AHA-1522 BIOS calculates the geometry by fixing the number of heads +to 64, the number of sectors to 32 and by calculating the number of +cylinders by dividing the capacity reported by the disk by 64*32 (1 MB). +This is considered to be the default translation. + +With respect to the limit of 1023 cylinders using C/H/S you can only +address the first GB of your disk in the partition table. Therefore +BIOSes of some newer controllers based on the AIC-6260/6360 support +extended translation. This means that the BIOS uses 255 for heads, +63 for sectors and then divides the capacity of the disk by 255*63 +(about 8 MB), as soon it sees a disk greater than 1 GB. That results +in a maximum of about 8 GB addressable diskspace in the partition table +(but there are already bigger disks out there today). + +To make it even more complicated the translation mode might/might +not be configurable in certain BIOS setups. + +This driver does some more or less failsafe guessing to get the +geometry right in most cases: + +- for disks<1GB: use default translation (C/32/64) + +- for disks>1GB: + - take current geometry from the partition table + (using scsicam_bios_param and accept only `valid' geometries, + ie. either (C/32/64) or (C/63/255)). This can be extended translation + even if it's not enabled in the driver. + + - if that fails, take extended translation if enabled by override, + kernel or module parameter, otherwise take default translation and + ask the user for verification. This might on not yet partitioned + disks. + + +REFERENCES USED: + + "AIC-6260 SCSI Chip Specification", Adaptec Corporation. + + "SCSI COMPUTER SYSTEM INTERFACE - 2 (SCSI-2)", X3T9.2/86-109 rev. 10h + + "Writing a SCSI device driver for Linux", Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) + + "Kernel Hacker's Guide", Michael K. Johnson (johnsonm@sunsite.unc.edu) + + "Adaptec 1520/1522 User's Guide", Adaptec Corporation. + + Michael K. Johnson (johnsonm@sunsite.unc.edu) + + Drew Eckhardt (drew@cs.colorado.edu) + + Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.org) + + special thanks to Eric Youngdale for the free(!) supplying the + documentation on the chip. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0aeef740a95a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +==================================================================== += Adaptec Ultra320 Family Manager Set v1.3.11 = += = += README for = += The Linux Operating System = +==================================================================== + +The following information is available in this file: + + 1. Supported Hardware + 2. Version History + 3. Command Line Options + 4. Additional Notes + 5. Contacting Adaptec + + +1. Supported Hardware + + The following Adaptec SCSI Host Adapters are supported by this + driver set. + + Ultra320 ASIC Description + ---------------------------------------------------------------- + AIC-7901A Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC + AIC-7901B Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC with Retained Training + AIC-7902A4 Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC + AIC-7902B Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC with Retained Training + + Ultra320 Adapters Description ASIC + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320 Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902A4/7902B + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320A Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902B + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320D Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902A4 + Ultra320 SCSI Card (two external VHDC + and one internal 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320D Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902A4 + Ultra320 SCSI Card (two external VHDC + and one internal 68-pin) based on the + AIC-7902B ASIC + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320 Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7901A + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin, one + internal 50-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320A Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7901B + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin, one + internal 50-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320LP Single Channel 64-bit Low Profile 7901A + PCI-X 133MHz to Ultra320 SCSI Card + (One external VHDC, one internal + 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320ALP Single Channel 64-bit Low Profile 7901B + PCI-X 133MHz to Ultra320 SCSI Card + (One external VHDC, one internal + 68-pin) +2. Version History + + 1.3.11 (July 11, 2003) + - Fix several deadlock issues. + - Add 29320ALP and 39320B Id's. + + 1.3.10 (June 3rd, 2003) + - Align the SCB_TAG field on a 16byte boundary. This avoids + SCB corruption on some PCI-33 busses. + - Correct non-zero luns on Rev B. hardware. + - Update for change in 2.5.X SCSI proc FS interface. + - When negotiation async via an 8bit WDTR message, send + an SDTR with an offset of 0 to be sure the target + knows we are async. This works around a firmware defect + in the Quantum Atlas 10K. + - Implement controller susupend and resume. + - Clear PCI error state during driver attach so that we + don't disable memory mapped I/O due to a stray write + by some other driver probe that occurred before we + claimed the controller. + + 1.3.9 (May 22nd, 2003) + - Fix compiler errors. + - Remove S/G splitting for segments that cross a 4GB boundary. + This is guaranteed not to happen in Linux. + - Add support for scsi_report_device_reset() found in + 2.5.X kernels. + - Add 7901B support. + - Simplify handling of the packtized lun Rev A workaround. + - Correct and simplify handling of the ignore wide residue + message. The previous code would fail to report a residual + if the transaction data length was even and we received + an IWR message. + + 1.3.8 (April 29th, 2003) + - Fix types accessed via the command line interface code. + - Perform a few firmware optimizations. + - Fix "Unexpected PKT busfree" errors. + - Use a sequencer interrupt to notify the host of + commands with bad status. We defer the notification + until there are no outstanding selections to ensure + that the host is interrupted for as short a time as + possible. + - Remove pre-2.2.X support. + - Add support for new 2.5.X interrupt API. + - Correct big-endian architecture support. + + 1.3.7 (April 16th, 2003) + - Use del_timer_sync() to ensure that no timeouts + are pending during controller shutdown. + - For pre-2.5.X kernels, carefully adjust our segment + list size to avoid SCSI malloc pool fragmentation. + - Cleanup channel display in our /proc output. + - Workaround duplicate device entries in the mid-layer + devlice list during add-single-device. + + 1.3.6 (March 28th, 2003) + - Correct a double free in the Domain Validation code. + - Correct a reference to free'ed memory during controller + shutdown. + - Reset the bus on an SE->LVD change. This is required + to reset our transcievers. + + 1.3.5 (March 24th, 2003) + - Fix a few register window mode bugs. + - Include read streaming in the PPR flags we display in + diagnostics as well as /proc. + - Add PCI hot plug support for 2.5.X kernels. + - Correct default precompensation value for RevA hardware. + - Fix Domain Validation thread shutdown. + - Add a firmware workaround to make the LED blink + brighter during packetized operations on the H2A4. + - Correct /proc display of user read streaming settings. + - Simplify driver locking by releasing the io_request_lock + upon driver entry from the mid-layer. + - Cleanup command line parsing and move much of this code + to aiclib. + + 1.3.4 (February 28th, 2003) + - Correct a race condition in our error recovery handler. + - Allow Test Unit Ready commands to take a full 5 seconds + during Domain Validation. + + 1.3.2 (February 19th, 2003) + - Correct a Rev B. regression due to the GEM318 + compatibility fix included in 1.3.1. + + 1.3.1 (February 11th, 2003) + - Add support for the 39320A. + - Improve recovery for certain PCI-X errors. + - Fix handling of LQ/DATA/LQ/DATA for the + same write transaction that can occur without + interveining training. + - Correct compatibility issues with the GEM318 + enclosure services device. + - Correct data corruption issue that occurred under + high tag depth write loads. + - Adapt to a change in the 2.5.X daemonize() API. + - Correct a "Missing case in ahd_handle_scsiint" panic. + + 1.3.0 (January 21st, 2003) + - Full regression testing for all U320 products completed. + - Added abort and target/lun reset error recovery handler and + interrupt coalessing. + + 1.2.0 (November 14th, 2002) + - Added support for Domain Validation + - Add support for the Hewlett-Packard version of the 39320D + and AIC-7902 adapters. + Support for previous adapters has not been fully tested and should + only be used at the customer's own risk. + + 1.1.1 (September 24th, 2002) + - Added support for the Linux 2.5.X kernel series + + 1.1.0 (September 17th, 2002) + - Added support for four additional SCSI products: + ASC-39320, ASC-29320, ASC-29320LP, AIC-7901. + + 1.0.0 (May 30th, 2002) + - Initial driver release. + + 2.1. Software/Hardware Features + - Support for the SPI-4 "Ultra320" standard: + - 320MB/s transfer rates + - Packetized SCSI Protocol at 160MB/s and 320MB/s + - Quick Arbitration Selection (QAS) + - Retained Training Information (Rev B. ASIC only) + - Interrupt Coalessing + - Initiator Mode (target mode not currently + supported) + - Support for the PCI-X standard up to 133MHz + - Support for the PCI v2.2 standard + - Domain Validation + + 2.2. Operating System Support: + - Redhat Linux 7.2, 7.3, 8.0, Advanced Server 2.1 + - SuSE Linux 7.3, 8.0, 8.1, Enterprise Server 7 + - only Intel and AMD x86 supported at this time + - >4GB memory configurations supported. + + Refer to the User's Guide for more details on this. + +3. Command Line Options + + WARNING: ALTERING OR ADDING THESE DRIVER PARAMETERS + INCORRECTLY CAN RENDER YOUR SYSTEM INOPERABLE. + USE THEM WITH CAUTION. + + Edit the file "modprobe.conf" in the directory /etc and add/edit a + line containing 'options aic79xx aic79xx=[command[,command...]]' where + 'command' is one or more of the following: + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: verbose + Definition: enable additional informative messages during + driver operation. + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: debug:[value] + Definition: Enables various levels of debugging information + The bit definitions for the debugging mask can + be found in drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h under + the "Debug" heading. + Possible Values: 0x0000 = no debugging, 0xffff = full debugging + Default Value: 0x0000 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: no_reset + Definition: Do not reset the bus during the initial probe + phase + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: extended + Definition: Force extended translation on the controller + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: periodic_otag + Definition: Send an ordered tag periodically to prevent + tag starvation. Needed for some older devices + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: reverse_scan + Definition: Probe the scsi bus in reverse order, starting + with target 15 + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: global_tag_depth + Definition: Global tag depth for all targets on all busses. + This option sets the default tag depth which + may be selectively overridden vi the tag_info + option. + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: tag_info:{{value[,value...]}[,{value[,value...]}...]} + Definition: Set the per-target tagged queue depth on a + per controller basis. Both controllers and targets + may be ommitted indicating that they should retain + the default tag depth. + Examples: tag_info:{{16,32,32,64,8,8,,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32} + On Controller 0 + specifies a tag depth of 16 for target 0 + specifies a tag depth of 64 for target 3 + specifies a tag depth of 8 for targets 4 and 5 + leaves target 6 at the default + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 1,2,7-15 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + tag_info:{{},{32,,32}} + On Controller 1 + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 0 and 2 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: rd_strm: {rd_strm_bitmask[,rd_strm_bitmask...]} + Definition: Enable read streaming on a per target basis. + The rd_strm_bitmask is a 16 bit hex value in which + each bit represents a target. Setting the target's + bit to '1' enables read streaming for that + target. Controllers may be ommitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: rd_strm:{0x0041} + On Controller 0 + enables read streaming for targets 0 and 6. + disables read streaming for targets 1-5,7-15. + All other targets retain the default read + streaming setting. + Example: rd_strm:{0x0023,,0xFFFF} + On Controller 0 + enables read streaming for targets 1,2, and 5. + disables read streaming for targets 3,4,6-15. + On Controller 2 + enables read streaming for all targets. + All other targets retain the default read + streaming setting. + + Possible Values: 0x0000 - 0xffff + Default Value: 0x0000 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: dv: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set Domain Validation Policy on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be ommitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: dv:{-1,0,,1,1,0} + On Controller 0 leave DV at its default setting. + On Controller 1 disable DV. + Skip configuration on Controller 2. + On Controllers 3 and 4 enable DV. + On Controller 5 disable DV. + + Possible Values: < 0 Use setting from serial EEPROM. + 0 Disable DV + > 0 Enable DV + Default Value: DV Serial EEPROM configuration setting. + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: seltime:[value] + Definition: Specifies the selection timeout value + Possible Values: 0 = 256ms, 1 = 128ms, 2 = 64ms, 3 = 32ms + Default Value: 0 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + *** The following three options should only be changed at *** + *** the direction of a technical support representative. *** + + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: precomp: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set IO Cell precompensation value on a per-controller + basis. + Controllers may be ommitted indicating that + they should retain the default precompensation setting. + Example: precomp:{0x1} + On Controller 0 set precompensation to 1. + Example: precomp:{1,,7} + On Controller 0 set precompensation to 1. + On Controller 2 set precompensation to 8. + + Possible Values: 0 - 7 + Default Value: Varies based on chip revision + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: slewrate: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set IO Cell slew rate on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be ommitted indicating that + they should retain the default slew rate setting. + Example: slewrate:{0x1} + On Controller 0 set slew rate to 1. + Example: slewrate :{1,,8} + On Controller 0 set slew rate to 1. + On Controller 2 set slew rate to 8. + + Possible Values: 0 - 15 + Default Value: Varies based on chip revision + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: amplitude: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set IO Cell signal amplitude on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be ommitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: amplitude:{0x1} + On Controller 0 set amplitude to 1. + Example: amplitude :{1,,7} + On Controller 0 set amplitude to 1. + On Controller 2 set amplitude to 7. + + Possible Values: 1 - 7 + Default Value: Varies based on chip revision + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + Example: 'options aic79xx aic79xx=verbose,rd_strm:{{0x0041}}' + enables verbose output in the driver and turns read streaming on + for targets 0 and 6 of Controller 0. + +4. Additional Notes + + 4.1. Known/Unresolved or FYI Issues + + * Under SuSE Linux Enterprise 7, the driver may fail to operate + correctly due to a problem with PCI interrupt routing in the + Linux kernel. Please contact SuSE for an updated Linux + kernel. + + 4.2. Third-Party Compatibility Issues + + * Adaptec only supports Ultra320 hard drives running + the latest firmware available. Please check with + your hard drive manufacturer to ensure you have the + latest version. + + 4.3. Operating System or Technology Limitations + + * PCI Hot Plug is untested and may cause the operating system + to stop responding. + * Luns that are not numbered contiguously starting with 0 might not + be automatically probed during system startup. This is a limitation + of the OS. Please contact your Linux vendor for instructions on + manually probing non-contiguous luns. + * Using the Driver Update Disk version of this package during OS + installation under RedHat might result in two versions of this + driver being installed into the system module directory. This + might cause problems with the /sbin/mkinitrd program and/or + other RPM packages that try to install system modules. The best + way to correct this once the system is running is to install + the latest RPM package version of this driver, available from + http://www.adaptec.com. + + +5. Contacting Adaptec + + A Technical Support Identification (TSID) Number is required for + Adaptec technical support. + - The 12-digit TSID can be found on the white barcode-type label + included inside the box with your product. The TSID helps us + provide more efficient service by accurately identifying your + product and support status. + Support Options + - Search the Adaptec Support Knowledgebase (ASK) at + http://ask.adaptec.com for articles, troubleshooting tips, and + frequently asked questions for your product. + - For support via Email, submit your question to Adaptec's + Technical Support Specialists at http://ask.adaptec.com. + + North America + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com. + - To speak with a Fibre Channel/RAID/External Storage Technical + Support Specialist, call 1-321-207-2000, + Hours: Monday-Friday, 3:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., PST. + (Not open on holidays) + - For Technical Support in all other technologies including + SCSI, call 1-408-934-7274, + Hours: Monday-Friday, 6:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., PST. + (Not open on holidays) + - For after hours support, call 1-800-416-8066 ($99/call, + $149/call on holidays) + - To order Adaptec products including software and cables, call + 1-800-442-7274 or 1-408-957-7274. You can also visit our + online store at http://www.adaptecstore.com + + Europe + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec-europe.com. + - English and French: To speak with a Technical Support + Specialist, call one of the following numbers: + - English: +32-2-352-3470 + - French: +32-2-352-3460 + Hours: Monday-Thursday, 10:00 to 12:30, 13:30 to 17:30 CET + Friday, 10:00 to 12:30, 13:30 to 16:30 CET + - German: To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, + call +49-89-456-40660 + Hours: Monday-Thursday, 09:30 to 12:30, 13:30 to 16:30 CET + Friday, 09:30 to 12:30, 13:30 to 15:00 CET + - To order Adaptec products, including accessories and cables: + - UK: +0800-96-65-26 or fax +0800-731-02-95 + - Other European countries: +32-11-300-379 + + Australia and New Zealand + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com.au. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +612-9416-0698 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 10:00 A.M. to 4:30 P.M., EAT + (Not open on holidays) + + Japan + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +81-3-5308-6120 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., 1:00 p.m. to + 6:00 p.m. TSC + + Hong Kong and China + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +852-2869-7200 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 10:00 to 17:00. + - Fax Technical Support at +852-2869-7100. + + Singapore + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +65-245-7470 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 10:00 to 17:00. + - Fax Technical Support at +852-2869-7100 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003 Adaptec Inc. 691 S. Milpitas Blvd., Milpitas CA 95035 USA. + * All rights reserved. + * + * You are permitted to redistribute, use and modify this README file in whole + * or in part in conjunction with redistribution of software governed by the + * General Public License, provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of README file must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer, + * without modification. + * 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * 3. Modifications or new contributions must be attributed in a copyright + * notice identifying the author ("Contributor") and added below the + * original copyright notice. The copyright notice is for purposes of + * identifying contributors and should not be deemed as permission to alter + * the permissions given by Adaptec. + * + * THIS README FILE IS PROVIDED BY ADAPTEC AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY + * WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT OR THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY + * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * ADAPTEC OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS README + * FILE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..160e7354cd1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +==================================================================== += Adaptec Aic7xxx Fast -> Ultra160 Family Manager Set v6.2.28 = += README for = += The Linux Operating System = +==================================================================== + +The following information is available in this file: + + 1. Supported Hardware + 2. Version History + 3. Command Line Options + 4. Contacting Adaptec + +1. Supported Hardware + + The following Adaptec SCSI Chips and Host Adapters are supported by + the aic7xxx driver. + + Chip MIPS Host Bus MaxSync MaxWidth SCBs Notes + --------------------------------------------------------------- + aic7770 10 EISA/VL 10MHz 16Bit 4 1 + aic7850 10 PCI/32 10MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7855 10 PCI/32 10MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7856 10 PCI/32 10MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7859 10 PCI/32 20MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7860 10 PCI/32 20MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7870 10 PCI/32 10MHz 16Bit 16 + aic7880 10 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 + aic7890 20 PCI/32 40MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7891 20 PCI/64 40MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7892 20 PCI/64-66 80MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7895 15 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 + aic7895C 15 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 8 + aic7896 20 PCI/32 40MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7897 20 PCI/64 40MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7899 20 PCI/64-66 80MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + + 1. Multiplexed Twin Channel Device - One controller servicing two + busses. + 2. Multi-function Twin Channel Device - Two controllers on one chip. + 3. Command Channel Secondary DMA Engine - Allows scatter gather list + and SCB prefetch. + 4. 64 Byte SCB Support - Allows disconnected, unttagged request table + for all possible target/lun combinations. + 5. Block Move Instruction Support - Doubles the speed of certain + sequencer operations. + 6. `Bayonet' style Scatter Gather Engine - Improves S/G prefetch + performance. + 7. Queuing Registers - Allows queuing of new transactions without + pausing the sequencer. + 8. Multiple Target IDs - Allows the controller to respond to selection + as a target on multiple SCSI IDs. + + Controller Chip Host-Bus Int-Connectors Ext-Connectors Notes + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + AHA-274X[A] aic7770 EISA SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-274X[A]W aic7770 EISA SE-HD68F SE-HD68F + SE-50M + AHA-274X[A]T aic7770 EISA 2 X SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2842 aic7770 VL SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2940AU aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AVA-2902I aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AVA-2902E aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AVA-2906 aic7856 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-DB25F + APC-7850 aic7850 PCI/32 SE-50M 1 + AVA-2940 aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2920B aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2930B aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2920C aic7856 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2930C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2930C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2910C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2915C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2940AU/CN aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2944W aic7870 PCI/32 HVD-HD68F HVD-HD68F + HVD-50M + AHA-3940W aic7870 PCI/32 2 X SE-HD68F SE-HD68F 2 + AHA-2940UW aic7880 PCI/32 SE-HD68F + SE-50M SE-HD68F + AHA-2940U aic7880 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2940D aic7880 PCI/32 + aHA-2940 A/T aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2940D A/T aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-3940UW aic7880 PCI/32 2 X SE-HD68F SE-HD68F 3 + AHA-3940UWD aic7880 PCI/32 2 X SE-HD68F 2 X SE-VHD68F 3 + AHA-3940U aic7880 PCI/32 2 X SE-50M SE-HD50F 3 + AHA-2944UW aic7880 PCI/32 HVD-HD68F HVD-HD68F + HVD-50M + AHA-3944UWD aic7880 PCI/32 2 X HVD-HD68F 2 X HVD-VHD68F 3 + AHA-4944UW aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2930UW aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2940UW Pro aic7880 PCI/32 SE-HD68F SE-HD68F 4 + SE-50M + AHA-2940UW/CN aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2940UDual aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-2940UWDual aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940UWD aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940AUW aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940AUWD aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940AU aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3944AUWD aic7895 PCI/32 2 X HVD-HD68F 2 X HVD-VHD68F + AHA-2940U2B aic7890 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F LVD-HD68F + AHA-2940U2 OEM aic7891 PCI/64 + AHA-2940U2W aic7890 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F LVD-HD68F + SE-HD68F + SE-50M + AHA-2950U2B aic7891 PCI/64 LVD-HD68F LVD-HD68F + AHA-2930U2 aic7890 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F SE-HD50F + SE-50M + AHA-3950U2B aic7897 PCI/64 + AHA-3950U2D aic7897 PCI/64 + AHA-29160 aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29160 CPQ aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29160N aic7892 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F SE-HD50F + SE-50M + AHA-29160LP aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-19160 aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29150LP aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29130LP aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-3960D aic7899 PCI/64-66 2 X LVD-HD68F 2 X LVD-VHD68F + LVD-50M + AHA-3960D CPQ aic7899 PCI/64-66 2 X LVD-HD68F 2 X LVD-VHD68F + LVD-50M + AHA-39160 aic7899 PCI/64-66 2 X LVD-HD68F 2 X LVD-VHD68F + LVD-50M + + 1. No BIOS support + 2. DEC21050 PCI-PCI bridge with multiple controller chips on secondary bus + 3. DEC2115X PCI-PCI bridge with multiple controller chips on secondary bus + 4. All three SCSI connectors may be used simultaneously without + SCSI "stub" effects. + +2. Version History + 6.2.36 (June 3rd, 2003) + - Correct code that disables PCI parity error checking. + - Correct and simplify handling of the ignore wide residue + message. The previous code would fail to report a residual + if the transaction data length was even and we received + an IWR message. + - Add support for the 2.5.X EISA framework. + - Update for change in 2.5.X SCSI proc FS interface. + - Correct Domain Validation command-line option parsing. + - When negotiation async via an 8bit WDTR message, send + an SDTR with an offset of 0 to be sure the target + knows we are async. This works around a firmware defect + in the Quantum Atlas 10K. + - Clear PCI error state during driver attach so that we + don't disable memory mapped I/O due to a stray write + by some other driver probe that occurred before we + claimed the controller. + + 6.2.35 (May 14th, 2003) + - Fix a few GCC 3.3 compiler warnings. + - Correct operation on EISA Twin Channel controller. + - Add support for 2.5.X's scsi_report_device_reset(). + + 6.2.34 (May 5th, 2003) + - Fix locking regression instroduced in 6.2.29 that + could cuase a lock order reversal between the io_request_lock + and our per-softc lock. This was only possible on RH9, + SuSE, and kernel.org 2.4.X kernels. + + 6.2.33 (April 30th, 2003) + - Dynamically disable PCI parity error reporting after + 10 errors are reported to the user. These errors are + the result of some other device issuing PCI transactions + with bad parity. Once the user has been informed of the + problem, continuing to report the errors just degrades + our performance. + + 6.2.32 (March 28th, 2003) + - Dynamically sized S/G lists to avoid SCSI malloc + pool fragmentation and SCSI mid-layer deadlock. + + 6.2.28 (January 20th, 2003) + - Domain Validation Fixes + - Add ability to disable PCI parity error checking. + - Enhanced Memory Mapped I/O probe + + 6.2.20 (November 7th, 2002) + - Added Domain Validation. + +3. Command Line Options + + WARNING: ALTERING OR ADDING THESE DRIVER PARAMETERS + INCORRECTLY CAN RENDER YOUR SYSTEM INOPERABLE. + USE THEM WITH CAUTION. + + Edit the file "modprobe.conf" in the directory /etc and add/edit a + line containing 'options aic7xxx aic7xxx=[command[,command...]]' where + 'command' is one or more of the following: + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: verbose + Definition: enable additional informative messages during + driver operation. + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: debug:[value] + Definition: Enables various levels of debugging information + Possible Values: 0x0000 = no debugging, 0xffff = full debugging + Default Value: 0x0000 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: no_probe + Option: probe_eisa_vl + Definition: Do not probe for EISA/VLB controllers. + This is a toggle. If the driver is compiled + to not probe EISA/VLB controllers by default, + specifying "no_probe" will enable this probing. + If the driver is compiled to probe EISA/VLB + controllers by default, specifying "no_probe" + will disable this probing. + Possible Values: This option is a toggle + Default Value: EISA/VLB probing is disabled by default. + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: pci_parity + Definition: Toggles the detection of PCI parity errors. + On many motherboards with VIA chipsets, + PCI parity is not generated correctly on the + PCI bus. It is impossible for the hardware to + differentiate between these "spurious" parity + errors and real parity errors. The symptom of + this problem is a stream of the message: + "scsi0: Data Parity Error Detected during address or write data phase" + output by the driver. + Possible Values: This option is a toggle + Default Value: PCI Parity Error reporting is disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: no_reset + Definition: Do not reset the bus during the initial probe + phase + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: extended + Definition: Force extended translation on the controller + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: periodic_otag + Definition: Send an ordered tag periodically to prevent + tag starvation. Needed for some older devices + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: reverse_scan + Definition: Probe the scsi bus in reverse order, starting + with target 15 + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: global_tag_depth:[value] + Definition: Global tag depth for all targets on all busses. + This option sets the default tag depth which + may be selectively overridden vi the tag_info + option. + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: tag_info:{{value[,value...]}[,{value[,value...]}...]} + Definition: Set the per-target tagged queue depth on a + per controller basis. Both controllers and targets + may be ommitted indicating that they should retain + the default tag depth. + Examples: tag_info:{{16,32,32,64,8,8,,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32} + On Controller 0 + specifies a tag depth of 16 for target 0 + specifies a tag depth of 64 for target 3 + specifies a tag depth of 8 for targets 4 and 5 + leaves target 6 at the default + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 1,2,7-15 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + tag_info:{{},{32,,32}} + On Controller 1 + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 0 and 2 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: seltime:[value] + Definition: Specifies the selection timeout value + Possible Values: 0 = 256ms, 1 = 128ms, 2 = 64ms, 3 = 32ms + Default Value: 0 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: dv: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set Domain Validation Policy on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be ommitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: dv:{-1,0,,1,1,0} + On Controller 0 leave DV at its default setting. + On Controller 1 disable DV. + Skip configuration on Controller 2. + On Controllers 3 and 4 enable DV. + On Controller 5 disable DV. + + Possible Values: < 0 Use setting from serial EEPROM. + 0 Disable DV + > 0 Enable DV + + Default Value: SCSI-Select setting on controllers with a SCSI Select + option for DV. Otherwise, on for controllers supporting + U160 speeds and off for all other controller types. + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + Example: + 'options aic7xxx aic7xxx=verbose,no_probe,tag_info:{{},{,,10}},seltime:1" + enables verbose logging, Disable EISA/VLB probing, + and set tag depth on Controller 1/Target 2 to 10 tags. + +3. Contacting Adaptec + + A Technical Support Identification (TSID) Number is required for + Adaptec technical support. + - The 12-digit TSID can be found on the white barcode-type label + included inside the box with your product. The TSID helps us + provide more efficient service by accurately identifying your + product and support status. + Support Options + - Search the Adaptec Support Knowledgebase (ASK) at + http://ask.adaptec.com for articles, troubleshooting tips, and + frequently asked questions for your product. + - For support via Email, submit your question to Adaptec's + Technical Support Specialists at http://ask.adaptec.com. + + North America + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com. + - To speak with a Fibre Channel/RAID/External Storage Technical + Support Specialist, call 1-321-207-2000, + Hours: Monday-Friday, 3:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., PST. + (Not open on holidays) + - For Technical Support in all other technologies including + SCSI, call 1-408-934-7274, + Hours: Monday-Friday, 6:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., PST. + (Not open on holidays) + - For after hours support, call 1-800-416-8066 ($99/call, + $149/call on holidays) + - To order Adaptec products including software and cables, call + 1-800-442-7274 or 1-408-957-7274. You can also visit our + online store at http://www.adaptecstore.com + + Europe + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec-europe.com. + - English and French: To speak with a Technical Support + Specialist, call one of the following numbers: + - English: +32-2-352-3470 + - French: +32-2-352-3460 + Hours: Monday-Thursday, 10:00 to 12:30, 13:30 to 17:30 CET + Friday, 10:00 to 12:30, 13:30 to 16:30 CET + - German: To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, + call +49-89-456-40660 + Hours: Monday-Thursday, 09:30 to 12:30, 13:30 to 16:30 CET + Friday, 09:30 to 12:30, 13:30 to 15:00 CET + - To order Adaptec products, including accessories and cables: + - UK: +0800-96-65-26 or fax +0800-731-02-95 + - Other European countries: +32-11-300-379 + + Australia and New Zealand + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com.au. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +612-9416-0698 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 10:00 A.M. to 4:30 P.M., EAT + (Not open on holidays) + + Japan + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +81-3-5308-6120 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., 1:00 p.m. to + 6:00 p.m. TSC + + Hong Kong and China + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +852-2869-7200 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 10:00 to 17:00. + - Fax Technical Support at +852-2869-7100. + + Singapore + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +65-245-7470 + Hours: Monday-Friday, 10:00 to 17:00. + - Fax Technical Support at +852-2869-7100 + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003 Adaptec Inc. 691 S. Milpitas Blvd., Milpitas CA 95035 USA. + * All rights reserved. + * + * You are permitted to redistribute, use and modify this README file in whole + * or in part in conjunction with redistribution of software governed by the + * General Public License, provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of README file must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer, + * without modification. + * 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * 3. Modifications or new contributions must be attributed in a copyright + * notice identifying the author ("Contributor") and added below the + * original copyright notice. The copyright notice is for purposes of + * identifying contributors and should not be deemed as permission to alter + * the permissions given by Adaptec. + * + * THIS README FILE IS PROVIDED BY ADAPTEC AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY + * WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT OR THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY + * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * ADAPTEC OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS README + * FILE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..79e5ac6cb6ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ + AIC7xxx Driver for Linux + +Introduction +---------------------------- +The AIC7xxx SCSI driver adds support for Adaptec (http://www.adaptec.com) +SCSI controllers and chipsets. Major portions of the driver and driver +development are shared between both Linux and FreeBSD. Support for the +AIC-7xxx chipsets have been in the default Linux kernel since approximately +linux-1.1.x and fairly stable since linux-1.2.x, and are also in FreeBSD +2.1.0 or later. + + Supported cards/chipsets + ---------------------------- + Adaptec Cards + ---------------------------- + AHA-274x + AHA-274xT + AHA-2842 + AHA-2910B + AHA-2920C + AHA-2930 + AHA-2930U + AHA-2930CU + AHA-2930U2 + AHA-2940 + AHA-2940W + AHA-2940U + AHA-2940UW + AHA-2940UW-PRO + AHA-2940AU + AHA-2940U2W + AHA-2940U2 + AHA-2940U2B + AHA-2940U2BOEM + AHA-2944D + AHA-2944WD + AHA-2944UD + AHA-2944UWD + AHA-2950U2 + AHA-2950U2W + AHA-2950U2B + AHA-29160M + AHA-3940 + AHA-3940U + AHA-3940W + AHA-3940UW + AHA-3940AUW + AHA-3940U2W + AHA-3950U2B + AHA-3950U2D + AHA-3960D + AHA-39160M + AHA-3985 + AHA-3985U + AHA-3985W + AHA-3985UW + + Motherboard Chipsets + ---------------------------- + AIC-777x + AIC-785x + AIC-786x + AIC-787x + AIC-788x + AIC-789x + AIC-3860 + + Bus Types + ---------------------------- + W - Wide SCSI, SCSI-3, 16bit bus, 68pin connector, will also support + SCSI-1/SCSI-2 50pin devices, transfer rates up to 20MB/s. + U - Ultra SCSI, transfer rates up to 40MB/s. + U2- Ultra 2 SCSI, transfer rates up to 80MB/s. + D - Differential SCSI. + T - Twin Channel SCSI. Up to 14 SCSI devices. + + AHA-274x - EISA SCSI controller + AHA-284x - VLB SCSI controller + AHA-29xx - PCI SCSI controller + AHA-394x - PCI controllers with two separate SCSI controllers on-board. + AHA-398x - PCI RAID controllers with three separate SCSI controllers + on-board. + + Not Supported Devices + ------------------------------ + Adaptec Cards + ---------------------------- + AHA-2920 (Only the cards that use the Future Domain chipset are not + supported, any 2920 cards based on Adaptec AIC chipsets, + such as the 2920C, are supported) + AAA-13x Raid Adapters + AAA-113x Raid Port Card + + Motherboard Chipsets + ---------------------------- + AIC-7810 + + Bus Types + ---------------------------- + R - Raid Port busses are not supported. + + The hardware RAID devices sold by Adaptec are *NOT* supported by this + driver (and will people please stop emailing me about them, they are + a totally separate beast from the bare SCSI controllers and this driver + can not be retrofitted in any sane manner to support the hardware RAID + features on those cards - Doug Ledford). + + + People + ------------------------------ + Justin T Gibbs gibbs@plutotech.com + (BSD Driver Author) + Dan Eischen deischen@iworks.InterWorks.org + (Original Linux Driver Co-maintainer) + Dean Gehnert deang@teleport.com + (Original Linux FTP/patch maintainer) + Jess Johnson jester@frenzy.com + (AIC7xxx FAQ author) + Doug Ledford dledford@redhat.com + (Current Linux aic7xxx-5.x.x Driver/Patch/FTP maintainer) + + Special thanks go to John Aycock (aycock@cpsc.ucalgary.ca), the original + author of the driver. John has since retired from the project. Thanks + again for all his work! + + Mailing list + ------------------------------ + There is a mailing list available for users who want to track development + and converse with other users and developers. This list is for both + FreeBSD and Linux support of the AIC7xxx chipsets. + + To subscribe to the AIC7xxx mailing list send mail to the list server, + with "subscribe AIC7xxx" in the body (no Subject: required): + To: majordomo@FreeBSD.ORG + --- + subscribe AIC7xxx + + To unsubscribe from the list, send mail to the list server with: + To: majordomo@FreeBSD.ORG + --- + unsubscribe AIC7xxx + + Send regular messages and replies to: AIC7xxx@FreeBSD.ORG + + Boot Command line options + ------------------------------ + "aic7xxx=no_reset" - Eliminate the SCSI bus reset during startup. + Some SCSI devices need the initial reset that this option disables + in order to work. If you have problems at bootup, please make sure + you aren't using this option. + + "aic7xxx=reverse_scan" - Certain PCI motherboards scan for devices at + bootup by scanning from the highest numbered PCI device to the + lowest numbered PCI device, others do just the opposite and scan + from lowest to highest numbered PCI device. There is no reliable + way to autodetect this ordering. So, we default to the most common + order, which is lowest to highest. Then, in case your motherboard + scans from highest to lowest, we have this option. If your BIOS + finds the drives on controller A before controller B but the linux + kernel finds your drives on controller B before A, then you should + use this option. + + "aic7xxx=extended" - Force the driver to detect extended drive translation + on your controller. This helps those people who have cards without + a SEEPROM make sure that linux and all other operating systems think + the same way about your hard drives. + + "aic7xxx=scbram" - Some cards have external SCB RAM that can be used to + give the card more hardware SCB slots. This allows the driver to use + that SCB RAM. Without this option, the driver won't touch the SCB + RAM because it is known to cause problems on a few cards out there + (such as 3985 class cards). + + "aic7xxx=irq_trigger:x" - Replace x with either 0 or 1 to force the kernel + to use the correct IRQ type for your card. This only applies to EISA + based controllers. On these controllers, 0 is for Edge triggered + interrupts, and 1 is for Level triggered interrupts. If you aren't + sure or don't know which IRQ trigger type your EISA card uses, then + let the kernel autodetect the trigger type. + + "aic7xxx=verbose" - This option can be used in one of two ways. If you + simply specify aic7xxx=verbose, then the kernel will automatically + pick the default set of verbose messages for you to see. + Alternatively, you can specify the command as + "aic7xxx=verbose:0xXXXX" where the X entries are replaced with + hexadecimal digits. This option is a bit field type option. For + a full listing of the available options, search for the + #define VERBOSE_xxxxxx lines in the aic7xxx.c file. If you want + verbose messages, then it is recommended that you simply use the + aic7xxx=verbose variant of this command. + + "aic7xxx=pci_parity:x" - This option controls whether or not the driver + enables PCI parity error checking on the PCI bus. By default, this + checking is disabled. To enable the checks, simply specify pci_parity + with no value afterwords. To reverse the parity from even to odd, + supply any number other than 0 or 255. In short: + pci_parity - Even parity checking (even is the normal PCI parity) + pci_parity:x - Where x > 0, Odd parity checking + pci_parity:0 - No check (default) + NOTE: In order to get Even PCI parity checking, you must use the + version of the option that does not include the : and a number at + the end (unless you want to enter exactly 2^32 - 1 as the number). + + "aic7xxx=no_probe" - This option will disable the probing for any VLB + based 2842 controllers and any EISA based controllers. This is + needed on certain newer motherboards where the normal EISA I/O ranges + have been claimed by other PCI devices. Probing on those machines + will often result in the machine crashing or spontaneously rebooting + during startup. Examples of machines that need this are the + Dell PowerEdge 6300 machines. + + "aic7xxx=seltime:2" - This option controls how long the card waits + during a device selection sequence for the device to respond. + The original SCSI spec says that this "should be" 256ms. This + is generally not required with modern devices. However, some + very old SCSI I devices need the full 256ms. Most modern devices + can run fine with only 64ms. The default for this option is + 64ms. If you need to change this option, then use the following + table to set the proper value in the example above: + 0 - 256ms + 1 - 128ms + 2 - 64ms + 3 - 32ms + + "aic7xxx=panic_on_abort" - This option is for debugging and will cause + the driver to panic the linux kernel and freeze the system the first + time the drivers abort or reset routines are called. This is most + helpful when some problem causes infinite reset loops that scroll too + fast to see. By using this option, you can write down what the errors + actually are and send that information to me so it can be fixed. + + "aic7xxx=dump_card" - This option will print out the *entire* set of + configuration registers on the card during the init sequence. This + is a debugging aid used to see exactly what state the card is in + when we finally finish our initialization routines. If you don't + have documentation on the chipsets, this will do you absolutely + no good unless you are simply trying to write all the information + down in order to send it to me. + + "aic7xxx=dump_sequencer" - This is the same as the above options except + that instead of dumping the register contents on the card, this + option dumps the contents of the sequencer program RAM. This gives + the ability to verify that the instructions downloaded to the + card's sequencer are indeed what they are suppossed to be. Again, + unless you have documentation to tell you how to interpret these + numbers, then it is totally useless. + + "aic7xxx=override_term:0xffffffff" - This option is used to force the + termination on your SCSI controllers to a particular setting. This + is a bit mask variable that applies for up to 8 aic7xxx SCSI channels. + Each channel gets 4 bits, divided as follows: + bit 3 2 1 0 + | | | Enable/Disable Single Ended Low Byte Termination + | | En/Disable Single Ended High Byte Termination + | En/Disable Low Byte LVD Termination + En/Disable High Byte LVD Termination + + The upper 2 bits that deal with LVD termination only apply to Ultra2 + controllers. Futhermore, due to the current Ultra2 controller + designs, these bits are tied together such that setting either bit + enables both low and high byte LVD termination. It is not possible + to only set high or low byte LVD termination in this manner. This is + an artifact of the BIOS definition on Ultra2 controllers. For other + controllers, the only important bits are the two lowest bits. Setting + the higher bits on non-Ultra2 controllers has no effect. A few + examples of how to use this option: + + Enable low and high byte termination on a non-ultra2 controller that + is the first aic7xxx controller (the correct bits are 0011), + aic7xxx=override_term:0x3 + + Enable all termination on the third aic7xxx controller, high byte + termination on the second aic7xxx controller, and low and high byte + SE termination on the first aic7xxx controller + (bits are 1111 0010 0011), + aic7xxx=override_term:0xf23 + + No attempt has been made to make this option non-cryptic. It really + shouldn't be used except in dire circumstances, and if that happens, + I'm probably going to be telling you what to set this to anyway :) + + "aic7xxx=stpwlev:0xffffffff" - This option is used to control the STPWLEV + bit in the DEVCONFIG PCI register. Currently, this is one of the + very few registers that we have absolutely *no* way of detecting + what the variable should be. It depends entirely on how the chipset + and external terminators were coupled by the card/motherboard maker. + Further, a chip reset (at power up) always sets this bit to 0. If + there is no BIOS to run on the chipset/card (such as with a 2910C + or a motherboard controller with the BIOS totally disabled) then + the variable may not get set properly. Of course, if the proper + setting was 0, then that's what it would be after the reset, but if + the proper setting is actually 1.....you get the picture. Now, since + we can't detect this at all, I've added this option to force the + setting. If you have a BIOS on your controller then you should never + need to use this option. However, if you are having lots of SCSI + reset problems and can't seem to get them knocked out, this may help. + + Here's a test to know for certain if you need this option. Make + a boot floppy that you can use to boot your computer up and that + will detect the aic7xxx controller. Next, power down your computer. + While it's down, unplug all SCSI cables from your Adaptec SCSI + controller. Boot the system back up to the Adaptec EZ-SCSI BIOS + and then make sure that termination is enabled on your adapter (if + you have an Adaptec BIOS of course). Next, boot up the floppy you + made and wait for it to detect the aic7xxx controller. If the kernel + finds the controller fine, says scsi : x hosts and then tries to + detect your devices like normal, up to the point where it fails to + mount your root file system and panics, then you're fine. If, on + the other hand, the system goes into an infinite reset loop, then + you need to use this option and/or the previous option to force the + proper termination settings on your controller. If this happens, + then you next need to figure out what your settings should be. + + To find the correct settings, power your machine back down, connect + back up the SCSI cables, and boot back into your machine like normal. + However, boot with the aic7xxx=verbose:0x39 option. Record the + initial DEVCONFIG values for each of your aic7xxx controllers as + they are listed, and also record what the machine is detecting as + the proper termination on your controllers. NOTE: the order in + which the initial DEVCONFIG values are printed out is not gauranteed + to be the same order as the SCSI controllers are registered. The + above option and this option both work on the order of the SCSI + controllers as they are registered, so make sure you match the right + DEVCONFIG values with the right controllers if you have more than + one aic7xxx controller. + + Once you have the detected termination settings and the initial + DEVCONFIG values for each controller, then figure out what the + termination on each of the controllers *should* be. Hopefully, that + part is correct, but it could possibly be wrong if there is + bogus cable detection logic on your controller or something similar. + If all the controllers have the correct termination settings, then + don't set the aic7xxx=override_term variable at all, leave it alone. + Next, on any controllers that go into an infinite reset loop when + you unplug all the SCSI cables, get the starting DEVCONFIG value. + If the initial DEVCONFIG value is divisible by 2, then the correct + setting for that controller is 0. If it's an odd number, then + the correct setting for that controller is 1. For any other + controllers that didn't have an infinite reset problem, then reverse + the above options. If DEVCONFIG was even, then the correct setting + is 1, if not then the correct setting is 0. + + Now that you know what the correct setting was for each controller, + we need to encode that into the aic7xxx=stpwlev:0x... variable. + This variable is a bit field encoded variable. Bit 0 is for the first + aic7xxx controller, bit 1 for the next, etc. Put all these bits + together and you get a number. For example, if the third aic7xxx + needed a 1, but the second and first both needed a 0, then the bits + would be 100 in binary. This then translates to 0x04. You would + therefore set aic7xxx=stpwlev:0x04. This is fairly standard binary + to hexadecimal conversions here. If you aren't up to speed on the + binary->hex conversion then send an email to the aic7xxx mailing + list and someone can help you out. + + "aic7xxx=tag_info:{{8,8..},{8,8..},..}" - This option is used to disable + or enable Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) on specific devices. As of + driver version 5.1.11, TCQ is now either on or off by default + according to the setting you choose during the make config process. + In order to en/disable TCQ for certian devices at boot time, a user + may use this boot param. The driver will then parse this message out + and en/disable the specific device entries that are present based upon + the value given. The param line is parsed in the following manner: + + { - first instance indicates the start of this parameter values + second instance is the start of entries for a particular + device entry + } - end the entries for a particular host adapter, or end the entire + set of parameter entries + , - move to next entry. Inside of a set of device entries, this + moves us to the next device on the list. Outside of device + entries, this moves us to the next host adapter + . - Same effect as , but is safe to use with insmod. + x - the number to enter into the array at this position. + 0 = Enable tagged queueing on this device and use the default + queue depth + 1-254 = Enable tagged queueing on this device and use this + number as the queue depth + 255 = Disable tagged queueing on this device. + Note: anything above 32 for an actual queue depth is wasteful + and not recommended. + + A few examples of how this can be used: + + tag_info:{{8,12,,0,,255,4}} + This line will only effect the first aic7xxx card registered. It + will set scsi id 0 to a queue depth of 8, id 1 to 12, leave id 2 + at the default, set id 3 to tagged queueing enabled and use the + default queue depth, id 4 default, id 5 disabled, and id 6 to 4. + Any not specified entries stay at the default value, repeated + commas with no value specified will simply increment to the next id + without changing anything for the missing values. + + tag_info:{,,,{,,,255}} + First, second, and third adapters at default values. Fourth + adapter, id 3 is disabled. Notice that leading commas simply + increment what the first number effects, and there are no need + for trailing commas. When you close out an adapter, or the + entire entry, anything not explicitly set stays at the default + value. + + A final note on this option. The scanner I used for this isn't + perfect or highly robust. If you mess the line up, the worst that + should happen is that the line will get ignored. If you don't + close out the entire entry with the final bracket, then any other + aic7xxx options after this will get ignored. So, in general, be + sure of what you are entering, and after you have it right, just + add it to the lilo.conf file so there won't be any mistakes. As + a means of checking this parser, the entire tag_info array for + each card is now printed out in the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/x file. You + can use that to verify that your options were parsed correctly. + + Boot command line options may be combined to form the proper set of options + a user might need. For example, the following is valid: + + aic7xxx=verbose,extended,irq_trigger:1 + + The only requirement is that individual options be separated by a comma or + a period on the command line. + + Module Loading command options + ------------------------------ + When loading the aic7xxx driver as a module, the exact same options are + available to the user. However, the syntax to specify the options changes + slightly. For insmod, you need to wrap the aic7xxx= argument in quotes + and replace all ',' with '.'. So, for example, a valid insmod line + would be: + + insmod aic7xxx aic7xxx='verbose.irq_trigger:1.extended' + + This line should result in the *exact* same behaviour as if you typed + it in at the lilo prompt and the driver was compiled into the kernel + instead of being a module. The reason for the single quote is so that + the shell won't try to interpret anything in the line, such as {. + Insmod assumes any options starting with a letter instead of a number + is a character string (which is what we want) and by switching all of + the commas to periods, insmod won't interpret this as more than one + string and write junk into our binary image. I consider it a bug in + the insmod program that even if you wrap your string in quotes (quotes + that pass the shell mind you and that insmod sees) it still treates + a comma inside of those quotes as starting a new variable, resulting + in memory scribbles if you don't switch the commas to periods. + + + Kernel Compile options + ------------------------------ + The various kernel compile time options for this driver are now fairly + well documented in the file Documentation/Configure.help. In order to + see this documentation, you need to use one of the advanced configuration + programs (menuconfig and xconfig). If you are using the "make menuconfig" + method of configuring your kernel, then you would simply highlight the + option in question and hit the ? key. If you are using the "make xconfig" + method of configuring your kernel, then simply click on the help button + next to the option you have questions about. The help information from + the Configure.help file will then get automatically displayed. + + /proc support + ------------------------------ + The /proc support for the AIC7xxx can be found in the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/ + directory. That directory contains a file for each SCSI controller in + the system. Each file presents the current configuration and transfer + statistics (enabled with #define in aic7xxx.c) for each controller. + + Thanks to Michael Neuffer for his upper-level SCSI help, and + Matthew Jacob for statistics support. + + Debugging the driver + ------------------------------ + Should you have problems with this driver, and would like some help in + getting them solved, there are a couple debugging items built into + the driver to facilitate getting the needed information from the system. + In general, I need a complete description of the problem, with as many + logs as possible concerning what happens. To help with this, there is + a command option aic7xxx=panic_on_abort. This option, when set, forces + the driver to panic the kernel on the first SCSI abort issued by the + mid level SCSI code. If your system is going to reset loops and you + can't read the screen, then this is what you need. Not only will it + stop the system, but it also prints out a large amount of state + information in the process. Second, if you specify the option + "aic7xxx=verbose:0x1ffff", the system will print out *SOOOO* much + information as it runs that you won't be able to see anything. + However, this can actually be very useful if your machine simply + locks up when trying to boot, since it will pin-point what was last + happening (in regards to the aic7xxx driver) immediately prior to + the lockup. This is really only useful if your machine simply can + not boot up successfully. If you can get your machine to run, then + this will produce far too much information. + + FTP sites + ------------------------------ + ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/aic/ + - Out of date. I used to keep stuff here, but too many people + complained about having a hard time getting into Red Hat's ftp + server. So use the web site below instead. + ftp://ftp.pcnet.com/users/eischen/Linux/ + - Dan Eischen's driver distribution area + ftp://ekf2.vsb.cz/pub/linux/kernel/aic7xxx/ftp.teleport.com/ + - European Linux mirror of Teleport site + + Web sites + ------------------------------ + http://people.redhat.com/dledford/ + - My web site, also the primary aic7xxx site with several related + pages. + +Dean W. Gehnert +deang@teleport.com + +$Revision: 3.0 $ + +Modified by Doug Ledford 1998-2000 + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/cpqfc.txt b/Documentation/scsi/cpqfc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dd33e61c0645 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/cpqfc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +Notes for CPQFCTS driver for Compaq Tachyon TS +Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter, PCI 64-bit, 66MHz +for Linux (RH 6.1, 6.2 kernel 2.2.12-32, 2.2.14-5) +SMP tested +Tested in single and dual HBA configuration, 32 and 64bit busses, +33 and 66MHz. Only supports FC-AL. +SEST size 512 Exchanges (simultaneous I/Os) limited by module kmalloc() + max of 128k bytes contiguous. + +Ver 2.5.4 Oct 03, 2002 + * fixed memcpy of sense buffer in ioctl to copy the smaller defined size +Ver 2.5.3 Aug 01, 2002 + * fix the passthru ioctl to handle the Scsi_Cmnd->request being a pointer +Ver 2.5.1 Jul 30, 2002 + * fix ioctl to pay attention to the specified LUN. +Ver 2.5.0 Nov 29, 2001 + * eliminated io_request_lock. This change makes the driver specific + to the 2.5.x kernels. + * silenced excessively noisy printks. + +Ver 2.1.2 July 23, 2002 + * initialize DumCmnd->lun in cpqfcTS_ioctl (used in fcFindLoggedInPorts as LUN index) + +Ver 2.1.1 Oct 18, 2001 + * reinitialize Cmnd->SCp.sent_command (used to identify commands as + passthrus) on calling scsi_done, since the scsi mid layer does not + use (or reinitialize) this field to prevent subsequent comands from + having it set incorrectly. + +Ver 2.1.0 Aug 27, 2001 + * Revise driver to use new kernel 2.4.x PCI DMA API, instead of + virt_to_bus(). (enables driver to work w/ ia64 systems with >2Gb RAM.) + Rework main scatter-gather code to handle cases where SG element + lengths are larger than 0x7FFFF bytes and use as many scatter + gather pages as necessary. (Steve Cameron) + * Makefile changes to bring cpqfc into line w/ rest of SCSI drivers + (thanks to Keith Owens) + +Ver 2.0.5 Aug 06, 2001 + * Reject non-existent luns in the driver rather than letting the + hardware do it. (some HW behaves differently than others in this area.) + * Changed Makefile to rely on "make dep" instead of explicit dependencies + * ifdef'ed out fibre channel analyzer triggering debug code + * fixed a jiffies wrapping issue + +Ver 2.0.4 Aug 01, 2001 + * Incorporated fix for target device reset from Steeleye + * Fixed passthrough ioctl so it doesn't hang. + * Fixed hang in launch_FCworker_thread() that occurred on some machines. + * Avoid problem when number of volumes in a single cabinet > 8 + +Ver 2.0.2 July 23, 2001 + Changed the semiphore changes so the driver would compile in 2.4.7. + This version is for 2.4.7 and beyond. + +Ver 2.0.1 May 7, 2001 + Merged version 1.3.6 fixes into version 2.0.0. + +Ver 2.0.0 May 7, 2001 + Fixed problem so spinlock is being initialized to UNLOCKED. + Fixed updated driver so it compiles in the 2.4 tree. + + Ver 1.3.6 Feb 27, 2001 + Added Target_Device_Reset function for SCSI error handling + Fixed problem with not reseting addressing mode after implicit logout + + +Ver 1.3.4 Sep 7, 2000 + Added Modinfo information + Fixed problem with statically linking the driver + +Ver 1.3.3, Aug 23, 2000 + Fixed device/function number in ioctl + +Ver 1.3.2, July 27, 2000 + Add include for Alpha compile on 2.2.14 kernel (cpq*i2c.c) + Change logic for different FCP-RSP sense_buffer location for HSG80 target + And search for Agilent Tachyon XL2 HBAs (not finished! - in test) + +Tested with +(storage): + Compaq RA-4x000, RAID firmware ver 2.40 - 2.54 + Seagate FC drives model ST39102FC, rev 0006 + Hitachi DK31CJ-72FC rev J8A8 + IBM DDYF-T18350R rev F60K + Compaq FC-SCSI bridge w/ DLT 35/70 Gb DLT (tape) +(servers): + Compaq PL-1850R + Compaq PL-6500 Xeon (400MHz) + Compaq PL-8500 (500MHz, 66MHz, 64bit PCI) + Compaq Alpha DS20 (RH 6.1) +(hubs): + Vixel Rapport 1000 (7-port "dumb") + Gadzoox Gibralter (12-port "dumb") + Gadzoox Capellix 2000, 3000 +(switches): + Brocade 2010, 2400, 2800, rev 2.0.3a (& later) + Gadzoox 3210 (Fabric blade beta) + Vixel 7100 (Fabric beta firmare - known hot plug issues) +using "qa_test" (esp. io_test script) suite modified from Unix tests. + +Installation: +make menuconfig + (select SCSI low-level, Compaq FC HBA) +make modules +make modules_install + +e.g. insmod -f cpqfc + +Due to Fabric/switch delays, driver requires 4 seconds +to initialize. If adapters are found, there will be a entries at +/proc/scsi/cpqfcTS/* + +sample contents of startup messages + +************************* + scsi_register allocating 3596 bytes for CPQFCHBA + ioremap'd Membase: c887e600 + HBA Tachyon RevId 1.2 +Allocating 119808 for 576 Exchanges @ c0dc0000 +Allocating 112904 for LinkQ @ c0c20000 (576 elements) +Allocating 110600 for TachSEST for 512 Exchanges + cpqfcTS: writing IMQ BASE 7C0000h PI 7C4000h + cpqfcTS: SEST c0e40000(virt): Wrote base E40000h @ c887e740 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000E8h WWN: 500507650642499D SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/0 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000EFh WWN: 50000E100000D5A6 SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/1 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000E4h WWN: 21000020370097BB SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/2 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000E2h WWN: 2100002037009946 SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/3 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000E1h WWN: 21000020370098FE SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/4 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000E0h WWN: 21000020370097B2 SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/5 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000DCh WWN: 2100002037006CC1 SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/6 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 0000DAh WWN: 21000020370059F6 SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/7 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 00000Fh WWN: 500805F1FADB0E20 SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/8 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 000008h WWN: 500805F1FADB0EBA SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/9 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 000004h WWN: 500805F1FADB1EB9 SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/10 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 000002h WWN: 500805F1FADB1ADE SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/11 +cpqfcTS: New FC port 000001h WWN: 500805F1FADBA2CA SCSI Chan/Trgt 0/12 +scsi4 : Compaq FibreChannel HBA Tachyon TS HPFC-5166A/1.2: WWN 500508B200193F50 + on PCI bus 0 device 0xa0fc irq 5 IObaseL 0x3400, MEMBASE 0xc6ef8600 +PCI bus width 32 bits, bus speed 33 MHz +FCP-SCSI Driver v1.3.0 +GBIC detected: Short-wave. LPSM 0h Monitor +scsi : 5 hosts. + Vendor: IBM Model: DDYF-T18350R Rev: F60K + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 03 +Detected scsi disk sdb at scsi4, channel 0, id 0, lun 0 + Vendor: HITACHI Model: DK31CJ-72FC Rev: J8A8 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdc at scsi4, channel 0, id 1, lun 0 + Vendor: SEAGATE Model: ST39102FC Rev: 0006 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdd at scsi4, channel 0, id 2, lun 0 + Vendor: SEAGATE Model: ST39102FC Rev: 0006 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sde at scsi4, channel 0, id 3, lun 0 + Vendor: SEAGATE Model: ST39102FC Rev: 0006 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdf at scsi4, channel 0, id 4, lun 0 + Vendor: SEAGATE Model: ST39102FC Rev: 0006 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdg at scsi4, channel 0, id 5, lun 0 + Vendor: SEAGATE Model: ST39102FC Rev: 0006 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdh at scsi4, channel 0, id 6, lun 0 + Vendor: SEAGATE Model: ST39102FC Rev: 0006 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdi at scsi4, channel 0, id 7, lun 0 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.48 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdj at scsi4, channel 0, id 8, lun 0 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.48 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdk at scsi4, channel 0, id 8, lun 1 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.40 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdl at scsi4, channel 0, id 9, lun 0 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.40 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdm at scsi4, channel 0, id 9, lun 1 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.54 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdn at scsi4, channel 0, id 10, lun 0 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.54 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdo at scsi4, channel 0, id 11, lun 0 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.54 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdp at scsi4, channel 0, id 11, lun 1 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.54 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdq at scsi4, channel 0, id 12, lun 0 + Vendor: COMPAQ Model: LOGICAL VOLUME Rev: 2.54 + Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 02 +Detected scsi disk sdr at scsi4, channel 0, id 12, lun 1 +resize_dma_pool: unknown device type 12 +resize_dma_pool: unknown device type 12 +SCSI device sdb: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 35843670 [17501 MB] [17.5 GB] + sdb: sdb1 +SCSI device sdc: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 144410880 [70513 MB] [70.5 GB] + sdc: sdc1 +SCSI device sdd: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17783240 [8683 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdd: sdd1 +SCSI device sde: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17783240 [8683 MB] [8.7 GB] + sde: sde1 +SCSI device sdf: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17783240 [8683 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdf: sdf1 +SCSI device sdg: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17783240 [8683 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdg: sdg1 +SCSI device sdh: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17783240 [8683 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdh: sdh1 +SCSI device sdi: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17783240 [8683 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdi: sdi1 +SCSI device sdj: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 2056160 [1003 MB] [1.0 GB] + sdj: sdj1 +SCSI device sdk: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 2052736 [1002 MB] [1.0 GB] + sdk: sdk1 +SCSI device sdl: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17764320 [8673 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdl: sdl1 +SCSI device sdm: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 8380320 [4091 MB] [4.1 GB] + sdm: sdm1 +SCSI device sdn: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17764320 [8673 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdn: sdn1 +SCSI device sdo: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17764320 [8673 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdo: sdo1 +SCSI device sdp: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 17764320 [8673 MB] [8.7 GB] + sdp: sdp1 +SCSI device sdq: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 2056160 [1003 MB] [1.0 GB] + sdq: sdq1 +SCSI device sdr: hdwr sector= 512 bytes. Sectors= 2052736 [1002 MB] [1.0 GB] + sdr: sdr1 + +************************* + +If a GBIC of type Short-wave, Long-wave, or Copper is detected, it will +print out; otherwise, "none" is displayed. If the cabling is correct +and a loop circuit is completed, you should see "Monitor"; otherwise, +"LoopFail" (on open circuit) or some LPSM number/state with bit 3 set. + + +ERRATA: +1. Normally, Linux Scsi queries FC devices with INQUIRY strings. All LUNs +found according to INQUIRY should get READ commands at sector 0 to find +partition table, etc. Older kernels only query the first 4 devices. Some +Linux kernels only look for one LUN per target (i.e. FC device). + +2. Physically removing a device, or a malfunctioning system which hides a +device, leads to a 30-second timeout and subsequent _abort call. +In some process contexts, this will hang the kernel (crashing the system). +Single bit errors in frames and virtually all hot plugging events are +gracefully handled with internal driver timer and Abort processing. + +3. Some SCSI drives with error conditions will not handle the 7 second timeout +in this software driver, leading to infinite retries on timed out SCSI commands. +The 7 secs balances the need to quickly recover from lost frames (esp. on sequence +initiatives) and time needed by older/slower/error-state drives in responding. +This can be easily changed in "Exchanges[].timeOut". + +4. Due to the nature of FC soft addressing, there is no assurance that the +same LUNs (drives) will have the same path (e.g. /dev/sdb1) from one boot to +next. Dynamic soft address changes (i.e. 24-bit FC port_id) are +supported during run time (e.g. due to hot plug event) by the use of WWN to +SCSI Nexus (channel/target/LUN) mapping. + +5. Compaq RA4x00 firmware version 2.54 and later supports SSP (Selective +Storage Presentation), which maps LUNs to a WWN. If RA4x00 firmware prior +2.54 (e.g. older controller) is used, or the FC HBA is replaced (another WWN +is used), logical volumes on the RA4x00 will no longer be visible. + + +Send questions/comments to: +Amy Vanzant-Hodge (fibrechannel@compaq.com) + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt b/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ae3b79a2d275 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +README file for the dc395x SCSI driver +========================================== + +Status +------ +The driver has been tested with CD-R and CD-R/W drives. These should +be safe to use. Testing with hard disks has not been done to any +great degree and caution should be exercised if you want to attempt +to use this driver with hard disks. + +This is a 2.5 only driver. For a 2.4 driver please see the original +driver (which this driver started from) at +http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/dc395/ + +Problems, questions and patches should be submitted to the mailing +list. Details on the list, including archives, are available at +http://lists.twibble.org/mailman/listinfo/dc395x/ + +Parameters +---------- +The driver uses the settings from the EEPROM set in the SCSI BIOS +setup. If there is no EEPROM, the driver uses default values. +Both can be overriden by command line parameters (module or kernel +parameters). + +The following parameters are available: + + - safe + Default: 0, Acceptable values: 0 or 1 + + If safe is set to 1 then the adapter will use conservative + ("safe") default settings. This sets: + + shortcut for dc395x=7,4,9,15,2,10 + + - adapter_id + Default: 7, Acceptable values: 0 to 15 + + Sets the host adapter SCSI ID. + + - max_speed + Default: 1, Acceptable value: 0 to 7 + 0 = 20 Mhz + 1 = 12.2 Mhz + 2 = 10 Mhz + 3 = 8 Mhz + 4 = 6.7 Mhz + 5 = 5.8 Hhz + 6 = 5 Mhz + 7 = 4 Mhz + + - dev_mode + Bitmap for device configuration + + DevMode bit definition: + Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning + *0 0x01 1 Parity check + *1 0x02 2 Synchronous Negotiation + *2 0x04 4 Disconnection + *3 0x08 8 Send Start command on startup. (Not used) + *4 0x10 16 Tagged Command Queueing + *5 0x20 32 Wide Negotiation + + - adapter_mode + Bitmap for adapter configuration + + AdaptMode bit definition + Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning + *0 0x01 1 Support more than two drives. (Not used) + *1 0x02 2 Use DOS compatible mapping for HDs greater than 1GB. + *2 0x04 4 Reset SCSI Bus on startup. + *3 0x08 8 Active Negation: Improves SCSI Bus noise immunity. + 4 0x10 16 Immediate return on BIOS seek command. (Not used) + (*)5 0x20 32 Check for LUNs >= 1. + + - tags + Default: 3, Acceptable values: 0-5 + + The number of tags is 1<<x, if x has been specified + + - reset_delay + Default: 1, Acceptable values: 0-180 + + The seconds to not accept commands after a SCSI Reset + + +For the built in driver the parameters should be prefixed with +dc395x. (eg "dc395x.safe=1") + + +Copyright +--------- +The driver is free software. It is protected by the GNU General Public +License (GPL). Please read it, before using this driver. It should be +included in your kernel sources and with your distribution. It carries the +filename COPYING. If you don't have it, please ask me to send you one by +email. +Note: The GNU GPL says also something about warranty and liability. +Please be aware the following: While we do my best to provide a working and +reliable driver, there is a chance, that it will kill your valuable data. +We refuse to take any responsibility for that. The driver is provided as-is +and YOU USE IT AT YOUR OWN RESPONSIBILITY. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt b/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6e45e70243e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + /* TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF USE + * + * Redistribution and use in source form, with or without modification, are + * permitted provided that redistributions of source code must retain the + * above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * This software is provided `as is' by Adaptec and + * any express or implied warranties, including, but not limited to, the + * implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, + * are disclaimed. In no event shall Adaptec be + * liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary or + * consequential damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of + * substitute goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business + * interruptions) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in + * contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or otherwise) + * arising in any way out of the use of this driver software, even if advised + * of the possibility of such damage. + * + **************************************************************** + * This driver supports the Adaptec I2O RAID and DPT SmartRAID V I2O boards. + * + * CREDITS: + * The original linux driver was ported to Linux by Karen White while at + * Dell Computer. It was ported from Bob Pasteur's (of DPT) original + * non-Linux driver. Mark Salyzyn and Bob Pasteur consulted on the original + * driver. + * + * 2.0 version of the driver by Deanna Bonds and Mark Salyzyn. + * + * HISTORY: + * The driver was originally ported to linux version 2.0.34 + * + * V2.0 Rewrite of driver. Re-architectured based on i2o subsystem. + * This was the first full GPL version since the last version used + * i2osig headers which were not GPL. Developer Testing version. + * V2.1 Internal testing + * V2.2 First released version + * + * V2.3 + * Changes: + * Added Raptor Support + * Fixed bug causing system to hang under extreme load with + * management utilities running (removed GFP_DMA from kmalloc flags) + * + * + * V2.4 First version ready to be submitted to be embedded in the kernel + * Changes: + * Implemented suggestions from Alan Cox + * Added calculation of resid for sg layer + * Better error handling + * Added checking underflow condtions + * Added DATAPROTECT checking + * Changed error return codes + * Fixed pointer bug in bus reset routine + * Enabled hba reset from ioctls (allows a FW flash to reboot and use the new + * FW without having to reboot) + * Changed proc output + * + * TODO: + * Add 64 bit Scatter Gather when compiled on 64 bit architectures + * Add sparse lun scanning + * Add code that checks if a device that had been taken offline is + * now online (at the FW level) when test unit ready or inquiry + * command from scsi-core + * Add proc read interface + * busrescan command + * rescan command + * Add code to rescan routine that notifies scsi-core about new devices + * Add support for C-PCI (hotplug stuff) + * Add ioctl passthru error recovery + * + * NOTES: + * The DPT card optimizes the order of processing commands. Consequently, + * a command may take up to 6 minutes to complete after it has been sent + * to the board. + * + * The files dpti_ioctl.h dptsig.h osd_defs.h osd_util.h sys_info.h are part of the + * interface files for Adaptec's management routines. These define the structures used + * in the ioctls. They are written to be portable. They are hard to read, but I need + * to use them 'as is' or I can miss changes in the interface. + * + */ + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/dtc3x80.txt b/Documentation/scsi/dtc3x80.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e8ae6230ab3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/dtc3x80.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +README file for the Linux DTC3180/3280 scsi driver. +by Ray Van Tassle (rayvt@comm.mot.com) March 1996 +Based on the generic & core NCR5380 code by Drew Eckhard + +SCSI device driver for the DTC 3180/3280. +Data Technology Corp---a division of Qume. + +The 3280 has a standard floppy interface. + +The 3180 does not. Otherwise, they are identical. + +The DTC3x80 does not support DMA but it does have Pseudo-DMA which is +supported by the driver. + +It's DTC406 scsi chip is supposedly compatible with the NCR 53C400. +It is memory mapped, uses an IRQ, but no dma or io-port. There is +internal DMA, between SCSI bus and an on-chip 128-byte buffer. Double +buffering is done automagically by the chip. Data is transferred +between the on-chip buffer and CPU/RAM via memory moves. + +The driver detects the possible memory addresses (jumper selectable): + CC00, DC00, C800, and D800 +The possible IRQ's (jumper selectable) are: + IRQ 10, 11, 12, 15 +Parity is supported by the chip, but not by this driver. +Information can be obtained from /proc/scsi/dtc3c80/N. + +Note on interrupts: + +The documentation says that it can be set to interrupt whenever the +on-chip buffer needs CPU attention. I couldn't get this to work. So +the driver polls for data-ready in the pseudo-DMA transfer routine. +The interrupt support routines in the NCR3280.c core modules handle +scsi disconnect/reconnect, and this (mostly) works. However..... I +have tested it with 4 totally different hard drives (both SCSI-1 and +SCSI-2), and one CDROM drive. Interrupts works great for all but one +specific hard drive. For this one, the driver will eventually hang in +the transfer state. I have tested with: "dd bs=4k count=2k +of=/dev/null if=/dev/sdb". It reads ok for a while, then hangs. +After beating my head against this for a couple of weeks, getting +nowhere, I give up. So.....This driver does NOT use interrupts, even +if you have the card jumpered to an IRQ. Probably nobody will ever +care. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt b/Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b80f567f818 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +README file for the Linux g_NCR5380 driver. + +(c) 1993 Drew Eckhard +NCR53c400 extensions (c) 1994,1995,1996 Kevin Lentin + +This file documents the NCR53c400 extensions by Kevin Lentin and some +enhancements to the NCR5380 core. + +This driver supports both NCR5380 and NCR53c400 cards in port or memory +mapped modes. Currently this driver can only support one of those mapping +modes at a time but it does support both of these chips at the same time. +The next release of this driver will support port & memory mapped cards at +the same time. It should be able to handle multiple different cards in the +same machine. + +The drivers/scsi/Makefile has an override in it for the most common +NCR53c400 card, the Trantor T130B in its default configuration: + Port: 0x350 + IRQ : 5 + +The NCR53c400 does not support DMA but it does have Pseudo-DMA which is +supported by the driver. + +If the default configuration does not work for you, you can use the kernel +command lines (eg using the lilo append command): + ncr5380=port,irq,dma + ncr53c400=port,irq +or + ncr5380=base,irq,dma + ncr53c400=base,irq + +The driver does not probe for any addresses or ports other than those in +the OVERRIDE or given to the kernel as above. + +This driver provides some information on what it has detected in +/proc/scsi/g_NCR5380/x where x is the scsi card number as detected at boot +time. More info to come in the future. + +When NCR53c400 support is compiled in, BIOS parameters will be returned by +the driver (the raw 5380 driver does not and I don't plan to fiddle with +it!). + +This driver works as a module. +When included as a module, parameters can be passed on the insmod/modprobe +command line: + ncr_irq=xx the interrupt + ncr_addr=xx the port or base address (for port or memory + mapped, resp.) + ncr_dma=xx the DMA + ncr_5380=1 to set up for a NCR5380 board + ncr_53c400=1 to set up for a NCR53C400 board +e.g. +modprobe g_NCR5380 ncr_irq=5 ncr_addr=0x350 ncr_5380=1 + for a port mapped NCR5380 board or +modprobe g_NCR5380 ncr_irq=255 ncr_addr=0xc8000 ncr_53c400=1 + for a memory mapped NCR53C400 board with interrupts disabled. + +(255 should be specified for no or DMA interrupt, 254 to autoprobe for an + IRQ line if overridden on the command line.) + + +Kevin Lentin +K.Lentin@cs.monash.edu.au diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2814491600ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1402 @@ + + -=< The IBM Microchannel SCSI-Subsystem >=- + + for the IBM PS/2 series + + Low Level Software-Driver for Linux + + Copyright (c) 1995 Strom Systems, Inc. under the terms of the GNU + General Public License. Originally written by Martin Kolinek, December 1995. + Officially modified and maintained by Michael Lang since January 1999. + + Version 4.0a + + Last update: January 3, 2001 + + Before you Start + ---------------- + This is the common README.ibmmca file for all driver releases of the + IBM MCA SCSI driver for Linux. Please note, that driver releases 4.0 + or newer do not work with kernel versions older than 2.4.0, while driver + versions older than 4.0 do not work with kernels 2.4.0 or later! If you + try to compile your kernel with the wrong driver source, the + compilation is aborted and you get a corresponding error message. This is + no bug in the driver. It prevents you from using the wrong sourcecode + with the wrong kernel version. + + Authors of this Driver + ---------------------- + - Chris Beauregard (improvement of the SCSI-device mapping by the driver) + - Martin Kolinek (origin, first release of this driver) + - Klaus Kudielka (multiple SCSI-host management/detection, adaption to + Linux Kernel 2.1.x, module support) + - Michael Lang (assigning original pun/lun mapping, dynamical ldn + assignment, rewritten adapter detection, this file, + patches, official driver maintenance and subsequent + debugging, related with the driver) + + Table of Contents + ----------------- + 1 Abstract + 2 Driver Description + 2.1 IBM SCSI-Subsystem Detection + 2.2 Physical Units, Logical Units, and Logical Devices + 2.3 SCSI-Device Recognition and dynamical ldn Assignment + 2.4 SCSI-Device Order + 2.5 Regular SCSI-Command-Processing + 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands + 2.7 Disk Geometry + 2.8 Kernel Boot Option + 2.9 Driver Module Support + 2.10 Multiple Hostadapter Support + 2.11 /proc/scsi-Filesystem Information + 2.12 /proc/mca-Filesystem Information + 2.13 Supported IBM SCSI-Subsystems + 2.14 Linux Kernel Versions + 3 Code History + 4 To do + 5 Users' Manual + 5.1 Commandline Parameters + 5.2 Troubleshooting + 5.3 Bugreports + 5.4 Support WWW-page + 6 References + 7 Credits to + 7.1 People + 7.2 Sponsors & Supporters + 8 Trademarks + 9 Disclaimer + + * * * + + 1 Abstract + ---------- + This README-file describes the IBM SCSI-subsystem low level driver for + Linux. The descriptions which were formerly kept in the source-code have + been taken out to this file to easify the codes' readability. The driver + description has been updated, as most of the former description was already + quite outdated. The history of the driver development is also kept inside + here. Multiple historical developments have been summarized to shorten the + textsize a bit. At the end of this file you can find a small manual for + this driver and hints to get it running on your machine. + + 2 Driver Description + -------------------- + 2.1 IBM SCSI-Subsystem Detection + -------------------------------- + This is done in the ibmmca_detect() function. It first checks, if the + Microchannel-bus support is enabled, as the IBM SCSI-subsystem needs the + Microchannel. In a next step, a free interrupt is chosen and the main + interrupt handler is connected to it to handle answers of the SCSI- + subsystem(s). If the F/W SCSI-adapter is forced by the BIOS to use IRQ11 + instead of IRQ14, IRQ11 is used for the IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter. In a + further step it is checked, if the adapter gets detected by force from + the kernel commandline, where the I/O port and the SCSI-subsystem id can + be specified. The next step checks if there is an integrated SCSI-subsystem + installed. This register area is fixed through all IBM PS/2 MCA-machines + and appears as something like a virtual slot 10 of the MCA-bus. On most + PS/2 machines, the POS registers of slot 10 are set to 0xff or 0x00 if not + integrated SCSI-controller is available. But on certain PS/2s, like model + 9595, this slot 10 is used to store other information which at earlier + stage confused the driver and resulted in the detection of some ghost-SCSI. + If POS-register 2 and 3 are not 0x00 and not 0xff, but all other POS + registers are either 0xff or 0x00, there must be an integrated SCSI- + subsystem present and it will be registered as IBM Integrated SCSI- + Subsystem. The next step checks, if there is a slot-adapter installed on + the MCA-bus. To get this, the first two POS-registers, that represent the + adapter ID are checked. If they fit to one of the ids, stored in the + adapter list, a SCSI-subsystem is assumed to be found in a slot and will be + registered. This check is done through all possible MCA-bus slots to allow + more than one SCSI-adapter to be present in the PS/2-system and this is + already the first point of problems. Looking into the technical reference + manual for the IBM PS/2 common interfaces, the POS2 register must have + different interpretation of its single bits to avoid overlapping I/O + regions. While one can assume, that the integrated subsystem has a fix + I/O-address at 0x3540 - 0x3547, further installed IBM SCSI-adapters must + use a different I/O-address. This is expressed by bit 1 to 3 of POS2 + (multiplied by 8 + 0x3540). Bits 2 and 3 are reserved for the integrated + subsystem, but not for the adapters! The following list shows, how the + bits of POS2 and POS3 should be interpreted. + + The POS2-register of all PS/2 models' integrated SCSI-subsystems has the + following interpretation of bits: + Bit 7 - 4 : Chip Revision ID (Release) + Bit 3 - 2 : Reserved + Bit 1 : 8k NVRAM Disabled + Bit 0 : Chip Enable (EN-Signal) + The POS3-register is interpreted as follows (for most IBM SCSI-subsys.): + Bit 7 - 5 : SCSI ID + Bit 4 - 0 : Reserved = 0 + The slot-adapters have different interpretation of these bits. The IBM SCSI + adapter (w/Cache) and the IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter use the following + interpretation of the POS2 register: + Bit 7 - 4 : ROM Segment Address Select + Bit 3 - 1 : Adapter I/O Address Select (*8+0x3540) + Bit 0 : Adapter Enable (EN-Signal) + and for the POS3 register: + Bit 7 - 5 : SCSI ID + Bit 4 : Fairness Enable (SCSI ID3 f. F/W) + Bit 3 - 0 : Arbitration Level + The most modern product of the series is the IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter, it + allows dual-bus SCSI and SCSI-wide addressing, which means, PUNs may be + between 0 and 15. Here, Bit 4 is the high-order bit of the 4-bit wide + adapter PUN expression. In short words, this means, that IBM PS/2 machines + can only support 1 single integrated subsystem by default. Additional + slot-adapters get ports assigned by the automatic configuration tool. + + One day I found a patch in ibmmca_detect(), forcing the I/O-address to be + 0x3540 for integrated SCSI-subsystems, there was a remark placed, that on + integrated IBM SCSI-subsystems of model 56, the POS2 register was showing 5. + This means, that really for these models, POS2 has to be interpreted + sticking to the technical reference guide. In this case, the bit 2 (4) is + a reserved bit and may not be interpreted. These differences between the + adapters and the integrated controllers are taken into account by the + detection routine of the driver on from version >3.0g. + + Every time, a SCSI-subsystem is discovered, the ibmmca_register() function + is called. This function checks first, if the requested area for the I/O- + address of this SCSI-subsystem is still available and assigns this I/O- + area to the SCSI-subsystem. There are always 8 sequential I/O-addresses + taken for each individual SCSI-subsystem found, which are: + + Offset Type Permissions + 0 Command Interface Register 1 Read/Write + 1 Command Interface Register 2 Read/Write + 2 Command Interface Register 3 Read/Write + 3 Command Interface Register 4 Read/Write + 4 Attention Register Read/Write + 5 Basic Control Register Read/Write + 6 Interrupt Status Register Read + 7 Basic Status Register Read + + After the I/O-address range is assigned, the host-adapter is assigned + to a local structure which keeps all adapter information needed for the + driver itself and the mid- and higher-level SCSI-drivers. The SCSI pun/lun + and the adapters' ldn tables are initialized and get probed afterwards by + the check_devices() function. If no further adapters are found, + ibmmca_detect() quits. + + 2.2 Physical Units, Logical Units, and Logical Devices + ------------------------------------------------------ + There can be up to 56 devices on the SCSI bus (besides the adapter): + there are up to 7 "physical units" (each identified by physical unit + number or pun, also called the scsi id, this is the number you select + with hardware jumpers), and each physical unit can have up to 8 + "logical units" (each identified by logical unit number, or lun, + between 0 and 7). The IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter offers this on up to two + busses and provides support for 30 logical devices at the same time, where + in wide-addressing mode you can have 16 puns with 32 luns on each device. + This section dexribes you the handling of devices on non-F/W adapters. + Just imagine, that you can have 16 * 32 = 512 devices on a F/W adapter + which means a lot of possible devices for such a small machine. + + Typically the adapter has pun=7, so puns of other physical units + are between 0 and 6(15). On a wide-adapter a pun higher than 7 is + possible, but is normally not used. Almost all physical units have only + one logical unit, with lun=0. A CD-ROM jukebox would be an example of a + physical unit with more than one logical unit. + + The embedded microprocessor of the IBM SCSI-subsystem hides the complex + two-dimensional (pun,lun) organization from the operating system. + When the machine is powered-up (or rebooted), the embedded microprocessor + checks, on its own, all 56 possible (pun,lun) combinations, and the first + 15 devices found are assigned into a one-dimensional array of so-called + "logical devices", identified by "logical device numbers" or ldn. The last + ldn=15 is reserved for the subsystem itself. Wide adapters may have + to check up to 15 * 8 = 120 pun/lun combinations. + + 2.3 SCSI-Device Recognition and Dynamical ldn Assignment + -------------------------------------------------------- + One consequence of information hiding is that the real (pun,lun) + numbers are also hidden. The two possibilities to get around this problem + is to offer fake pun/lun combinations to the operating system or to + delete the whole mapping of the adapter and to reassign the ldns, using + the immediate assign command of the SCSI-subsystem for probing through + all possible pun/lun combinations. a ldn is a "logical device number" + which is used by IBM SCSI-subsystems to access some valid SCSI-device. + At the beginning of the development of this driver, the following approach + was used: + + First, the driver checked the ldn's (0 to 6) to find out which ldn's + have devices assigned. This was done by the functions check_devices() and + device_exists(). The interrupt handler has a special paragraph of code + (see local_checking_phase_flag) to assist in the checking. Assume, for + example, that three logical devices were found assigned at ldn 0, 1, 2. + These are presented to the upper layer of Linux SCSI driver + as devices with bogus (pun, lun) equal to (0,0), (1,0), (2,0). + On the other hand, if the upper layer issues a command to device + say (4,0), this driver returns DID_NO_CONNECT error. + + In a second step of the driver development, the following improvement has + been applied: The first approach limited the number of devices to 7, far + fewer than the 15 that it could usem then it just maped ldn -> + (ldn/8,ldn%8) for pun,lun. We ended up with a real mishmash of puns + and luns, but it all seemed to work. + + The latest development, which is implemented from the driver version 3.0 + and later, realizes the device recognition in the following way: + The physical SCSI-devices on the SCSI-bus are probed via immediate_assign- + and device_inquiry-commands, that is all implemented in a completely new + made check_devices() subroutine. This delivers an exact map of the physical + SCSI-world that is now stored in the get_scsi[][]-array. This means, + that the once hidden pun,lun assignment is now known to this driver. + It no longer believes in default-settings of the subsystem and maps all + ldns to existing pun,lun "by foot". This assures full control of the ldn + mapping and allows dynamical remapping of ldns to different pun,lun, if + there are more SCSI-devices installed than ldns available (n>15). The + ldns from 0 to 6 get 'hardwired' by this driver to puns 0 to 7 at lun=0, + excluding the pun of the subsystem. This assures, that at least simple + SCSI-installations have optimum access-speed and are not touched by + dynamical remapping. The ldns 7 to 14 are put to existing devices with + lun>0 or to non-existing devices, in order to satisfy the subsystem, if + there are less than 15 SCSI-devices connected. In the case of more than 15 + devices, the dynamical mapping goes active. If the get_scsi[][] reports a + device to be existant, but it has no ldn assigned, it gets a ldn out of 7 + to 14. The numbers are assigned in cyclic order. Therefore it takes 8 + dynamical reassignments on the SCSI-devices, until a certain device + loses its ldn again. This assures, that dynamical remapping is avoided + during intense I/O between up to 15 SCSI-devices (means pun,lun + combinations). A further advantage of this method is, that people who + build their kernel without probing on all luns will get what they expect, + because the driver just won't assign everything with lun>0 when + multpile lun probing is inactive. + + 2.4 SCSI-Device Order + --------------------- + Because of the now correct recognition of physical pun,lun, and + their report to mid-level- and higher-level-drivers, the new reported puns + can be different from the old, faked puns. Therefore, Linux will eventually + change /dev/sdXXX assignments and prompt you for corrupted superblock + repair on boottime. In this case DO NOT PANIC, YOUR DISKS ARE STILL OK!!! + You have to reboot (CTRL-D) with an old kernel and set the /etc/fstab-file + entries right. After that, the system should come up as errorfree as before. + If your boot-partition is not coming up, also edit the /etc/lilo.conf-file + in a Linux session booted on old kernel and run lilo before reboot. Check + lilo.conf anyway to get boot on other partitions with foreign OSes right + again. But there exists a feature of this driver that allows you to change + the assignment order of the SCSI-devices by flipping the PUN-assignment. + See the next paragraph for a description. + + The problem for this is, that Linux does not assign the SCSI-devices in the + way as described in the ANSI-SCSI-standard. Linux assigns /dev/sda to + the device with at minimum id 0. But the first drive should be at id 6, + because for historical reasons, drive at id 6 has, by hardware, the highest + priority and a drive at id 0 the lowest. IBM was one of the rare producers, + where the BIOS assigns drives belonging to the ANSI-SCSI-standard. Most + other producers' BIOS does not (I think even Adaptec-BIOS). The + IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD flag, which you set while configuring the + kernel enables to choose the preferred way of SCSI-device-assignment. + Defining this flag would result in Linux determining the devices in the + same order as DOS and OS/2 does on your MCA-machine. This is also standard + on most industrial computers and OSes, like e.g. OS-9. Leaving this flag + undefined will get your devices ordered in the default way of Linux. See + also the remarks of Chris Beauregard from Dec 15, 1997 and the followups + in section 3. + + 2.5 Regular SCSI-Command-Processing + ----------------------------------- + Only three functions get involved: ibmmca_queuecommand(), issue_cmd(), + and interrupt_handler(). + + The upper layer issues a scsi command by calling function + ibmmca_queuecommand(). This function fills a "subsystem control block" + (scb) and calls a local function issue_cmd(), which writes a scb + command into subsystem I/O ports. Once the scb command is carried out, + the interrupt_handler() is invoked. If a device is determined to be + existant and it has not assigned any ldn, it gets one dynamically. + For this, the whole stuff is done in ibmmca_queuecommand(). + + 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands + -------------------------- + These are implemented with busy waiting for interrupt to arrive. + ibmmca_reset() and ibmmca_abort() do not work sufficently well + up to now and need still a lot of development work. But, this seems + to be even a problem with other SCSI-low level drivers, too. However, + this should be no excuse. + + 2.7 Disk Geometry + ----------------- + The ibmmca_biosparams() function should return the same disk geometry + as the bios. This is needed for fdisk, etc. The returned geometry is + certainly correct for disks smaller than 1 gigabyte. In the meantime, + it has been proved, that this works fine even with disks larger than + 1 gigabyte. + + 2.8 Kernel Boot Option + ---------------------- + The function ibmmca_scsi_setup() is called if option ibmmcascsi=n + is passed to the kernel. See file linux/init/main.c for details. + + 2.9 Driver Module Support + ------------------------- + Is implemented and tested by K. Kudielka. This could probably not work + on kernels <2.1.0. + + 2.10 Multiple Hostadapter Support + --------------------------------- + This driver supports up to eight interfaces of type IBM-SCSI-Subsystem. + Integrated-, and MCA-adapters are automatically recognized. Unrecognizable + IBM-SCSI-Subsystem interfaces can be specified as kernel-parameters. + + 2.11 /proc/scsi-Filesystem Information + -------------------------------------- + Information about the driver condition is given in + /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_no>. ibmmca_proc_info() provides this information. + + This table is quite informative for interested users. It shows the load + of commands on the subsystem and wether you are running the bypassed + (software) or integrated (hardware) SCSI-command set (see below). The + amount of accesses is shown. Read, write, modeselect is shown separately + in order to help debugging problems with CD-ROMs or tapedrives. + + The following table shows the list of 15 logical device numbers, that are + used by the SCSI-subsystem. The load on each ldn is shown in the table, + again, read and write commands are split. The last column shows the amount + of reassignments, that have been applied to the ldns, if you have more than + 15 pun/lun combinations available on the SCSI-bus. + + The last two tables show the pun/lun map and the positions of the ldns + on this pun/lun map. This may change during operation, when a ldn is + reassigned to another pun/lun combination. If the necessity for dynamical + assignments is set to 'no', the ldn structure keeps static. + + 2.12 /proc/mca-Filesystem Information + ------------------------------------- + The slot-file contains all default entries and in addition chip and I/O- + address information of the SCSI-subsystem. This information is provided + by ibmmca_getinfo(). + + 2.13 Supported IBM SCSI-Subsystems + ---------------------------------- + The following IBM SCSI-subsystems are supported by this driver: + + - IBM Fast/Wide SCSI-2 Adapter + - IBM 7568 Industrial Computer SCSI Adapter w/Cache + - IBM Expansion Unit SCSI Controller + - IBM SCSI Adapter w/Cache + - IBM SCSI Adapter + - IBM Integrated SCSI Controller + - All clones, 100% compatible with the chipset and subsystem command + system of IBM SCSI-adapters (forced detection) + + 2.14 Linux Kernel Versions + -------------------------- + The IBM SCSI-subsystem low level driver is prepared to be used with + all versions of Linux between 2.0.x and 2.4.x. The compatibility checks + are fully implemented up from version 3.1e of the driver. This means, that + you just need the latest ibmmca.h and ibmmca.c file and copy it in the + linux/drivers/scsi directory. The code is automatically adapted during + kernel compilation. This is different from kernel 2.4.0! Here version + 4.0 or later of the driver must be used for kernel 2.4.0 or later. Version + 4.0 or later does not work together with older kernels! Driver versions + older than 4.0 do not work together with kernel 2.4.0 or later. They work + on all older kernels. + + 3 Code History + -------------- + Jan 15 1996: First public release. + - Martin Kolinek + + Jan 23 1996: Scrapped code which reassigned scsi devices to logical + device numbers. Instead, the existing assignment (created + when the machine is powered-up or rebooted) is used. + A side effect is that the upper layer of Linux SCSI + device driver gets bogus scsi ids (this is benign), + and also the hard disks are ordered under Linux the + same way as they are under dos (i.e., C: disk is sda, + D: disk is sdb, etc.). + - Martin Kolinek + + I think that the CD-ROM is now detected only if a CD is + inside CD_ROM while Linux boots. This can be fixed later, + once the driver works on all types of PS/2's. + - Martin Kolinek + + Feb 7 1996: Modified biosparam function. Fixed the CD-ROM detection. + For now, devices other than harddisk and CD_ROM are + ignored. Temporarily modified abort() function + to behave like reset(). + - Martin Kolinek + + Mar 31 1996: The integrated scsi subsystem is correctly found + in PS/2 models 56,57, but not in model 76. Therefore + the ibmmca_scsi_setup() function has been added today. + This function allows the user to force detection of + scsi subsystem. The kernel option has format + ibmmcascsi=n + where n is the scsi_id (pun) of the subsystem. Most likely, n is 7. + - Martin Kolinek + + Aug 21 1996: Modified the code which maps ldns to (pun,0). It was + insufficient for those of us with CD-ROM changers. + - Chris Beauregard + + Dec 14 1996: More improvements to the ldn mapping. See check_devices + for details. Did more fiddling with the integrated SCSI detection, + but I think it's ultimately hopeless without actually testing the + model of the machine. The 56, 57, 76 and 95 (ultimedia) all have + different integrated SCSI register configurations. However, the 56 + and 57 are the only ones that have problems with forced detection. + - Chris Beauregard + + Mar 8-16 1997: Modified driver to run as a module and to support + multiple adapters. A structure, called ibmmca_hostdata, is now + present, containing all the variables, that were once only + available for one single adapter. The find_subsystem-routine has vanished. + The hardware recognition is now done in ibmmca_detect directly. + This routine checks for presence of MCA-bus, checks the interrupt + level and continues with checking the installed hardware. + Certain PS/2-models do not recognize a SCSI-subsystem automatically. + Hence, the setup defined by command-line-parameters is checked first. + Thereafter, the routine probes for an integrated SCSI-subsystem. + Finally, adapters are checked. This method has the advantage to cover all + possible combinations of multiple SCSI-subsystems on one MCA-board. Up to + eight SCSI-subsystems can be recognized and announced to the upper-level + drivers with this improvement. A set of defines made changes to other + routines as small as possible. + - Klaus Kudielka + + May 30 1997: (v1.5b) + 1) SCSI-command capability enlarged by the recognition of MODE_SELECT. + This needs the RD-Bit to be disabled on IM_OTHER_SCSI_CMD_CMD which + allows data to be written from the system to the device. It is a + necessary step to be allowed to set blocksize of SCSI-tape-drives and + the tape-speed, whithout confusing the SCSI-Subsystem. + 2) The recognition of a tape is included in the check_devices routine. + This is done by checking for TYPE_TAPE, that is already defined in + the kernel-scsi-environment. The markup of a tape is done in the + global ldn_is_tape[] array. If the entry on index ldn + is 1, there is a tapedrive connected. + 3) The ldn_is_tape[] array is necessary to distinguish between tape- and + other devices. Fixed blocklength devices should not cause a problem + with the SCB-command for read and write in the ibmmca_queuecommand + subroutine. Therefore, I only derivate the READ_XX, WRITE_XX for + the tape-devices, as recommended by IBM in this Technical Reference, + mentioned below. (IBM recommends to avoid using the read/write of the + subsystem, but the fact was, that read/write causes a command error from + the subsystem and this causes kernel-panic.) + 4) In addition, I propose to use the ldn instead of a fix char for the + display of PS2_DISK_LED_ON(). On 95, one can distinguish between the + devices that are accessed. It shows activity and easyfies debugging. + The tape-support has been tested with a SONY SDT-5200 and a HP DDS-2 + (I do not know yet the type). Optimization and CD-ROM audio-support, + I am working on ... + - Michael Lang + + June 19 1997: (v1.6b) + 1) Submitting the extra-array ldn_is_tape[] -> to the local ld[] + device-array. + 2) CD-ROM Audio-Play seems to work now. + 3) When using DDS-2 (120M) DAT-Tapes, mtst shows still density-code + 0x13 for ordinary DDS (61000 BPM) instead 0x24 for DDS-2. This appears + also on Adaptec 2940 adaptor in a PCI-System. Therefore, I assume that + the problem is independent of the low-level-driver/bus-architecture. + 4) Hexadecimal ldn on PS/2-95 LED-display. + 5) Fixing of the PS/2-LED on/off that it works right with tapedrives and + does not confuse the disk_rw_in_progress counter. + - Michael Lang + + June 21 1997: (v1.7b) + 1) Adding of a proc_info routine to inform in /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host> the + outer-world about operational load statistics on the different ldns, + seen by the driver. Everybody that has more than one IBM-SCSI should + test this, because I only have one and cannot see what happens with more + than one IBM-SCSI hosts. + 2) Definition of a driver version-number to have a better recognition of + the source when there are existing too much releases that may confuse + the user, when reading about release-specific problems. Up to know, + I calculated the version-number to be 1.7. Because we are in BETA-test + yet, it is today 1.7b. + 3) Sorry for the heavy bug I programmed on June 19 1997! After that, the + CD-ROM did not work any more! The C7-command was a fake impression + I got while programming. Now, the READ and WRITE commands for CD-ROM are + no longer running over the subsystem, but just over + IM_OTHER_SCSI_CMD_CMD. On my observations (PS/2-95), now CD-ROM mounts + much faster(!) and hopefully all fancy multimedia-functions, like direct + digital recording from audio-CDs also work. (I tried it with cdda2wav + from the cdwtools-package and it filled up the harddisk immediately :-).) + To easify boolean logics, a further local device-type in ld[], called + is_cdrom has been included. + 4) If one uses a SCSI-device of unsupported type/commands, one + immediately runs into a kernel-panic caused by Command Error. To better + understand which SCSI-command caused the problem, I extended this + specific panic-message slightly. + - Michael Lang + + June 25 1997: (v1.8b) + 1) Some cosmetical changes for the handling of SCSI-device-types. + Now, also CD-Burners / WORMs and SCSI-scanners should work. For + MO-drives I have no experience, therefore not yet supported. + In logical_devices I changed from different type-variables to one + called 'device_type' where the values, corresponding to scsi.h, + of a SCSI-device are stored. + 2) There existed a small bug, that maps a device, coming after a SCSI-tape + wrong. Therefore, e.g. a CD-ROM changer would have been mapped wrong + -> problem removed. + 3) Extension of the logical_device structure. Now it contains also device, + vendor and revision-level of a SCSI-device for internal usage. + - Michael Lang + + June 26-29 1997: (v2.0b) + 1) The release number 2.0b is necessary because of the completely new done + recognition and handling of SCSI-devices with the adapter. As I got + from Chris the hint, that the subsystem can reassign ldns dynamically, + I remembered this immediate_assign-command, I found once in the handbook. + Now, the driver first kills all ldn assignments that are set by default + on the SCSI-subsystem. After that, it probes on all puns and luns for + devices by going through all combinations with immediate_assign and + probing for devices, using device_inquiry. The found physical(!) pun,lun + structure is stored in get_scsi[][] as device types. This is followed + by the assignment of all ldns to existing SCSI-devices. If more ldns + than devices are available, they are assigned to non existing pun,lun + combinations to satisfy the adapter. With this, the dynamical mapping + was possible to implement. (For further info see the text in the + source-code and in the description below. Read the description + below BEFORE installing this driver on your system!) + 2) Changed the name IBMMCA_DRIVER_VERSION to IBMMCA_SCSI_DRIVER_VERSION. + 3) The LED-display shows on PS/2-95 no longer the ldn, but the SCSI-ID + (pun) of the accessed SCSI-device. This is now senseful, because the + pun known within the driver is exactly the pun of the physical device + and no longer a fake one. + 4) The /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_no> consists now of the first part, where + hit-statistics of ldns is shown and a second part, where the maps of + physical and logical SCSI-devices are displayed. This could be very + interesting, when one is using more than 15 SCSI-devices in order to + follow the dynamical remapping of ldns. + - Michael Lang + + June 26-29 1997: (v2.0b-1) + 1) I forgot to switch the local_checking_phase_flag to 1 and back to 0 + in the dynamical remapping part in ibmmca_queuecommand for the + device_exist routine. Sorry. + - Michael Lang + + July 1-13 1997: (v3.0b,c) + 1) Merging of the driver-developments of Klaus Kudielka and Michael Lang + in order to get a optimum and unified driver-release for the + IBM-SCSI-Subsystem-Adapter(s). + For people, using the Kernel-release >=2.1.0, module-support should + be no problem. For users, running under <2.1.0, module-support may not + work, because the methods have changed between 2.0.x and 2.1.x. + 2) Added some more effective statistics for /proc-output. + 3) Change typecasting at necessary points from (unsigned long) to + virt_to_bus(). + 4) Included #if... at special points to have specific adaption of the + driver to kernel 2.0.x and 2.1.x. It should therefore also run with + later releases. + 5) Magneto-Optical drives and medium-changers are also recognized, now. + Therefore, we have a completely gapfree recognition of all SCSI- + device-types, that are known by Linux up to kernel 2.1.31. + 6) The flag SCSI_IBMMCA_DEV_RESET has been inserted. If it is set within + the configuration, each connected SCSI-device will get a reset command + during boottime. This can be necessary for some special SCSI-devices. + This flag should be included in Config.in. + (See also the new Config.in file.) + Probable next improvement: bad disk handler. + - Michael Lang + + Sept 14 1997: (v3.0c) + 1) Some debugging and speed optimization applied. + - Michael Lang + + Dec 15, 1997 + - chrisb@truespectra.com + - made the front panel display thingy optional, specified from the + command-line via ibmmcascsi=display. Along the lines of the /LED + option for the OS/2 driver. + - fixed small bug in the LED display that would hang some machines. + - reversed ordering of the drives (using the + IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD define). This is necessary for two main + reasons: + - users who've already installed Linux won't be screwed. Keep + in mind that not everyone is a kernel hacker. + - be consistent with the BIOS ordering of the drives. In the + BIOS, id 6 is C:, id 0 might be D:. With this scheme, they'd be + backwards. This confuses the crap out of those heathens who've + got a impure Linux installation (which, <wince>, I'm one of). + This whole problem arises because IBM is actually non-standard with + the id to BIOS mappings. You'll find, in fdomain.c, a similar + comment about a few FD BIOS revisions. The Linux (and apparently + industry) standard is that C: maps to scsi id (0,0). Let's stick + with that standard. + - Since this is technically a branch of my own, I changed the + version number to 3.0e-cpb. + + Jan 17, 1998: (v3.0f) + 1) Addition of some statistical info for /proc in proc_info. + 2) Taking care of the SCSI-assignment problem, dealed by Chris at Dec 15 + 1997. In fact, IBM is right, concerning the assignment of SCSI-devices + to driveletters. It is conform to the ANSI-definition of the SCSI- + standard to assign drive C: to SCSI-id 6, because it is the highest + hardware priority after the hostadapter (that has still today by + default everywhere id 7). Also realtime-operating systems that I use, + like LynxOS and OS9, which are quite industrial systems use top-down + numbering of the harddisks, that is also starting at id 6. Now, one + sits a bit between two chairs. On one hand side, using the define + IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD makes Linux assigning disks conform to + the IBM- and ANSI-SCSI-standard and keeps this driver downward + compatible to older releases, on the other hand side, people is quite + habituated in believing that C: is assigned to (0,0) and much other + SCSI-BIOS do so. Therefore, I moved the IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD + define out of the driver and put it into Config.in as subitem of + 'IBM SCSI support'. A help, added to Documentation/Configure.help + explains the differences between saying 'y' or 'n' to the user, when + IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD prompts, so the ordinary user is enabled to + choose the way of assignment, depending on his own situation and gusto. + 3) Adapted SCSI_IBMMCA_DEV_RESET to the local naming convention, so it is + now called IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET. + 4) Optimization of proc_info and its subroutines. + 5) Added more in-source-comments and extended the driver description by + some explanation about the SCSI-device-assignment problem. + - Michael Lang + + Jan 18, 1998: (v3.0g) + 1) Correcting names to be absolutely conform to the later 2.1.x releases. + This is necessary for + IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET -> CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET + IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD -> CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD + - Michael Lang + + Jan 18, 1999: (v3.1 MCA-team internal) + 1) The multiple hosts structure is accessed from every subroutine, so there + is no longer the address of the device structure passed from function + to function, but only the hostindex. A call by value, nothing more. This + should really be understood by the compiler and the subsystem should get + the right values and addresses. + 2) The SCSI-subsystem detection was not complete and quite hugely buggy up + to now, compared to the technical manual. The interpretation of the pos2 + register is not as assumed by people before, therefore, I dropped a note + in the ibmmca_detect function to show the registers' interpretation. + The pos-registers of integrated SCSI-subsystems do not contain any + information concerning the IO-port offset, really. Instead, they contain + some info about the adapter, the chip, the NVRAM .... The I/O-port is + fixed to 0x3540 - 0x3547. There can be more than one adapters in the + slots and they get an offset for the I/O area in order to get their own + I/O-address area. See chapter 2 for detailed description. At least, the + detection should now work right, even on models other than 95. The 95ers + came happily around the bug, as their pos2 register contains always 0 + in the critical area. Reserved bits are not allowed to be interpreted, + therefore, IBM is allowed to set those bits as they like and they may + really vary between different PS/2 models. So, now, no interpretation + of reserved bits - hopefully no trouble here anymore. + 3) The command error, which you may get on models 55, 56, 57, 70, 77 and + P70 may have been caused by the fact, that adapters of older design do + not like sending commands to non-existing SCSI-devices and will react + with a command error as a sign of protest. While this error is not + present on IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache, it appears on IBM Integrated SCSI + Adapters. Therefore, I implemented a workarround to forgive those + adapters their protests, but it is marked up in the statisctis, so + after a successful boot, you can see in /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_number> + how often the command errors have been forgiven to the SCSI-subsystem. + If the number is bigger than 0, you have a SCSI subsystem of older + design, what should no longer matter. + 4) ibmmca_getinfo() has been adapted very carefully, so it shows in the + slotn file really, what is senseful to be presented. + 5) ibmmca_register() has been extended in its parameter list in order to + pass the right name of the SCSI-adapter to Linux. + - Michael Lang + + Feb 6, 1999: (v3.1) + 1) Finally, after some 3.1Beta-releases, the 3.1 release. Sorry, for + the delayed release, but it was not finished with the release of + Kernel 2.2.0. + - Michael Lang + + Feb 10, 1999 (v3.1) + 1) Added a new commandline parameter called 'bypass' in order to bypass + every integrated subsystem SCSI-command consequently in case of + troubles. + 2) Concatenated read_capacity requests to the harddisks. It gave a lot + of troubles with some controllers and after I wanted to apply some + extensions, it jumped out in the same situation, on my w/cache, as like + on D. Weinehalls' Model 56, having integrated SCSI. This gave me the + descissive hint to move the code-part out and declare it global. Now, + it seems to work by far much better an more stable. Let us see, what + the world thinks of it... + 3) By the way, only Sony DAT-drives seem to show density code 0x13. A + test with a HP drive gave right results, so the problem is vendor- + specific and not a problem of the OS or the driver. + - Michael Lang + + Feb 18, 1999 (v3.1d) + 1) The abort command and the reset function have been checked for + inconsistencies. From the logical point of thinking, they work + at their optimum, now, but as the subsystem does not answer with an + interrupt, abort never finishes, sigh... + 2) Everything, that is accessed by a busmaster request from the adapter + is now declared as global variable, even the return-buffer in the + local checking phase. This assures, that no accesses to undefined memory + areas are performed. + 3) In ibmmca.h, the line unchecked_isa_dma is added with 1 in order to + avoid memory-pointers for the areas higher than 16MByte in order to + be sure, it also works on 16-Bit Microchannel bus systems. + 4) A lot of small things have been found, but nothing that endangered the + driver operations. Just it should be more stable, now. + - Michael Lang + + Feb 20, 1999 (v3.1e) + 1) I took the warning from the Linux Kernel Hackers Guide serious and + checked the cmd->result return value to the done-function very carefully. + It is obvious, that the IBM SCSI only delivers the tsb.dev_status, if + some error appeared, else it is undefined. Now, this is fixed. Before + any SCB command gets queued, the tsb.dev_status is set to 0, so the + cmd->result won't screw up Linux higher level drivers. + 2) The reset-function has slightly improved. This is still planed for + abort. During the abort and the reset function, no interrupts are + allowed. This is however quite hard to cope with, so the INT-status + register is read. When the interrupt gets queued, one can find its + status immediately on that register and is enabled to continue in the + reset function. I had no chance to test this really, only in a bogus + situation, I got this function running, but the situation was too much + worse for Linux :-(, so tests will continue. + 3) Buffers got now consistent. No open address mapping, as before and + therefore no further troubles with the unassigned memory segmentation + faults that scrambled probes on 95XX series and even on 85XX series, + when the kernel is done in a not so perfectly fitting way. + 4) Spontaneous interrupts from the subsystem, appearing without any + command previously queued are answered with a DID_BAD_INTR result. + 5) Taken into account ZP Gus' proposals to reverse the SCSI-device + scan order. As it does not work on Kernel 2.1.x or 2.2.x, as proposed + by him, I implemented it in a slightly derived way, which offers in + addition more flexibility. + - Michael Lang + + Apr 23, 2000 (v3.2pre1) + 1) During a very long time, I collected a huge amount of bugreports from + various people, trying really quite different things on their SCSI- + PS/2s. Today, all these bugreports are taken into account and should be + mostly solved. The major topics were: + - Driver crashes during boottime by no obvious reason. + - Driver panics while the midlevel-SCSI-driver is trying to inquire + the SCSI-device properties, even though hardware is in perfect state. + - Displayed info for the various slot-cards is interpreted wrong. + The main reasons for the crashes were two: + 1) The commands to check for device information like INQUIRY, + TEST_UNIT_READY, REQUEST_SENSE and MODE_SENSE cause the devices + to deliver information of up to 255 bytes. Midlevel drivers offer + 1024 bytes of space for the answer, but the IBM-SCSI-adapters do + not accept this, as they stick quite near to ANSI-SCSI and report + a COMMAND_ERROR message which causes the driver to panic. The main + problem was located around the INQUIRY command. Now, for all the + mentioned commands, the buffersize, sent to the adapter is at + maximum 255 which seems to be a quite reasonable solution. + TEST_UNIT_READY gets a buffersize of 0 to make sure, that no + data is transferred in order to avoid any possible command failure. + 2) On unsuccessful TEST_UNIT_READY, the midlevel-driver has to send + a REQUEST_SENSE in order to see, where the problem is located. This + REQUEST_SENSE may have various length in its answer-buffer. IBM + SCSI-subsystems report a command failure, if the returned buffersize + is different from the sent buffersize, but this can be supressed by + a special bit, which is now done and problems seem to be solved. + 2) Code adaption to all kernel-releases. Now, the 3.2 code compiles on + 2.0.x, 2.1.x, 2.2.x and 2.3.x kernel releases without any code-changes. + 3) Commandline-parameters are recognized again, even under Kernel 2.3.x or + higher. + - Michael Lang + + April 27, 2000 (v3.2pre2) + 1) Bypassed commands get read by the adapter by one cycle instead of two. + This increases SCSI-performance. + 2) Synchronous datatransfer is provided for sure to be 5 MHz on older + SCSI and 10 MHz on internal F/W SCSI-adapter. + 3) New commandline parameters allow to force the adapter to slow down while + in synchronous transfer. Could be helpful for very old devices. + - Michael Lang + + June 2, 2000 (v3.2pre5) + 1) Added Jim Shorney's contribution to make the activity indicator + flashing in addition to the LED-alphanumeric display-panel on + models 95A. To be enabled to choose this feature freely, a new + commandline parameter is added, called 'activity'. + 2) Added the READ_CONTROL bit for test_unit_ready SCSI-command. + 3) Added some suppress_exception bits to read_device_capacity and + all device_inquiry occurrences in the driver code. + 4) Complaints about the various KERNEL_VERSION implementations are + taken into account. Every local_LinuxKernelVersion occurrence is + now replaced by KERNEL_VERSION, defined in linux/version.h. + Corresponding changes were applied to ibmmca.h, too. This was a + contribution to all kernel-parts by Philipp Hahn. + - Michael Lang + + July 17, 2000 (v3.2pre8) + A long period of collecting bugreports from all corners of the world + now lead to the following corrections to the code: + 1) SCSI-2 F/W support crashed with a COMMAND ERROR. The reason for this + was, that it is possible to disbale Fast-SCSI for the external bus. + The feature-control command, where this crash appeared regularly tried + to set the maximum speed of 10MHz synchronous transfer speed and that + reports a COMMAND ERROR, if external bus Fast-SCSI is disabled. Now, + the feature-command probes down from maximum speed until the adapter + stops to complain, which is at the same time the maximum possible + speed selected in the reference program. So, F/W external can run at + 5 MHz (slow-) or 10 MHz (fast-SCSI). During feature probing, the + COMMAND ERROR message is used to detect if the adapter does not complain. + 2) Up to now, only combined busmode is supported, if you use external + SCSI-devices, attached to the F/W-controller. If dual bus is selected, + only the internal SCSI-devices get accessed by Linux. For most + applications, this should do fine. + 3) Wide-SCSI-addressing (16-Bit) is now possible for the internal F/W + bus on the F/W adapter. If F/W adapter is detected, the driver + automatically uses the extended PUN/LUN <-> LDN mapping tables, which + are now new from 3.2pre8. This allows PUNs between 0 and 15 and should + provide more fun with the F/W adapter. + 4) Several machines use the SCSI: POS registers for internal/undocumented + storage of system relevant info. This confused the driver, mainly on + models 9595, as it expected no onboard SCSI only, if all POS in + the integrated SCSI-area are set to 0x00 or 0xff. Now, the mechanism + to check for integrated SCSI is much more restrictive and these problems + should be history. + - Michael Lang + + July 18, 2000 (v3.2pre9) + This develop rather quickly at the moment. Two major things were still + missing in 3.2pre8: + 1) The adapter PUN for F/W adapters has 4-bits, while all other adapters + have 3-bits. This is now taken into account for F/W. + 2) When you select CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD, you should + normally get the inverse probing order of your devices on the SCSI-bus. + The ANSI device order gets scrambled in version 3.2pre8!! Now, a new + and tested algorithm inverts the device-order on the SCSI-bus and + automatically avoids accidental access to whatever SCSI PUN the adapter + is set and works with SCSI- and Wide-SCSI-addressing. + - Michael Lang + + July 23, 2000 (v3.2pre10 unpublished) + 1) LED panel display supports wide-addressing in ibmmca=display mode. + 2) Adapter-information and autoadaption to address-space is done. + 3) Auto-probing for maximum synchronous SCSI transfer rate is working. + 4) Optimization to some embedded function calls is applied. + 5) Added some comment for the user to wait for SCSI-devices being probed. + 6) Finished version 3.2 for Kernel 2.4.0. It least, I thought it is but... + - Michael Lang + + July 26, 2000 (v3.2pre11) + 1) I passed a horrible weekend getting mad with NMIs on kernel 2.2.14 and + a model 9595. Asking around in the community, nobody except of me has + seen such errors. Weired, but I am trying to recompile everything on + the model 9595. Maybe, as I use a specially modified gcc, that could + cause problems. But, it was not the reason. The true background was, + that the kernel was compiled for i386 and the 9595 has a 486DX-2. + Normally, no troubles should appear, but for this special machine, + only the right processor support is working fine! + 2) Previous problems with synchronous speed, slowing down from one adapter + to the next during probing are corrected. Now, local variables store + the synchronous bitmask for every single adapter found on the MCA bus. + 3) LED alphanumeric panel support for XX95 systems is now showing some + alive rotator during boottime. This makes sense, when no monitor is + connected to the system. You can get rid of all display activity, if + you do not use any parameter or just ibmmcascsi=activity, for the + harddrive activity LED, existant on all PS/2, except models 8595-XXX. + If no monitor is available, please use ibmmcascsi=display, which works + fine together with the linuxinfo utility for the LED-panel. + - Michael Lang + + July 29, 2000 (v3.2) + 1) Submission of this driver for kernel 2.4test-XX and 2.2.17. + - Michael Lang + + December 28, 2000 (v3.2d / v4.0) + 1) The interrupt handler had some wrong statement to wait for. This + was done due to experimental reasons during 3.2 development but it + has shown that this is not stable enough. Going back to wait for the + adapter to be not busy is best. + 2) Inquiry requests can be shorter than 255 bytes of return buffer. Due + to a bug in the ibmmca_queuecommand routine, this buffer was forced + to 255 at minimum. If the memory address, this return buffer is pointing + to does not offer more space, invalid memory accesses destabilized the + kernel. + 3) version 4.0 is only valid for kernel 2.4.0 or later. This is necessary + to remove old kernel version dependent waste from the driver. 3.2d is + only distributed with older kernels but keeps compatibility with older + kernel versions. 4.0 and higher versions cannot be used with older + kernels anymore!! You must have at least kernel 2.4.0!! + 4) The commandline argument 'bypass' and all its functionality got removed + in version 4.0. This was never really necessary, as all troubles were + based on non-command related reasons up to now, so bypassing commands + did not help to avoid any bugs. It is kept in 3.2X for debugging reasons. + 5) Dynamical reassignment of ldns was again verified and analyzed to be + completely inoperational. This is corrected and should work now. + 6) All commands that get sent to the SCSI adapter were verified and + completed in such a way, that they are now completely conform to the + demands in the technical description of IBM. Main candidates were the + DEVICE_INQUIRY, REQUEST_SENSE and DEVICE_CAPACITY commands. They must + be tranferred by bypassing the internal command buffer of the adapter + or else the response can be a random result. GET_POS_INFO would be more + safe in usage, if one could use the SUPRESS_EXCEPTION_SHORT, but this + is not allowed by the technical references of IBM. (Sorry, folks, the + model 80 problem is still a task to be solved in a different way.) + 7) v3.2d is still hold back for some days for testing, while 4.0 is + released. + - Michael Lang + + January 3, 2001 (v4.0a) + 1) A lot of complains after the 2.4.0-prerelease kernel came in about + the impossibility to compile the driver as a module. This problem is + solved. In combination with that problem, some unprecise declaration + of the function option_setup() gave some warnings during compilation. + This is solved, too by a forward declaration in ibmmca.c. + 2) #ifdef argument concerning CONFIG_SCSI_IBMMCA is no longer needed and + was entirely removed. + 3) Some switch statements got optimized in code, as some minor variables + in internal SCSI-command handlers. + - Michael Lang + + 4 To do + ------- + - IBM SCSI-2 F/W external SCSI bus support in separate mode! + - It seems that the handling of bad disks is really bad - + non-existent, in fact. However, a low-level driver cannot help + much, if such things happen. + + 5 Users' Manual + --------------- + 5.1 Commandline Parameters + -------------------------- + There exist several features for the IBM SCSI-subsystem driver. + The commandline parameter format is: + + ibmmcascsi=<command1>,<command2>,<command3>,... + + where commandN can be one of the following: + + display Owners of a model 95 or other PS/2 systems with an + alphanumeric LED display may set this to have their + display showing the following output of the 8 digits: + + ------DA + + where '-' stays dark, 'D' shows the SCSI-device id + and 'A' shows the SCSI hostindex, being currently + accessed. During boottime, this will give the message + + SCSIini* + + on the LED-panel, where the * represents a rotator, + showing the activity during the probing phase of the + driver which can take up to two minutes per SCSI-adapter. + adisplay This works like display, but gives more optical overview + of the activities on the SCSI-bus. The display will have + the following output: + + 6543210A + + where the numbers 0 to 6 light up at the shown position, + when the SCSI-device is accessed. 'A' shows again the SCSI + hostindex. If display nor adisplay is set, the internal + PS/2 harddisk LED is used for media-activities. So, if + you really do not have a system with a LED-display, you + should not set display or adisplay. Keep in mind, that + display and adisplay can only be used alternatively. It + is not recommended to use this option, if you have some + wide-addressed devices e.g. at the SCSI-2 F/W adapter in + your system. In addition, the usage of the display for + other tasks in parallel, like the linuxinfo-utility makes + no sense with this option. + activity This enables the PS/2 harddisk LED activity indicator. + Most PS/2 have no alphanumeric LED display, but some + indicator. So you should use this parameter to activate it. + If you own model 9595 (Server95), you can have both, the + LED panel and the activity indicator in parallel. However, + some PS/2s, like the 8595 do not have any harddisk LED + activity indicator, which means, that you must use the + alphanumeric LED display if you want to monitor SCSI- + activity. + bypass This is obsolete from driver version 4.0, as the adapters + got that far understood, that the selection between + integrated and bypassed commands should now work completely + correct! For historical reasons, the old description is + kept here: + This commandline parameter forces the driver never to use + SCSI-subsystems' integrated SCSI-command set. Except of + the immediate assign, which is of vital importance for + every IBM SCSI-subsystem to set its ldns right. Instead, + the ordinary ANSI-SCSI-commands are used and passed by the + controller to the SCSI-devices, therefore 'bypass'. The + effort, done by the subsystem is quite bogus and at a + minimum and therefore it should work everywhere. This + could maybe solve troubles with old or integrated SCSI- + controllers and nasty harddisks. Keep in mind, that using + this flag will slow-down SCSI-accesses slightly, as the + software generated commands are always slower than the + hardware. Non-harddisk devices always get read/write- + commands in bypass mode. On the most recent releases of + the Linux IBM-SCSI-driver, the bypass command should be + no longer a necessary thing, if you are sure about your + SCSI-hardware! + normal This is the parameter, introduced on the 2.0.x development + rail by ZP Gu. This parameter defines the SCSI-device + scan order in the new industry standard. This means, that + the first SCSI-device is the one with the lowest pun. + E.g. harddisk at pun=0 is scanned before harddisk at + pun=6, which means, that harddisk at pun=0 gets sda + and the one at pun=6 gets sdb. + ansi The ANSI-standard for the right scan order, as done by + IBM, Microware and Microsoft, scans SCSI-devices starting + at the highest pun, which means, that e.g. harddisk at + pun=6 gets sda and a harddisk at pun=0 gets sdb. If you + like to have the same SCSI-device order, as in DOS, OS-9 + or OS/2, just use this parameter. + fast SCSI-I/O in synchronous mode is done at 5 MHz for IBM- + SCSI-devices. SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A external bus + should then run at 10 MHz if Fast-SCSI is enabled, + and at 5 MHz if Fast-SCSI is disabled on the external + bus. This is the default setting when nothing is + specified here. + medium Synchronous rate is at 50% approximately, which means + 2.5 MHz for IBM SCSI-adapters and 5.0 MHz for F/W ext. + SCSI-bus (when Fast-SCSI speed enabled on external bus). + slow The slowest possible synchronous transfer rate is set. + This means 1.82 MHz for IBM SCSI-adapters and 2.0 MHz + for F/W external bus at Fast-SCSI speed on the external + bus. + + A further option is that you can force the SCSI-driver to accept a SCSI- + subsystem at a certain I/O-address with a predefined adapter PUN. This + is done by entering + + commandN = I/O-base + commandN+1 = adapter PUN + + e.g. ibmmcascsi=0x3540,7 will force the driver to detect a SCSI-subsystem + at I/O-address 0x3540 with adapter PUN 7. Please only use this method, if + the driver does really not recognize your SCSI-adapter! With driver version + 3.2, this recognition of various adapters was hugely improved and you + should try first to remove your commandline arguments of such type with a + newer driver. I bet, it will be recognized correctly. Even multiple and + different types of IBM SCSI-adapters should be recognized correctly, too. + Use the forced detection method only as last solution! + + Examples: + + ibmmcascsi=adisplay + + This will use the advanced display mode for the model 95 LED alphanumeric + display. + + ibmmcascsi=display,0x3558,7 + + This will activate the default display mode for the model 95 LED display + and will force the driver to accept a SCSI-subsystem at I/O-base 0x3558 + with adapter PUN 7. + + 5.2 Troubleshooting + ------------------- + The following FAQs should help you to solve some major problems with this + driver. + + Q: "Reset SCSI-devices at boottime" halts the system at boottime, why? + A: This is only tested with the IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache. It is not + yet prooved to run on other adapters, however you may be lucky. + In version 3.1d this has been hugely improved and should work better, + now. Normally you really won't need to activate this flag in the + kernel configuration, as all post 1989 SCSI-devices should accept + the reset-signal, when the computer is switched on. The SCSI- + subsystem generates this reset while being initialized. This flag + is really reserved for users with very old, very strange or self-made + SCSI-devices. + Q: Why is the SCSI-order of my drives mirrored to the device-order + seen from OS/2 or DOS ? + A: It depends on the operating system, if it looks at the devices in + ANSI-SCSI-standard (starting from pun 6 and going down to pun 0) or + if it just starts at pun 0 and counts up. If you want to be conform + with OS/2 and DOS, you have to activate this flag in the kernel + configuration or you should set 'ansi' as parameter for the kernel. + The parameter 'normal' sets the new industry standard, starting + from pun 0, scanning up to pun 6. This allows you to change your + opinion still after having already compiled the kernel. + Q: Why I cannot find the IBM MCA SCSI support in the config menue? + A: You have to activate MCA bus support, first. + Q: Where can I find the latest info about this driver? + A: See the file MAINTAINERS for the current WWW-address, which offers + updates, info and Q/A lists. At this files' origin, the webaddress + was: http://www.uni-mainz.de/~langm000/linux.html + Q: My SCSI-adapter is not recognized by the driver, what can I do? + A: Just force it to be recognized by kernel parameters. See section 5.1. + If this really happens, do also send e-mail to the maintainer, as + forced detection should be never necessary. Forced detection is in + principal some flaw of the driver adapter detection and goes into + bugreports. + Q: The driver screws up, if it starts to probe SCSI-devices, is there + some way out of it? + A: Yes, that was some recognition problem of the correct SCSI-adapter + and its I/O base addresses. Upgrade your driver to the latest release + and it should be fine again. + Q: I get a message: panic IBM MCA SCSI: command error .... , what can + I do against this? + A: Previously, I followed the way by ignoring command errors by using + ibmmcascsi=forgiveall, but this command no longer exists and is + obsolete. If such a problem appears, it is caused by some segmentation + fault of the driver, which maps to some unallowed area. The latest + version of the driver should be ok, as most bugs have been solved. + Q: There are still kernel panics, even after having set + ibmmcascsi=forgiveall. Are there other possibilities to prevent + such panics? + A: No, get just the latest release of the driver and it should work + better and better with increasing version number. Forget about this + ibmmcascsi=forgiveall, as also ignorecmd are obsolete.! + Q: Linux panics or stops without any comment, but it is probable, that my + harddisk(s) have bad blocks. + A: Sorry, the bad-block handling is still a feeble point of this driver, + but is on the schedule for development in the near future. + Q: Linux panics while dynamically assigning SCSI-ids or ldns. + A: If you disconnect a SCSI-device from the machine, while Linux is up + and the driver uses dynamical reassignment of logical device numbers + (ldn), it really gets "angry" if it won't find devices, that were still + present at boottime and stops Linux. + Q: The system does not recover after an abort-command has been generated. + A: This is regrettably true, as it is not yet understood, why the + SCSI-adapter does really NOT generate any interrupt at the end of + the abort-command. As no interrupt is generated, the abort command + cannot get finished and the system hangs, sorry, but checks are + running to hunt down this problem. If there is a real pending command, + the interrupt MUST get generated after abort. In this case, it + should finish well. + Q: The system gets in bad shape after a SCSI-reset, is this known? + A: Yes, as there are a lot of prescriptions (see the Linux Hackers' + Guide) what has to be done for reset, we still share the bad shape of + the reset functions with all other low level SCSI-drivers. + Astonishingly, reset works in most cases quite ok, but the harddisks + won't run in synchonous mode anymore after a reset, until you reboot. + Q: Why does my XXX w/Cache adapter not use read-prefetch? + A: Ok, that is not completely possible. If a cache is present, the + adapter tries to use it internally. Explicitly, one can use the cache + with a read prefetch command, maybe in future, but this requires + some major overhead of SCSI-commands that risks the performance to + go down more than it gets improved. Tests with that are running. + Q: I have a IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter, it boots in some way and hangs. + A: Yes, that is understood, as for sure, your SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter + was in such a case recognized as integrated SCSI-adapter or something + else, but not as the correct adapter. As the I/O-ports get assigned + wrongly by that reason, the system should crash in most cases. You + should upgrade to the latest release of the SCSI-driver. The + recommended version is 3.2 or later. Here, the F/W support is in + a stable and reliable condition. Wide-addressing is in addition + supported. + Q: I get a Ooops message and something like "killing interrupt". + A: The reason for this is that the IBM SCSI-subsystem only sends a + termination status back, if some error appeared. In former releases + of the driver, it was not checked, if the termination status block + is NULL. From version 3.2, it is taken care of this. + Q: I have a F/W adapter and the driver sees my internal SCSI-devices, + but ignores the external ones. + A: Select combined busmode in the IBM config-program and check for that + no SCSI-id on the external devices appears on internal devices. + Reboot afterwards. Dual busmode is supported, but works only for the + internal bus, yet. External bus is still ignored. Take care for your + SCSI-ids. If combined bus-mode is activated, on some adapters, + the wide-addressing is not possible, so devices with ids between 8 + and 15 get ignored by the driver & adapter! + Q: I have a 9595 and I get a NMI during heavy SCSI I/O e.g. during fsck. + A COMMAND ERROR is reported and characters on the screen are missing. + Warm reboot is not possible. Things look like quite weired. + A: Check the processor type of your 9595. If you have an 80486 or 486DX-2 + processor complex on your mainboard and you compiled a kernel that + supports 80386 processors, it is possible, that the kernel cannot + keep track of the PS/2 interrupt handling and stops on an NMI. Just + compile a kernel for the correct processor type of your PS/2 and + everything should be fine. This is necessary even if one assumes, + that some 80486 system should be downward compatible to 80386 + software. + Q: Some commands hang and interrupts block the machine. After some + timeout, the syslog reports that it tries to call abort, but the + machine is frozen. + A: This can be a busy wait bug in the interrupt handler of driver + version 3.2. You should at least upgrade to 3.2c if you use + kernel < 2.4.0 and driver version 4.0 if you use kernel 2.4.0 or + later (including all test releases). + Q: I have a PS/2 model 80 and more than 16 MBytes of RAM. The driver + completely refuses to work, reports NMIs, COMMAND ERRORs or other + ambiguous stuff. When reducing the RAM size down below 16 MB, + everything is running smoothly. + A: No real answer, yet. In any case, one should force the kernel to + present SCBs only below the 16 MBytes barrier. Maybe this solves the + problem. Not yet tried, but guessing that it could work. To get this, + set unchecked_isa_dma argument of ibmmca.h from 0 to 1. + + 5.3 Bugreports + -------------- + If you really find bugs in the sourcecode or the driver will successfully + refuse to work on your machine, you should send a bug report to me. The + best for this is to follow the instructions on the WWW-page for this + driver. Fill out the bug-report form, placed on the WWW-page and ship it, + so the bugs can be taken into account with maximum efforts. But, please + do not send bug reports about this driver to Linus Torvalds or Leonard + Zubkoff, as Linus is burried in E-Mail and Leonard is supervising all + SCSI-drivers and won't have the time left to look inside every single + driver to fix a bug and especially DO NOT send modified code to Linus + Torvalds or Alan J. Cox which has not been checked here!!! They are both + quite burried in E-mail (as me, sometimes, too) and one should first check + for problems on my local teststand. Recently, I got a lot of + bugreports for errors in the ibmmca.c code, which I could not imagine, but + a look inside some Linux-distribution showed me quite often some modified + code, which did no longer work on most other machines than the one of the + modifier. Ok, so now that there is maintenance service available for this + driver, please use this address first in order to keep the level of + confusion low. Thank you! + + When you get a SCSI-error message that panics your system, a list of + register-entries of the SCSI-subsystem is shown (from Version 3.1d). With + this list, it is very easy for the maintainer to localize the problem in + the driver or in the configuration of the user. Please write down all the + values from this report and send them to the maintainer. This would really + help a lot and makes life easier concerning misunderstandings. + + Use the bug-report form (see 5.4 for its address) to send all the bug- + stuff to the maintainer or write e-mail with the values from the table. + + 5.4 Support WWW-page + -------------------- + The address of the IBM SCSI-subsystem supporting WWW-page is: + + http://www.uni-mainz.de/~langm000/linux.html + + Here you can find info about the background of this driver, patches, + troubleshooting support, news and a bugreport form. Please check that + WWW-page regularly for latest hints. If ever this URL changes, please + refer to the MAINTAINERS file in order to get the latest address. + + For the bugreport, please fill out the formular on the corresponding + WWW-page. Read the dedicated instructions and write as much as you + know about your problem. If you do not like such formulars, please send + some e-mail directly, but at least with the same information as required by + the formular. + + If you have extensive bugreports, including Ooops messages and + screen-shots, please feel free to send it directly to the address + of the maintainer, too. The current address of the maintainer is: + + Michael Lang <langa2@kph.uni-mainz.de> + + 6 References + ------------ + IBM Corp., "Update for the PS/2 Hardware Interface Technical Reference, + Common Interfaces", Armonk, September 1991, PN 04G3281, + (available in the U.S. for $21.75 at 1-800-IBM-PCTB or in Germany for + around 40,-DM at "Hallo IBM"). + + IBM Corp., "Personal System/2 Micro Channel SCSI + Adapter with Cache Technical Reference", Armonk, March 1990, PN 68X2365. + + IBM Corp., "Personal System/2 Micro Channel SCSI + Adapter Technical Reference", Armonk, March 1990, PN 68X2397. + + IBM Corp., "SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A Technical Reference - Dual Bus", + Armonk, March 1994, PN 83G7545. + + Friedhelm Schmidt, "SCSI-Bus und IDE-Schnittstelle - Moderne Peripherie- + Schnittstellen: Hardware, Protokollbeschreibung und Anwendung", 2. Aufl. + Addison Wesley, 1996. + + Michael K. Johnson, "The Linux Kernel Hackers' Guide", Version 0.6, Chapel + Hill - North Carolina, 1995 + + Andreas Kaiser, "SCSI TAPE BACKUP for OS/2 2.0", Version 2.12, Stuttgart + 1993 + + Helmut Rompel, "IBM Computerwelt GUIDE", What is what bei IBM., Systeme * + Programme * Begriffe, IWT-Verlag GmbH - Muenchen, 1988 + + 7 Credits to + ------------ + 7.1 People + ---------- + Klaus Grimm + who already a long time ago gave me the old code from the + SCSI-driver in order to get it running for some old machine + in our institute. + Martin Kolinek + who wrote the first release of the IBM SCSI-subsystem driver. + Chris Beauregard + who for a long time maintained MCA-Linux and the SCSI-driver + in the beginning. Chris, wherever you are: Cheers to you! + Klaus Kudielka + with whom in the 2.1.x times, I had a quite fruitful + cooperation to get the driver running as a module and to get + it running with multiple SCSI-adapters. + David Weinehall + for his excellent maintenance of the MCA-stuff and the quite + detailed bug reports and ideas for this driver (and his + patience ;-)). + Alan J. Cox + for his bugreports and his bold activities in cross-checking + the driver-code with his teststand. + + 7.2 Sponsors & Supporters + ------------------------- + "Hallo IBM", + IBM-Deutschland GmbH + the service of IBM-Deutschland for customers. Their E-Mail + service is unbeatable. Whatever old stuff I asked for, I + always got some helpful answers. + Karl-Otto Reimers, + IBM Klub - Sparte IBM Geschichte, Sindelfingen + for sending me a copy of the w/Cache manual from the + IBM-Deutschland archives. + Harald Staiger + for his extensive hardware donations which allows me today + still to test the driver in various constellations. + Erich Fritscher + for his very kind sponsoring. + Louis Ohland, + Charles Lasitter + for support by shipping me an IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide manual. + In addition, the contribution of various hardware is quite + decessive and will make it possible to add FWSR (RAID) + adapter support to the driver in the near future! So, + complaints about no RAID support won't remain forever. + Yes, folks, that is no joke, RAID support is going to rise! + Erik Weber + for the great deal we made about a model 9595 and the nice + surrounding equipment and the cool trip to Mannheim + second-hand computer market. In addition, I would like + to thank him for his exhaustive SCSI-driver testing on his + 95er PS/2 park. + Anthony Hogbin + for his direct shipment of a SCSI F/W adapter, which allowed + me immediately on the first stage to try it on model 8557 + together with onboard SCSI adapter and some SCSI w/Cache. + Andreas Hotz + for his support by memory and an IBM SCSI-adapter. Collecting + all this together now allows me to try really things with + the driver at maximum load and variety on various models in + a very quick and efficient way. + Peter Jennewein + for his model 30, which serves me as part of my teststand + and his cool remark about how you make an ordinary diskette + drive working and how to connect it to an IBM-diskette port. + Johannes Gutenberg-Universitaet, Mainz & + Institut fuer Kernphysik, Mainz Microtron (MAMI) + for the offered space, the link, placed on the central + homepage and the space to store and offer the driver and + related material and the free working times, which allow + me to answer all your e-mail. + + 8 Trademarks + ------------ + IBM, PS/2, OS/2, Microchannel are registered trademarks of International + Business Machines Corporation + + MS-DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation + + Microware, OS-9 are registered trademarks of Microware Systems + + 9 Disclaimer + ------------ + Beside the GNU General Public License and the dependent disclaimers and disclaimers + concerning the Linux-kernel in special, this SCSI-driver comes without any + warranty. Its functionality is tested as good as possible on certain + machines and combinations of computer hardware, which does not exclude, + that dataloss or severe damage of hardware is possible while using this + part of software on some arbitrary computer hardware or in combination + with other software packages. It is highly recommended to make backup + copies of your data before using this software. Furthermore, personal + injuries by hardware defects, that could be caused by this SCSI-driver are + not excluded and it is highly recommended to handle this driver with a + maximum of carefulness. + + This driver supports hardware, produced by International Business Machines + Corporation (IBM). + +------ +Michael Lang +(langa2@kph.uni-mainz.de) diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/in2000.txt b/Documentation/scsi/in2000.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..80f104042645 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/in2000.txt @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.33 - 26 Aug 98 + + Interrupt management in this driver has become, over + time, increasingly odd and difficult to explain - this + has been mostly due to my own mental inadequacies. In + recent kernels, it has failed to function at all when + compiled for SMP. I've fixed that problem, and after + taking a fresh look at interrupts in general, greatly + reduced the number of places where they're fiddled + with. Done some heavy testing and it looks very good. + The driver now makes use of the __initfunc() and + __initdata macros to save about 4k of kernel memory. + Once again, the same code works for both 2.0.xx and + 2.1.xx kernels. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.32 - 28 Mar 98 + + Removed the check for legal IN2000 hardware versions: + It appears that the driver works fine with serial + EPROMs (the 8-pin chip that defines hardware rev) as + old as 2.1, so we'll assume that all cards are OK. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.31 - 6 Jul 97 + + Fixed a bug that caused incorrect SCSI status bytes to be + returned from commands sent to LUN's greater than 0. This + means that CDROM changers work now! Fixed a bug in the + handling of command-line arguments when loaded as a module. + Also put all the header data in in2000.h where it belongs. + There are no longer any differences between this driver in + the 2.1.xx source tree and the 2.0.xx tree, as of 2.0.31 + and 2.1.45 (or is it .46?) - this makes things much easier + for me... + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.30 - 14 Oct 96 + + Fixed a bug in the code that sets the transfer direction + bit (DESTID_DPD in the WD_DESTINATION_ID register). There + are quite a few SCSI commands that do a write-to-device; + now we deal with all of them correctly. Thanks to Joerg + Dorchain for catching this one. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.29 - 24 Sep 96 + + The memory-mapped hardware on the card is now accessed via + the 'readb()' and 'readl()' macros - required by the new + memory management scheme in the 2.1.x kernel series. + As suggested by Andries Brouwer, 'bios_param()' no longer + forces an artificial 1023 track limit on drives. Also + removed some kludge-code left over from struggles with + older (buggy) compilers. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.28 - 07 May 96 + + Tightened up the "interrupts enabled/disabled" discipline + in 'in2000_queuecommand()' and maybe 1 or 2 other places. + I _think_ it may have been a little too lax, causing an + occasional crash during full moon. A fully functional + /proc interface is now in place - if you want to play + with it, start by doing 'cat /proc/scsi/in2000/0'. You + can also use it to change a few run-time parameters on + the fly, but it's mostly for debugging. The curious + should take a good look at 'in2000_proc_info()' in the + in2000.c file to get an understanding of what it's all + about; I figure that people who are really into it will + want to add features suited to their own needs... + Also, sync is now DISABLED by default. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.27 - 10 Apr 96 + + Fixed a well-hidden bug in the adaptive-disconnect code + that would show up every now and then during extreme + heavy loads involving 2 or more simultaneously active + devices. Thanks to Joe Mack for keeping my nose to the + grindstone on this one. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.26 - 07 Mar 96 + + 1.25 had a nasty bug that bit people with swap partitions + and tape drives. Also, in my attempt to guess my way + through Intel assembly language, I made an error in the + inline code for IO writes. Made a few other changes and + repairs - this version (fingers crossed) should work well. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.25 - 05 Mar 96 + + Kernel 1.3.70 interrupt mods added; old kernels still OK. + Big help from Bill Earnest and David Willmore on speed + testing and optimizing: I think there's a real improvement + in this area. + New! User-friendly command-line interface for LILO and + module loading - the old method is gone, so you'll need + to read the comments for 'setup_strings' near the top + of in2000.c. For people with CDROM's or other devices + that have a tough time with sync negotiation, you can + now selectively disable sync on individual devices - + search for the 'nosync' keyword in the command-line + comments. Some of you disable the BIOS on the card, which + caused the auto-detect function to fail; there is now a + command-line option to force detection of a ROM-less card. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.24a - 24 Feb 96 + + There was a bug in the synchronous transfer code. Only + a few people downloaded before I caught it - could have + been worse. + +UPDATE NEWS: version 1.24 - 23 Feb 96 + + Lots of good changes. Advice from Bill Earnest resulted + in much better detection of cards, more efficient usage + of the fifo, and (hopefully) faster data transfers. The + jury is still out on speed - I hope it's improved some. + One nifty new feature is a cool way of doing disconnect/ + reselect. The driver defaults to what I'm calling + 'adaptive disconnect' - meaning that each command is + evaluated individually as to whether or not it should be + run with the option to disconnect/reselect (if the device + chooses), or as a "SCSI-bus-hog". When several devices + are operating simultaneously, disconnects are usually an + advantage. In a single device system, or if only 1 device + is being accessed, transfers usually go faster if disconnects + are not allowed. + + + +The default arguments (you get these when you don't give an 'in2000' +command-line argument, or you give a blank argument) will cause +the driver to do adaptive disconnect, synchronous transfers, and a +minimum of debug messages. If you want to fool with the options, +search for 'setup_strings' near the top of the in2000.c file and +check the 'hostdata->args' section in in2000.h - but be warned! Not +everything is working yet (some things will never work, probably). +I believe that disabling disconnects (DIS_NEVER) will allow you +to choose a LEVEL2 value higher than 'L2_BASIC', but I haven't +spent a lot of time testing this. You might try 'ENABLE_CLUSTERING' +to see what happens: my tests showed little difference either way. +There's also a define called 'DEFAULT_SX_PER'; this sets the data +transfer speed for the asynchronous mode. I've put it at 500 ns +despite the fact that the card could handle settings of 376 or +252, because higher speeds may be a problem with poor quality +cables or improper termination; 500 ns is a compromise. You can +choose your own default through the command-line with the +'period' keyword. + + +------------------------------------------------ +*********** DIP switch settings ************** +------------------------------------------------ + + sw1-1 sw1-2 BIOS address (hex) + ----------------------------------------- + off off C8000 - CBFF0 + on off D8000 - DBFF0 + off on D0000 - D3FF0 + on on BIOS disabled + + sw1-3 sw1-4 IO port address (hex) + ------------------------------------ + off off 220 - 22F + on off 200 - 20F + off on 110 - 11F + on on 100 - 10F + + sw1-5 sw1-6 sw1-7 Interrupt + ------------------------------ + off off off 15 + off on off 14 + off off on 11 + off on on 10 + on - - disabled + + sw1-8 function depends on BIOS version. In earlier versions this + controlled synchronous data transfer support for MSDOS: + off = disabled + on = enabled + In later ROMs (starting with 01.3 in April 1994) sw1-8 controls + the "greater than 2 disk drive" feature that first appeared in + MSDOS 5.0 (ignored by Linux): + off = 2 drives maximum + on = 7 drives maximum + + sw1-9 Floppy controller + -------------------------- + off disabled + on enabled + +------------------------------------------------ + + I should mention that Drew Eckhardt's 'Generic NCR5380' sources + were my main inspiration, with lots of reference to the IN2000 + driver currently distributed in the kernel source. I also owe + much to a driver written by Hamish Macdonald for Linux-m68k(!). + And to Eric Wright for being an ALPHA guinea pig. And to Bill + Earnest for 2 tons of great input and information. And to David + Willmore for extensive 'bonnie' testing. And to Joe Mack for + continual testing and feedback. + + + John Shifflett jshiffle@netcom.com + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff864c0f494c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + Notes on Management Module + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Overview: +-------- + +Different classes of controllers from LSI Logic, accept and respond to the +user applications in a similar way. They understand the same firmware control +commands. Furthermore, the applications also can treat different classes of +the controllers uniformly. Hence it is logical to have a single module that +interefaces with the applications on one side and all the low level drivers +on the other. + +The advantages, though obvious, are listed for completeness: + + i. Avoid duplicate code from the low level drivers. + ii. Unburden the low level drivers from having to export the + character node device and related handling. + iii. Implement any policy mechanisms in one place. + iv. Applications have to interface with only module instead of + multiple low level drivers. + +Currently this module (called Common Management Module) is used only to issue +ioctl commands. But this module is envisioned to handle all user space level +interactions. So any 'proc', 'sysfs' implementations will be localized in this +common module. + +Credits: +------- + +"Shared code in a third module, a "library module", is an acceptable +solution. modprobe automatically loads dependent modules, so users +running "modprobe driver1" or "modprobe driver2" would automatically +load the shared library module." + + - Jeff Garzik (jgarzik@pobox.com), 02.25.2004 LKML + +"As Jeff hinted, if your userspace<->driver API is consistent between +your new MPT-based RAID controllers and your existing megaraid driver, +then perhaps you need a single small helper module (lsiioctl or some +better name), loaded by both mptraid and megaraid automatically, which +handles registering the /dev/megaraid node dynamically. In this case, +both mptraid and megaraid would register with lsiioctl for each +adapter discovered, and lsiioctl would essentially be a switch, +redirecting userspace tool ioctls to the appropriate driver." + + - Matt Domsch, (Matt_Domsch@dell.com), 02.25.2004 LKML + +Design: +------ + +The Common Management Module is implemented in megaraid_mm.[ch] files. This +module acts as a registry for low level hba drivers. The low level drivers +(currently only megaraid) register each controller with the common module. + +The applications interface with the common module via the character device +node exported by the module. + +The lower level drivers now understand only a new improved ioctl packet called +uioc_t. The management module converts the older ioctl packets from the older +applications into uioc_t. After driver handles the uioc_t, the common module +will convert that back into the old format before returning to applications. + +As new applications evolve and replace the old ones, the old packet format +will be retired. + +Common module dedicates one uioc_t packet to each controller registered. This +can easily be more than one. But since megaraid is the only low level driver +today, and it can handle only one ioctl, there is no reason to have more. But +as new controller classes get added, this will be tuned appropriately. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c7xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c7xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..91e9552d63e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c7xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +README for WarpEngine/A4000T/A4091 SCSI kernels. + +Use the following options to disable options in the SCSI driver. + +Using amiboot for example..... + +To disable Synchronous Negotiation.... + + amiboot -k kernel 53c7xx=nosync:0 + +To disable Disconnection.... + + amiboot -k kernel 53c7xx=nodisconnect:0 + +To disable certain SCSI devices... + + amiboot -k kernel 53c7xx=validids:0x3F + + this allows only device ID's 0,1,2,3,4 and 5 for linux to handle. + (this is a bitmasked field - i.e. each bit represents a SCSI ID) + +These commands work on a per controller basis and use the option 'next' to +move to the next controller in the system. + +e.g. + amiboot -k kernel 53c7xx=nodisconnect:0,next,nosync:0 + + this uses No Disconnection on the first controller and Asynchronous + SCSI on the second controller. + +Known Issues: + +Two devices are known not to function with the default settings of using +synchronous SCSI. These are the Archive Viper 150 Tape Drive and the +SyQuest SQ555 removeable hard drive. When using these devices on a controller +use the 'nosync:0' option. + +Please try these options and post any problems/successes to me. + +Alan Hourihane <alanh@fairlite.demon.co.uk> diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..822d2aca3700 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1854 @@ +The Linux NCR53C8XX/SYM53C8XX drivers README file + +Written by Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> +21 Rue Carnot +95170 DEUIL LA BARRE - FRANCE + +29 May 1999 +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction +2. Supported chips and SCSI features +3. Advantages of the enhanced 896 driver + 3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS + 3.2 New features of the SYM53C896 (64 bit PCI dual LVD SCSI controller) +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O +5. Tagged command queueing +6. Parity checking +7. Profiling information +8. Control commands + 8.1 Set minimum synchronous period + 8.2 Set wide size + 8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + 8.4 Set order type for tagged command + 8.5 Set debug mode + 8.6 Clear profile counters + 8.7 Set flag (no_disc) + 8.8 Set verbose level + 8.9 Reset all logical units of a target + 8.10 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target +9. Configuration parameters +10. Boot setup commands + 10.1 Syntax + 10.2 Available arguments + 10.2.1 Master parity checking + 10.2.2 Scsi parity checking + 10.2.3 Scsi disconnections + 10.2.4 Special features + 10.2.5 Ultra SCSI support + 10.2.6 Default number of tagged commands + 10.2.7 Default synchronous period factor + 10.2.8 Negotiate synchronous with all devices + 10.2.9 Verbosity level + 10.2.10 Debug mode + 10.2.11 Burst max + 10.2.12 LED support + 10.2.13 Max wide + 10.2.14 Differential mode + 10.2.15 IRQ mode + 10.2.16 Reverse probe + 10.2.17 Fix up PCI configuration space + 10.2.18 Serial NVRAM + 10.2.19 Check SCSI BUS + 10.2.20 Exclude a host from being attached + 10.2.21 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + 10.2.22 Enable use of IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION + 10.3 Advised boot setup commands + 10.4 PCI configuration fix-up boot option + 10.5 Serial NVRAM support boot option + 10.6 SCSI BUS checking boot option + 10.7 IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION boot option +11. Some constants and flags of the ncr53c8xx.h header file +12. Installation +13. Architecture dependent features +14. Known problems + 14.1 Tagged commands with Iomega Jaz device + 14.2 Device names change when another controller is added + 14.3 Using only 8 bit devices with a WIDE SCSI controller. + 14.4 Possible data corruption during a Memory Write and Invalidate + 14.5 IRQ sharing problems +15. SCSI problem troubleshooting + 15.1 Problem tracking + 15.2 Understanding hardware error reports +16. Synchonous transfer negotiation tables + 16.1 Synchronous timings for 53C875 and 53C860 Ultra-SCSI controllers + 16.2 Synchronous timings for fast SCSI-2 53C8XX controllers +17. Serial NVRAM support (by Richard Waltham) + 17.1 Features + 17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + 17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout +18. Support for Big Endian + 18.1 Big Endian CPU + 18.2 NCR chip in Big Endian mode of operations + +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction + +The initial Linux ncr53c8xx driver has been a port of the ncr driver from +FreeBSD that has been achieved in November 1995 by: + Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> + +The original driver has been written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by: + Wolfgang Stanglmeier <wolf@cologne.de> + Stefan Esser <se@mi.Uni-Koeln.de> + +It is now available as a bundle of 2 drivers: + +- ncr53c8xx generic driver that supports all the SYM53C8XX family including + the ealiest 810 rev. 1, the latest 896 (2 channel LVD SCSI controller) and + the new 895A (1 channel LVD SCSI controller). +- sym53c8xx enhanced driver (a.k.a. 896 drivers) that drops support of oldest + chips in order to gain advantage of new features, as LOAD/STORE intructions + available since the 810A and hardware phase mismatch available with the + 896 and the 895A. + +You can find technical information about the NCR 8xx family in the +PCI-HOWTO written by Michael Will and in the SCSI-HOWTO written by +Drew Eckhardt. + +Information about new chips is available at LSILOGIC web server: + + http://www.lsilogic.com/ + +SCSI standard documentations are available at SYMBIOS ftp server: + + ftp://ftp.symbios.com/ + +Usefull SCSI tools written by Eric Youngdale are available at tsx-11: + + ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/ALPHA/scsi/scsiinfo-X.Y.tar.gz + ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/ALPHA/scsi/scsidev-X.Y.tar.gz + +These tools are not ALPHA but quite clean and work quite well. +It is essential you have the 'scsiinfo' package. + +This short documentation describes the features of the generic and enhanced +drivers, configuration parameters and control commands available through +the proc SCSI file system read / write operations. + +This driver has been tested OK with linux/i386, Linux/Alpha and Linux/PPC. + +Latest driver version and patches are available at: + + ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/people/gerard-roudier +or + ftp://ftp.symbios.com/mirror/ftp.tux.org/pub/tux/roudier/drivers + +I am not a native speaker of English and there are probably lots of +mistakes in this README file. Any help will be welcome. + + +2. Supported chips and SCSI features + +The following features are supported for all chips: + + Synchronous negotiation + Disconnection + Tagged command queuing + SCSI parity checking + Master parity checking + +"Wide negotiation" is supported for chips that allow it. The +following table shows some characteristics of NCR 8xx family chips +and what drivers support them. + + Supported by Supported by + On board the generic the enhanced +Chip SDMS BIOS Wide SCSI std. Max. sync driver driver +---- --------- ---- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------- +810 N N FAST10 10 MB/s Y N +810A N N FAST10 10 MB/s Y Y +815 Y N FAST10 10 MB/s Y N +825 Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s Y N +825A Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s Y Y +860 N N FAST20 20 MB/s Y Y +875 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y Y +876 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y Y +895 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +895A Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +896 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +897 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1510D Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1010 Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s N Y +1010_66* Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s N Y + +* Chip supports 33MHz and 66MHz PCI buses. + + +Summary of other supported features: + +Module: allow to load the driver +Memory mapped I/O: increases performance +Profiling information: read operations from the proc SCSI file system +Control commands: write operations to the proc SCSI file system +Debugging information: written to syslog (expert only) +Scatter / gather +Shared interrupt +Boot setup commands +Serial NVRAM: Symbios and Tekram formats + + +3. Advantages of the enhanced 896 driver + +3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS. + +The 810A, 825A, 875, 895, 896 and 895A support new SCSI SCRIPTS instructions +named LOAD and STORE that allow to move up to 1 DWORD from/to an IO register +to/from memory much faster that the MOVE MEMORY instruction that is supported +by the 53c7xx and 53c8xx family. +The LOAD/STORE instructions support absolute and DSA relative addressing +modes. The SCSI SCRIPTS had been entirely rewritten using LOAD/STORE instead +of MOVE MEMORY instructions. + +3.2 New features of the SYM53C896 (64 bit PCI dual LVD SCSI controller) + +The 896 and the 895A allows handling of the phase mismatch context from +SCRIPTS (avoids the phase mismatch interrupt that stops the SCSI processor +until the C code has saved the context of the transfer). +Implementing this without using LOAD/STORE instructions would be painfull +and I did'nt even want to try it. + +The 896 chip supports 64 bit PCI transactions and addressing, while the +895A supports 32 bit PCI transactions and 64 bit addressing. +The SCRIPTS processor of these chips is not true 64 bit, but uses segment +registers for bit 32-63. Another interesting feature is that LOAD/STORE +instructions that address the on-chip RAM (8k) remain internal to the chip. + +Due to the use of LOAD/STORE SCRIPTS instructions, this driver does not +support the following chips: +- SYM53C810 revision < 0x10 (16) +- SYM53C815 all revisions +- SYM53C825 revision < 0x10 (16) + +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O + +Memory mapped I/O has less latency than normal I/O. Since +linux-1.3.x, memory mapped I/O is used rather than normal I/O. Memory +mapped I/O seems to work fine on most hardware configurations, but +some poorly designed motherboards may break this feature. + +The configuration option CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED forces the +driver to use normal I/O in all cases. + + +5. Tagged command queueing + +Queuing more than 1 command at a time to a device allows it to perform +optimizations based on actual head positions and its mechanical +characteristics. This feature may also reduce average command latency. +In order to really gain advantage of this feature, devices must have +a reasonable cache size (No miracle is to be expected for a low-end +hard disk with 128 KB or less). +Some kown SCSI devices do not properly support tagged command queuing. +Generally, firmware revisions that fix this kind of problems are available +at respective vendor web/ftp sites. +All I can say is that the hard disks I use on my machines behave well with +this driver with tagged command queuing enabled: + +- IBM S12 0662 +- Conner 1080S +- Quantum Atlas I +- Quantum Atlas II + +If your controller has NVRAM, you can configure this feature per target +from the user setup tool. The Tekram Setup program allows to tune the +maximum number of queued commands up to 32. The Symbios Setup only allows +to enable or disable this feature. + +The maximum number of simultaneous tagged commands queued to a device +is currently set to 8 by default. This value is suitable for most SCSI +disks. With large SCSI disks (>= 2GB, cache >= 512KB, average seek time +<= 10 ms), using a larger value may give better performances. + +The sym53c8xx driver supports up to 255 commands per device, and the +generic ncr53c8xx driver supports up to 64, but using more than 32 is +generally not worth-while, unless you are using a very large disk or disk +array. It is noticeable that most of recent hard disks seem not to accept +more than 64 simultaneous commands. So, using more than 64 queued commands +is probably just resource wasting. + +If your controller does not have NVRAM or if it is managed by the SDMS +BIOS/SETUP, you can configure tagged queueing feature and device queue +depths from the boot command-line. For example: + + ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q15-t4q7/t1u0q32 + +will set tagged commands queue depths as follow: + +- target 2 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 3 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 4 all luns on controller 0 --> 7 +- target 1 lun 0 on controller 1 --> 32 +- all other target/lun --> 4 + +In some special conditions, some SCSI disk firmwares may return a +QUEUE FULL status for a SCSI command. This behaviour is managed by the +driver using the following heuristic: + +- Each time a QUEUE FULL status is returned, tagged queue depth is reduced + to the actual number of disconnected commands. + +- Every 1000 successfully completed SCSI commands, if allowed by the + current limit, the maximum number of queueable commands is incremented. + +Since QUEUE FULL status reception and handling is resource wasting, the +driver notifies by default this problem to user by indicating the actual +number of commands used and their status, as well as its decision on the +device queue depth change. +The heuristic used by the driver in handling QUEUE FULL ensures that the +impact on performances is not too bad. You can get rid of the messages by +setting verbose level to zero, as follow: + +1st method: boot your system using 'ncr53c8xx=verb:0' option. +2nd method: apply "setverbose 0" control command to the proc fs entry + corresponding to your controller after boot-up. + +6. Parity checking + +The driver supports SCSI parity checking and PCI bus master parity +checking. These features must be enabled in order to ensure safe data +transfers. However, some flawed devices or mother boards will have +problems with parity. You can disable either PCI parity or SCSI parity +checking by entering appropriate options from the boot command line. +(See 10: Boot setup commands). + +7. Profiling information + +Profiling information is available through the proc SCSI file system. +Since gathering profiling information may impact performances, this +feature is disabled by default and requires a compilation configuration +option to be set to Y. + +The device associated with a host has the following pathname: + + /proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/N (N=0,1,2 ....) + +Generally, only 1 board is used on hardware configuration, and that device is: + /proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + +However, if the driver has been made as module, the number of the +hosts is incremented each time the driver is loaded. + +In order to display profiling information, just enter: + + cat /proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + +and you will get something like the following text: + +------------------------------------------------------- +General information: + Chip NCR53C810, device id 0x1, revision id 0x2 + IO port address 0x6000, IRQ number 10 + Using memory mapped IO at virtual address 0x282c000 + Synchronous transfer period 25, max commands per lun 4 +Profiling information: + num_trans = 18014 + num_kbytes = 671314 + num_disc = 25763 + num_break = 1673 + num_int = 1685 + num_fly = 18038 + ms_setup = 4940 + ms_data = 369940 + ms_disc = 183090 + ms_post = 1320 +------------------------------------------------------- + +General information is easy to understand. The device ID and the +revision ID identify the SCSI chip as follows: + +Chip Device id Revision Id +---- --------- ----------- +810 0x1 < 0x10 +810A 0x1 >= 0x10 +815 0x4 +825 0x3 < 0x10 +860 0x6 +825A 0x3 >= 0x10 +875 0xf +895 0xc + +The profiling information is updated upon completion of SCSI commands. +A data structure is allocated and zeroed when the host adapter is +attached. So, if the driver is a module, the profile counters are +cleared each time the driver is loaded. The "clearprof" command +allows you to clear these counters at any time. + +The following counters are available: + +("num" prefix means "number of", +"ms" means milli-seconds) + +num_trans + Number of completed commands + Example above: 18014 completed commands + +num_kbytes + Number of kbytes transferred + Example above: 671 MB transferred + +num_disc + Number of SCSI disconnections + Example above: 25763 SCSI disconnections + +num_break + number of script interruptions (phase mismatch) + Example above: 1673 script interruptions + +num_int + Number of interrupts other than "on the fly" + Example above: 1685 interruptions not "on the fly" + +num_fly + Number of interrupts "on the fly" + Example above: 18038 interruptions "on the fly" + +ms_setup + Elapsed time for SCSI commands setups + Example above: 4.94 seconds + +ms_data + Elapsed time for data transfers + Example above: 369.94 seconds spent for data transfer + +ms_disc + Elapsed time for SCSI disconnections + Example above: 183.09 seconds spent disconnected + +ms_post + Elapsed time for command post processing + (time from SCSI status get to command completion call) + Example above: 1.32 seconds spent for post processing + +Due to the 1/100 second tick of the system clock, "ms_post" time may +be wrong. + +In the example above, we got 18038 interrupts "on the fly" and only +1673 script breaks generally due to disconnections inside a segment +of the scatter list. + + +8. Control commands + +Control commands can be sent to the driver with write operations to +the proc SCSI file system. The generic command syntax is the +following: + + echo "<verb> <parameters>" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + (assumes controller number is 0) + +Using "all" for "<target>" parameter with the commands below will +apply to all targets of the SCSI chain (except the controller). + +Available commands: + +8.1 Set minimum synchronous period factor + + setsync <target> <period factor> + + target: target number + period: minimum synchronous period. + Maximum speed = 1000/(4*period factor) except for special + cases below. + + Specify a period of 255, to force asynchronous transfer mode. + + 10 means 25 nano-seconds synchronous period + 11 means 30 nano-seconds synchronous period + 12 means 50 nano-seconds synchronous period + +8.2 Set wide size + + setwide <target> <size> + + target: target number + size: 0=8 bits, 1=16bits + +8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + + settags <target> <tags> + + target: target number + tags: number of concurrent tagged commands + must not be greater than SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS (default: 8) + +8.4 Set order type for tagged command + + setorder <order> + + order: 3 possible values: + simple: use SIMPLE TAG for all operations (read and write) + ordered: use ORDERED TAG for all operations + default: use default tag type, + SIMPLE TAG for read operations + ORDERED TAG for write operations + + +8.5 Set debug mode + + setdebug <list of debug flags> + + Available debug flags: + alloc: print info about memory allocations (ccb, lcb) + queue: print info about insertions into the command start queue + result: print sense data on CHECK CONDITION status + scatter: print info about the scatter process + scripts: print info about the script binding process + tiny: print minimal debugging information + timing: print timing information of the NCR chip + nego: print information about SCSI negotiations + phase: print information on script interruptions + + Use "setdebug" with no argument to reset debug flags. + + +8.6 Clear profile counters + + clearprof + + The profile counters are automatically cleared when the amount of + data transferred reaches 1000 GB in order to avoid overflow. + The "clearprof" command allows you to clear these counters at any time. + + +8.7 Set flag (no_disc) + + setflag <target> <flag> + + target: target number + + For the moment, only one flag is available: + + no_disc: not allow target to disconnect. + + Do not specify any flag in order to reset the flag. For example: + - setflag 4 + will reset no_disc flag for target 4, so will allow it disconnections. + - setflag all + will allow disconnection for all devices on the SCSI bus. + + +8.8 Set verbose level + + setverbose #level + + The driver default verbose level is 1. This command allows to change + th driver verbose level after boot-up. + +8.9 Reset all logical units of a target + + resetdev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a BUS DEVICE RESET message to the target. + (Only supported by the SYM53C8XX driver and provided for test purpose) + +8.10 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target + + cleardev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a ABORT message to all the logical units + of the target. + (Only supported by the SYM53C8XX driver and provided for test purpose) + + +9. Configuration parameters + +If the firmware of all your devices is perfect enough, all the +features supported by the driver can be enabled at start-up. However, +if only one has a flaw for some SCSI feature, you can disable the +support by the driver of this feature at linux start-up and enable +this feature after boot-up only for devices that support it safely. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE_SUPPORT (default answer: n) + This option must be set for profiling information to be gathered + and printed out through the proc file system. This features may + impact performances. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED (default answer: n) + Answer "y" if you suspect your mother board to not allow memory mapped I/O. + May slow down performance a little. This option is required by + Linux/PPC and is used no matter what you select here. Linux/PPC + suffers no performance loss with this option since all IO is memory + mapped anyway. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS (default answer: 8) + Default tagged command queue depth. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS (default answer: 8) + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of tagged commands + that can be queued to a device. The maximum supported value is 32. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC (default answer: 5) + This option allows you to specify the frequency in MHz the driver + will use at boot time for synchronous data transfer negotiations. + This frequency can be changed later with the "setsync" control command. + 0 means "asynchronous data transfers". + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_FORCE_SYNC_NEGO (default answer: n) + Force synchronous negotiation for all SCSI-2 devices. + Some SCSI-2 devices do not report this feature in byte 7 of inquiry + response but do support it properly (TAMARACK scanners for example). + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT (default and only reasonable answer: n) + If you suspect a device of yours does not properly support disconnections, + you can answer "y". Then, all SCSI devices will never disconnect the bus + even while performing long SCSI operations. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT + Genuine SYMBIOS boards use GPIO0 in output for controller LED and GPIO3 + bit as a flag indicating singled-ended/differential interface. + If all the boards of your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or use + BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to enable this option. + This option must NOT be enabled if your system has at least one 53C8XX + based scsi board with a vendor-specific BIOS. + For example, Tekram DC-390/U, DC-390/W and DC-390/F scsi controllers + use a vendor-specific BIOS and are known to not use SYMBIOS compatible + GPIO wiring. So, this option must not be enabled if your system has + such a board installed. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NVRAM_DETECT + Enable support for reading the serial NVRAM data on Symbios and + some Symbios compatible cards, and Tekram DC390W/U/F cards. Useful for + systems with more than one Symbios compatible controller where at least + one has a serial NVRAM, or for a system with a mixture of Symbios and + Tekram cards. Enables setting the boot order of host adaptors + to something other than the default order or "reverse probe" order. + Also enables Symbios and Tekram cards to be distinguished so + CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT may be set in a system with a + mixture of Symbios and Tekram cards so the Symbios cards can make use of + the full range of Symbios features, differential, led pin, without + causing problems for the Tekram card(s). + +10. Boot setup commands + +10.1 Syntax + +Setup commands can be passed to the driver either at boot time or as a +string variable using 'insmod'. + +A boot setup command for the ncr53c8xx (sym53c8xx) driver begins with the +driver name "ncr53c8xx="(sym53c8xx). The kernel syntax parser then expects +an optionnal list of integers separated with comma followed by an optional +list of comma-separated strings. Example of boot setup command under lilo +prompt: + +lilo: linux root=/dev/hda2 ncr53c8xx=tags:4,sync:10,debug:0x200 + +- enable tagged commands, up to 4 tagged commands queued. +- set synchronous negotiation speed to 10 Mega-transfers / second. +- set DEBUG_NEGO flag. + +Since comma seems not to be allowed when defining a string variable using +'insmod', the driver also accepts <space> as option separator. +The following command will install driver module with the same options as +above. + + insmod ncr53c8xx.o ncr53c8xx="tags:4 sync:10 debug:0x200" + +For the moment, the integer list of arguments is discarded by the driver. +It will be used in the future in order to allow a per controller setup. + +Each string argument must be specified as "keyword:value". Only lower-case +characters and digits are allowed. + +In a system that contains multiple 53C8xx adapters insmod will install the +specified driver on each adapter. To exclude a chip use the 'excl' keyword. + +The sequence of commands, + + insmod sym53c8xx sym53c8xx=excl:0x1400 + insmod ncr53c8xx + +installs the sym53c8xx driver on all adapters except the one at IO port +address 0x1400 and then installs the ncr53c8xx driver to the adapter at IO +port address 0x1400. + + +10.2 Available arguments + +10.2.1 Master parity checking + mpar:y enabled + mpar:n disabled + +10.2.2 Scsi parity checking + spar:y enabled + spar:n disabled + +10.2.3 Scsi disconnections + disc:y enabled + disc:n disabled + +10.2.4 Special features + Only apply to 810A, 825A, 860, 875 and 895 controllers. + Have no effect with other ones. + specf:y (or 1) enabled + specf:n (or 0) disabled + specf:3 enabled except Memory Write And Invalidate + The default driver setup is 'specf:3'. As a consequence, option 'specf:y' + must be specified in the boot setup command to enable Memory Write And + Invalidate. + +10.2.5 Ultra SCSI support + Only apply to 860, 875, 895, 895a, 896, 1010 and 1010_66 controllers. + Have no effect with other ones. + ultra:n All ultra speeds enabled + ultra:2 Ultra2 enabled + ultra:1 Ultra enabled + ultra:0 Ultra speeds disabled + +10.2.6 Default number of tagged commands + tags:0 (or tags:1 ) tagged command queuing disabled + tags:#tags (#tags > 1) tagged command queuing enabled + #tags will be truncated to the max queued commands configuration parameter. + This option also allows to specify a command queue depth for each device + that support tagged command queueing. + Example: + ncr53c8xx=tags:10/t2t3q16-t5q24/t1u2q32 + will set devices queue depth as follow: + - controller #0 target #2 and target #3 -> 16 commands, + - controller #0 target #5 -> 24 commands, + - controller #1 target #1 logical unit #2 -> 32 commands, + - all other logical units (all targets, all controllers) -> 10 commands. + +10.2.7 Default synchronous period factor + sync:255 disabled (asynchronous transfer mode) + sync:#factor + #factor = 10 Ultra-2 SCSI 40 Mega-transfers / second + #factor = 11 Ultra-2 SCSI 33 Mega-transfers / second + #factor < 25 Ultra SCSI 20 Mega-transfers / second + #factor < 50 Fast SCSI-2 + + In all cases, the driver will use the minimum transfer period supported by + controllers according to NCR53C8XX chip type. + +10.2.8 Negotiate synchronous with all devices + (force sync nego) + fsn:y enabled + fsn:n disabled + +10.2.9 Verbosity level + verb:0 minimal + verb:1 normal + verb:2 too much + +10.2.10 Debug mode + debug:0 clear debug flags + debug:#x set debug flags + #x is an integer value combining the following power-of-2 values: + DEBUG_ALLOC 0x1 + DEBUG_PHASE 0x2 + DEBUG_POLL 0x4 + DEBUG_QUEUE 0x8 + DEBUG_RESULT 0x10 + DEBUG_SCATTER 0x20 + DEBUG_SCRIPT 0x40 + DEBUG_TINY 0x80 + DEBUG_TIMING 0x100 + DEBUG_NEGO 0x200 + DEBUG_TAGS 0x400 + DEBUG_FREEZE 0x800 + DEBUG_RESTART 0x1000 + + You can play safely with DEBUG_NEGO. However, some of these flags may + generate bunches of syslog messages. + +10.2.11 Burst max + burst:0 burst disabled + burst:255 get burst length from initial IO register settings. + burst:#x burst enabled (1<<#x burst transfers max) + #x is an integer value which is log base 2 of the burst transfers max. + The NCR53C875 and NCR53C825A support up to 128 burst transfers (#x = 7). + Other chips only support up to 16 (#x = 4). + This is a maximum value. The driver set the burst length according to chip + and revision ids. By default the driver uses the maximum value supported + by the chip. + +10.2.12 LED support + led:1 enable LED support + led:0 disable LED support + Donnot enable LED support if your scsi board does not use SDMS BIOS. + (See 'Configuration parameters') + +10.2.13 Max wide + wide:1 wide scsi enabled + wide:0 wide scsi disabled + Some scsi boards use a 875 (ultra wide) and only supply narrow connectors. + If you have connected a wide device with a 50 pins to 68 pins cable + converter, any accepted wide negotiation will break further data transfers. + In such a case, using "wide:0" in the bootup command will be helpfull. + +10.2.14 Differential mode + diff:0 never set up diff mode + diff:1 set up diff mode if BIOS set it + diff:2 always set up diff mode + diff:3 set diff mode if GPIO3 is not set + +10.2.15 IRQ mode + irqm:0 always open drain + irqm:1 same as initial settings (assumed BIOS settings) + irqm:2 always totem pole + irqm:0x10 driver will not use SA_SHIRQ flag when requesting irq + irqm:0x20 driver will not use SA_INTERRUPT flag when requesting irq + + (Bits 0x10 and 0x20 can be combined with hardware irq mode option) + +10.2.16 Reverse probe + revprob:n probe chip ids from the PCI configuration in this order: + 810, 815, 820, 860, 875, 885, 895, 896 + revprob:y probe chip ids in the reverse order. + +10.2.17 Fix up PCI configuration space + pcifix:<option bits> + + Available option bits: + 0x0: No attempt to fix PCI configuration space registers values. + 0x1: Set PCI cache-line size register if not set. + 0x2: Set write and invalidate bit in PCI command register. + 0x4: Increase if necessary PCI latency timer according to burst max. + + Use 'pcifix:7' in order to allow the driver to fix up all PCI features. + +10.2.18 Serial NVRAM + nvram:n do not look for serial NVRAM + nvram:y test controllers for onboard serial NVRAM + (alternate binary form) + mvram=<bits options> + 0x01 look for NVRAM (equivalent to nvram=y) + 0x02 ignore NVRAM "Synchronous negotiation" parameters for all devices + 0x04 ignore NVRAM "Wide negotiation" parameter for all devices + 0x08 ignore NVRAM "Scan at boot time" parameter for all devices + 0x80 also attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM (sym53c8xx only) + +10.2.19 Check SCSI BUS + buschk:<option bits> + + Available option bits: + 0x0: No check. + 0x1: Check and do not attach the controller on error. + 0x2: Check and just warn on error. + 0x4: Disable SCSI bus integrity checking. + +10.2.20 Exclude a host from being attached + excl=<io_address> + + Prevent host at a given io address from being attached. + For example 'ncr53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl:0xc000' indicate to the + ncr53c8xx driver not to attach hosts at address 0xb400 and 0xc000. + +10.2.21 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + hostid:255 no id suggested. + hostid:#x (0 < x < 7) x suggested for hosts SCSI id. + + If a host SCSI id is available from the NVRAM, the driver will ignore + any value suggested as boot option. Otherwise, if a suggested value + different from 255 has been supplied, it will use it. Otherwise, it will + try to deduce the value previously set in the hardware and use value + 7 if the hardware value is zero. + +10.2.22 Enable use of IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION + (only supported by the sym53c8xx driver. See 10.7 for more details) + iarb:0 do not use this feature. + iarb:#x use this feature according to bit fields as follow: + + bit 0 (1) : enable IARB each time the initiator has been reselected + when it arbitrated for the SCSI BUS. + (#x >> 4) : maximum number of successive settings of IARB if the initiator + win arbitration and it has other commands to send to a device. + +Boot fail safe + safe:y load the following assumed fail safe initial setup + + master parity disabled mpar:n + scsi parity enabled spar:y + disconnections not allowed disc:n + special features disabled specf:n + ultra scsi disabled ultra:n + force sync negotiation disabled fsn:n + reverse probe disabled revprob:n + PCI fix up disabled pcifix:0 + serial NVRAM enabled nvram:y + verbosity level 2 verb:2 + tagged command queuing disabled tags:0 + synchronous negotiation disabled sync:255 + debug flags none debug:0 + burst length from BIOS settings burst:255 + LED support disabled led:0 + wide support disabled wide:0 + settle time 10 seconds settle:10 + differential support from BIOS settings diff:1 + irq mode from BIOS settings irqm:1 + SCSI BUS check do not attach on error buschk:1 + immediate arbitration disabled iarb:0 + +10.3 Advised boot setup commands + +If the driver has been configured with default options, the equivalent +boot setup is: + + ncr53c8xx=mpar:y,spar:y,disc:y,specf:3,fsn:n,ultra:2,fsn:n,revprob:n,verb:1\ + tags:0,sync:50,debug:0,burst:7,led:0,wide:1,settle:2,diff:0,irqm:0 + +For an installation diskette or a safe but not fast system, +boot setup can be: + + ncr53c8xx=safe:y,mpar:y,disc:y + ncr53c8xx=safe:y,disc:y + ncr53c8xx=safe:y,mpar:y + ncr53c8xx=safe:y + +My personnal system works flawlessly with the following equivalent setup: + + ncr53c8xx=mpar:y,spar:y,disc:y,specf:1,fsn:n,ultra:2,fsn:n,revprob:n,verb:1\ + tags:32,sync:12,debug:0,burst:7,led:1,wide:1,settle:2,diff:0,irqm:0 + +The driver prints its actual setup when verbosity level is 2. You can try +"ncr53c8xx=verb:2" to get the "static" setup of the driver, or add "verb:2" +to your boot setup command in order to check the actual setup the driver is +using. + +10.4 PCI configuration fix-up boot option + +pcifix:<option bits> + +Available option bits: + 0x1: Set PCI cache-line size register if not set. + 0x2: Set write and invalidate bit in PCI command register. + +Use 'pcifix:3' in order to allow the driver to fix both PCI features. + +These options only apply to new SYMBIOS chips 810A, 825A, 860, 875 +and 895 and are only supported for Pentium and 486 class processors. +Recent SYMBIOS 53C8XX scsi processors are able to use PCI read multiple +and PCI write and invalidate commands. These features require the +cache line size register to be properly set in the PCI configuration +space of the chips. On the other hand, chips will use PCI write and +invalidate commands only if the corresponding bit is set to 1 in the +PCI command register. + +Not all PCI bioses set the PCI cache line register and the PCI write and +invalidate bit in the PCI configuration space of 53C8XX chips. +Optimized PCI accesses may be broken for some PCI/memory controllers or +make problems with some PCI boards. + +This fix-up worked flawlessly on my previous system. +(MB Triton HX / 53C875 / 53C810A) +I use these options at my own risks as you will do if you decide to +use them too. + + +10.5 Serial NVRAM support boot option + +nvram:n do not look for serial NVRAM +nvram:y test controllers for onboard serial NVRAM + +This option can also been entered as an hexadecimal value that allows +to control what information the driver will get from the NVRAM and what +information it will ignore. +For details see '17. Serial NVRAM support'. + +When this option is enabled, the driver tries to detect all boards using +a Serial NVRAM. This memory is used to hold user set up parameters. + +The parameters the driver is able to get from the NVRAM depend on the +data format used, as follow: + + Tekram format Symbios format +General and host parameters + Boot order N Y + Host SCSI ID Y Y + SCSI parity checking Y Y + Verbose boot messages N Y +SCSI devices parameters + Synchronous transfer speed Y Y + Wide 16 / Narrow Y Y + Tagged Command Queuing enabled Y Y + Disconnections enabled Y Y + Scan at boot time N Y + +In order to speed up the system boot, for each device configured without +the "scan at boot time" option, the driver forces an error on the +first TEST UNIT READY command received for this device. + +Some SDMS BIOS revisions seem to be unable to boot cleanly with very fast +hard disks. In such a situation you cannot configure the NVRAM with +optimized parameters value. + +The 'nvram' boot option can be entered in hexadecimal form in order +to ignore some options configured in the NVRAM, as follow: + +mvram=<bits options> + 0x01 look for NVRAM (equivalent to nvram=y) + 0x02 ignore NVRAM "Synchronous negotiation" parameters for all devices + 0x04 ignore NVRAM "Wide negotiation" parameter for all devices + 0x08 ignore NVRAM "Scan at boot time" parameter for all devices + 0x80 also attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM (sym53c8xx only) + +Option 0x80 is only supported by the sym53c8xx driver and is disabled by +default. Result is that, by default (option not set), the sym53c8xx driver +will not attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM. + +The ncr53c8xx always tries to attach all the controllers. Option 0x80 has +not been added to the ncr53c8xx driver, since it has been reported to +confuse users who use this driver since a long time. If you desire a +controller not to be attached by the ncr53c8xx driver at Linux boot, you +must use the 'excl' driver boot option. + +10.6 SCSI BUS checking boot option. + +When this option is set to a non-zero value, the driver checks SCSI lines +logic state, 100 micro-seconds after having asserted the SCSI RESET line. +The driver just reads SCSI lines and checks all lines read FALSE except RESET. +Since SCSI devices shall release the BUS at most 800 nano-seconds after SCSI +RESET has been asserted, any signal to TRUE may indicate a SCSI BUS problem. +Unfortunately, the following common SCSI BUS problems are not detected: +- Only 1 terminator installed. +- Misplaced terminators. +- Bad quality terminators. +On the other hand, either bad cabling, broken devices, not conformant +devices, ... may cause a SCSI signal to be wrong when te driver reads it. + +10.7 IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION boot option + +This option is only supported by the SYM53C8XX driver (not by the NCR53C8XX). + +SYMBIOS 53C8XX chips are able to arbitrate for the SCSI BUS as soon as they +have detected an expected disconnection (BUS FREE PHASE). For this process +to be started, bit 1 of SCNTL1 IO register must be set when the chip is +connected to the SCSI BUS. + +When this feature has been enabled for the current connection, the chip has +every chance to win arbitration if only devices with lower priority are +competing for the SCSI BUS. By the way, when the chip is using SCSI id 7, +then it will for sure win the next SCSI BUS arbitration. + +Since, there is no way to know what devices are trying to arbitrate for the +BUS, using this feature can be extremely unfair. So, you are not advised +to enable it, or at most enable this feature for the case the chip lost +the previous arbitration (boot option 'iarb:1'). + +This feature has the following advantages: + +a) Allow the initiator with ID 7 to win arbitration when it wants so. +b) Overlap at least 4 micro-seconds of arbitration time with the execution + of SCRIPTS that deal with the end of the current connection and that + starts the next job. + +Hmmm... But (a) may just prevent other devices from reselecting the initiator, +and delay data transfers or status/completions, and (b) may just waste +SCSI BUS bandwidth if the SCRIPTS execution lasts more than 4 micro-seconds. + +The use of IARB needs the SCSI_NCR_IARB_SUPPORT option to have been defined +at compile time and the 'iarb' boot option to have been set to a non zero +value at boot time. It is not that useful for real work, but can be used +to stress SCSI devices or for some applications that can gain advantage of +it. By the way, if you experience badnesses like 'unexpected disconnections', +'bad reselections', etc... when using IARB on heavy IO load, you should not +be surprised, because force-feeding anything and blocking its arse at the +same time cannot work for a long time. :-)) + + +11. Some constants and flags of the ncr53c8xx.h header file + +Some of these are defined from the configuration parameters. To +change other "defines", you must edit the header file. Do that only +if you know what you are doing. + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_SPECIAL_FEATURES (default: defined) + If defined, the driver will enable some special features according + to chip and revision id. + For 810A, 860, 825A, 875 and 895 scsi chips, this option enables + support of features that reduce load of PCI bus and memory accesses + during scsi transfer processing: burst op-code fetch, read multiple, + read line, prefetch, cache line, write and invalidate, + burst 128 (875 only), large dma fifo (875 only), offset 16 (875 only). + Can be changed by the following boot setup command: + ncr53c8xx=specf:n + +SCSI_NCR_IOMAPPED (default: not defined) + If defined, normal I/O is forced. + +SCSI_NCR_SHARE_IRQ (default: defined) + If defined, request shared IRQ. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS (default: 8) + Maximum number of simultaneous tagged commands to a device. + Can be changed by "settags <target> <maxtags>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_DEFAULT_SYNC (default: 50) + Transfer period factor the driver will use at boot time for synchronous + negotiation. 0 means asynchronous. + Can be changed by "setsync <target> <period factor>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_DEFAULT_TAGS (default: 8) + Default number of simultaneous tagged commands to a device. + < 1 means tagged command queuing disabled at start-up. + +SCSI_NCR_ALWAYS_SIMPLE_TAG (default: defined) + Use SIMPLE TAG for read and write commands. + Can be changed by "setorder <ordered|simple|default>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_DISCONNECTION (default: defined) + If defined, targets are allowed to disconnect. + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_FORCE_SYNC_NEGO (default: not defined) + If defined, synchronous negotiation is tried for all SCSI-2 devices. + Can be changed by "setsync <target> <period>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_MASTER_PARITY (default: defined) + If defined, master parity checking is enabled. + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_MASTER_PARITY (default: defined) + If defined, SCSI parity checking is enabled. + +SCSI_NCR_PROFILE_SUPPORT (default: not defined) + If defined, profiling information is gathered. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_SCATTER (default: 128) + Scatter list size of the driver ccb. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_TARGET (default: 16) + Max number of targets per host. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_HOST (default: 2) + Max number of host controllers. + +SCSI_NCR_SETTLE_TIME (default: 2) + Number of seconds the driver will wait after reset. + +SCSI_NCR_TIMEOUT_ALERT (default: 3) + If a pending command will time out after this amount of seconds, + an ordered tag is used for the next command. + Avoids timeouts for unordered tagged commands. + +SCSI_NCR_CAN_QUEUE (default: 7*SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS) + Max number of commands that can be queued to a host. + +SCSI_NCR_CMD_PER_LUN (default: SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS) + Max number of commands queued to a host for a device. + +SCSI_NCR_SG_TABLESIZE (default: SCSI_NCR_MAX_SCATTER-1) + Max size of the Linux scatter/gather list. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_LUN (default: 8) + Max number of LUNs per target. + + +12. Installation + +This driver is part of the linux kernel distribution. +Driver files are located in the sub-directory "drivers/scsi" of the +kernel source tree. + +Driver files: + + README.ncr53c8xx : this file + ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx : change log + ncr53c8xx.h : definitions + ncr53c8xx.c : the driver code + +New driver versions are made available separately in order to allow testing +changes and new features prior to including them into the linux kernel +distribution. The following URL provides informations on latest avalaible +patches: + + ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/people/gerard-roudier/README + + +13. Architecture dependent features. + +<Not yet written> + + +14. Known problems + +14.1 Tagged commands with Iomega Jaz device + +I have not tried this device, however it has been reported to me the +following: This device is capable of Tagged command queuing. However +while spinning up, it rejects Tagged commands. This behaviour is +conforms to 6.8.2 of SCSI-2 specifications. The current behaviour of +the driver in that situation is not satisfying. So do not enable +Tagged command queuing for devices that are able to spin down. The +other problem that may appear is timeouts. The only way to avoid +timeouts seems to edit linux/drivers/scsi/sd.c and to increase the +current timeout values. + +14.2 Device names change when another controller is added. + +When you add a new NCR53C8XX chip based controller to a system that already +has one or more controllers of this family, it may happen that the order +the driver registers them to the kernel causes problems due to device +name changes. +When at least one controller uses NvRAM, SDMS BIOS version 4 allows you to +define the order the BIOS will scan the scsi boards. The driver attaches +controllers according to BIOS information if NvRAM detect option is set. + +If your controllers do not have NvRAM, you can: + +- Ask the driver to probe chip ids in reverse order from the boot command + line: ncr53c8xx=revprob:y +- Make appropriate changes in the fstab. +- Use the 'scsidev' tool from Eric Youngdale. + +14.3 Using only 8 bit devices with a WIDE SCSI controller. + +When only 8 bit NARROW devices are connected to a 16 bit WIDE SCSI controller, +you must ensure that lines of the wide part of the SCSI BUS are pulled-up. +This can be achieved by ENABLING the WIDE TERMINATOR portion of the SCSI +controller card. +The TYAN 1365 documentation revision 1.2 is not correct about such settings. +(page 10, figure 3.3). + +14.4 Possible data corruption during a Memory Write and Invalidate + +This problem is described in SYMBIOS DEL 397, Part Number 69-039241, ITEM 4. + +In some complex situations, 53C875 chips revision <= 3 may start a PCI +Write and Invalidate Command at a not cache-line-aligned 4 DWORDS boundary. +This is only possible when Cache Line Size is 8 DWORDS or greater. +Pentium systems use a 8 DWORDS cache line size and so are concerned by +this chip bug, unlike i486 systems that use a 4 DWORDS cache line size. + +When this situation occurs, the chip may complete the Write and Invalidate +command after having only filled part of the last cache line involved in +the transfer, leaving to data corruption the remainder of this cache line. + +Not using Write And Invalidate obviously gets rid of this chip bug, and so +it is now the default setting of the driver. +However, for people like me who want to enable this feature, I have added +part of a work-around suggested by SYMBIOS. This work-around resets the +addressing logic when the DATA IN phase is entered and so prevents the bug +from being triggered for the first SCSI MOVE of the phase. This work-around +should be enough according to the following: + +The only driver internal data structure that is greater than 8 DWORDS and +that is moved by the SCRIPTS processor is the 'CCB header' that contains +the context of the SCSI transfer. This data structure is aligned on 8 DWORDS +boundary (Pentium Cache Line Size), and so is immune to this chip bug, at +least on Pentium systems. +But the conditions of this bug can be met when a SCSI read command is +performed using a buffer that is 4 DWORDS but not cache-line aligned. +This cannot happen under Linux when scatter/gather lists are used since +they only refer to system buffers that are well aligned. So, a work around +may only be needed under Linux when a scatter/gather list is not used and +when the SCSI DATA IN phase is reentered after a phase mismatch. + +14.5 IRQ sharing problems + +When an IRQ is shared by devices that are handled by different drivers, it +may happen that one driver complains about the request of the IRQ having +failed. Inder Linux-2.0, this may be due to one driver having requested the +IRQ using the SA_INTERRUPT flag but some other having requested the same IRQ +without this flag. Under both Linux-2.0 and linux-2.2, this may be caused by +one driver not having requested the IRQ with the SA_SHIRQ flag. + +By default, the ncr53c8xx and sym53c8xx drivers request IRQs with both the +SA_INTERRUPT and the SA_SHIRQ flag under Linux-2.0 and with only the SA_SHIRQ +flag under Linux-2.2. + +Under Linux-2.0, you can disable use of SA_INTERRUPT flag from the boot +command line by using the following option: + + ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20 (for the generic ncr53c8xx driver) + sym53c8xx=irqm:0x20 (for the sym53c8xx driver) + +If this does not fix the problem, then you may want to check how all other +drivers are requesting the IRQ and report the problem. Note that if at least +a single driver does not request the IRQ with the SA_SHIRQ flag (share IRQ), +then the request of the IRQ obviously will not succeed for all the drivers. + +15. SCSI problem troubleshooting + +15.1 Problem tracking + +Most SCSI problems are due to a non conformant SCSI bus or to buggy +devices. If infortunately you have SCSI problems, you can check the +following things: + +- SCSI bus cables +- terminations at both end of the SCSI chain +- linux syslog messages (some of them may help you) + +If you do not find the source of problems, you can configure the +driver with no features enabled. + +- only asynchronous data transfers +- tagged commands disabled +- disconnections not allowed + +Now, if your SCSI bus is ok, your system have every chance to work +with this safe configuration but performances will not be optimal. + +If it still fails, then you can send your problem description to +appropriate mailing lists or news-groups. Send me a copy in order to +be sure I will receive it. Obviously, a bug in the driver code is +possible. + + My email address: Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> + +Allowing disconnections is important if you use several devices on +your SCSI bus but often causes problems with buggy devices. +Synchronous data transfers increases throughput of fast devices like +hard disks. Good SCSI hard disks with a large cache gain advantage of +tagged commands queuing. + +Try to enable one feature at a time with control commands. For example: + +- echo "setsync all 25" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + Will enable fast synchronous data transfer negotiation for all targets. + +- echo "setflag 3" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + Will reset flags (no_disc) for target 3, and so will allow it to disconnect + the SCSI Bus. + +- echo "settags 3 8" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + Will enable tagged command queuing for target 3 if that device supports it. + +Once you have found the device and the feature that cause problems, just +disable that feature for that device. + +15.2 Understanding hardware error reports + +When the driver detects an unexpected error condition, it may display a +message of the following pattern. + +sym53c876-0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +sym53c876-0: script cmd = 19000000 +sym53c876-0: regdump: da 10 80 95 47 0f 01 07 75 01 81 21 80 01 09 00. + +Some fields in such a message may help you understand the cause of the +problem, as follows: + +sym53c876-0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +............A.........B.C....D.E..F....G.H.......I.....J...K....... + +Field A : target number. + SCSI ID of the device the controller was talking with at the moment the + error occurs. + +Field B : DSTAT io register (DMA STATUS) + Bit 0x40 : MDPE Master Data Parity Error + Data parity error detected on the PCI BUS. + Bit 0x20 : BF Bus Fault + PCI bus fault condition detected + Bit 0x01 : IID Illegal Instruction Detected + Set by the chip when it detects an Illegal Instruction format + on some condition that makes an instruction illegal. + Bit 0x80 : DFE Dma Fifo Empty + Pure status bit that does not indicate an error. + If the reported DSTAT value contains a combination of MDPE (0x40), + BF (0x20), then the cause may be likely due to a PCI BUS problem. + +Field C : SIST io register (SCSI Interrupt Status) + Bit 0x08 : SGE SCSI GROSS ERROR + Indicates that the chip detected a severe error condition + on the SCSI BUS that prevents the SCSI protocol from functioning + properly. + Bit 0x04 : UDC Unexpected Disconnection + Indicates that the device released the SCSI BUS when the chip + was not expecting this to happen. A device may behave so to + indicate the SCSI initiator that an error condition not reportable using the SCSI protocol has occurred. + Bit 0x02 : RST SCSI BUS Reset + Generally SCSI targets do not reset the SCSI BUS, although any + device on the BUS can reset it at any time. + Bit 0x01 : PAR Parity + SCSI parity error detected. + On a faulty SCSI BUS, any error condition among SGE (0x08), UDC (0x04) and + PAR (0x01) may be detected by the chip. If your SCSI system sometimes + encounters such error conditions, especially SCSI GROSS ERROR, then a SCSI + BUS problem is likely the cause of these errors. + +For fields D,E,F,G and H, you may look into the sym53c8xx_defs.h file +that contains some minimal comments on IO register bits. +Field D : SOCL Scsi Output Control Latch + This register reflects the state of the SCSI control lines the + chip want to drive or compare against. +Field E : SBCL Scsi Bus Control Lines + Actual value of control lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field F : SBDL Scsi Bus Data Lines + Actual value of data lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field G : SXFER SCSI Transfer + Contains the setting of the Synchronous Period for output and + the current Synchronous offset (offset 0 means asynchronous). +Field H : SCNTL3 Scsi Control Register 3 + Contains the setting of timing values for both asynchronous and + synchronous data transfers. + +Understanding Fields I, J, K and dumps requires to have good knowledge of +SCSI standards, chip cores functionnals and internal driver data structures. +You are not required to decode and understand them, unless you want to help +maintain the driver code. + +16. Synchonous transfer negotiation tables + +Tables below have been created by calling the routine the driver uses +for synchronisation negotiation timing calculation and chip setting. +The first table corresponds to Ultra chips 53875 and 53C860 with 80 MHz +clock and 5 clock divisors. +The second one has been calculated by setting the scsi clock to 40 Mhz +and using 4 clock divisors and so applies to all NCR53C8XX chips in fast +SCSI-2 mode. + +Periods are in nano-seconds and speeds are in Mega-transfers per second. +1 Mega-transfers/second means 1 MB/s with 8 bits SCSI and 2 MB/s with +Wide16 SCSI. + +16.1 Synchronous timings for 53C895, 53C875 and 53C860 SCSI controllers + + ---------------------------------------------- + Negotiated NCR settings + Factor Period Speed Period Speed + ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ + 10 25 40.000 25 40.000 (53C895 only) + 11 30.2 33.112 31.25 32.000 (53C895 only) + 12 50 20.000 50 20.000 + 13 52 19.230 62 16.000 + 14 56 17.857 62 16.000 + 15 60 16.666 62 16.000 + 16 64 15.625 75 13.333 + 17 68 14.705 75 13.333 + 18 72 13.888 75 13.333 + 19 76 13.157 87 11.428 + 20 80 12.500 87 11.428 + 21 84 11.904 87 11.428 + 22 88 11.363 93 10.666 + 23 92 10.869 93 10.666 + 24 96 10.416 100 10.000 + 25 100 10.000 100 10.000 + 26 104 9.615 112 8.888 + 27 108 9.259 112 8.888 + 28 112 8.928 112 8.888 + 29 116 8.620 125 8.000 + 30 120 8.333 125 8.000 + 31 124 8.064 125 8.000 + 32 128 7.812 131 7.619 + 33 132 7.575 150 6.666 + 34 136 7.352 150 6.666 + 35 140 7.142 150 6.666 + 36 144 6.944 150 6.666 + 37 148 6.756 150 6.666 + 38 152 6.578 175 5.714 + 39 156 6.410 175 5.714 + 40 160 6.250 175 5.714 + 41 164 6.097 175 5.714 + 42 168 5.952 175 5.714 + 43 172 5.813 175 5.714 + 44 176 5.681 187 5.333 + 45 180 5.555 187 5.333 + 46 184 5.434 187 5.333 + 47 188 5.319 200 5.000 + 48 192 5.208 200 5.000 + 49 196 5.102 200 5.000 + + +16.2 Synchronous timings for fast SCSI-2 53C8XX controllers + + ---------------------------------------------- + Negotiated NCR settings + Factor Period Speed Period Speed + ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ + 25 100 10.000 100 10.000 + 26 104 9.615 125 8.000 + 27 108 9.259 125 8.000 + 28 112 8.928 125 8.000 + 29 116 8.620 125 8.000 + 30 120 8.333 125 8.000 + 31 124 8.064 125 8.000 + 32 128 7.812 131 7.619 + 33 132 7.575 150 6.666 + 34 136 7.352 150 6.666 + 35 140 7.142 150 6.666 + 36 144 6.944 150 6.666 + 37 148 6.756 150 6.666 + 38 152 6.578 175 5.714 + 39 156 6.410 175 5.714 + 40 160 6.250 175 5.714 + 41 164 6.097 175 5.714 + 42 168 5.952 175 5.714 + 43 172 5.813 175 5.714 + 44 176 5.681 187 5.333 + 45 180 5.555 187 5.333 + 46 184 5.434 187 5.333 + 47 188 5.319 200 5.000 + 48 192 5.208 200 5.000 + 49 196 5.102 200 5.000 + + +17. Serial NVRAM (added by Richard Waltham: dormouse@farsrobt.demon.co.uk) + +17.1 Features + +Enabling serial NVRAM support enables detection of the serial NVRAM included +on Symbios and some Symbios compatible host adaptors, and Tekram boards. The +serial NVRAM is used by Symbios and Tekram to hold set up parameters for the +host adaptor and it's attached drives. + +The Symbios NVRAM also holds data on the boot order of host adaptors in a +system with more than one host adaptor. This enables the order of scanning +the cards for drives to be changed from the default used during host adaptor +detection. + +This can be done to a limited extent at the moment using "reverse probe" but +this only changes the order of detection of different types of cards. The +NVRAM boot order settings can do this as well as change the order the same +types of cards are scanned in, something "reverse probe" cannot do. + +Tekram boards using Symbios chips, DC390W/F/U, which have NVRAM are detected +and this is used to distinguish between Symbios compatible and Tekram host +adaptors. This is used to disable the Symbios compatible "diff" setting +incorrectly set on Tekram boards if the CONFIG_SCSI_53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT +configuration parameter is set enabling both Symbios and Tekram boards to be +used together with the Symbios cards using all their features, including +"diff" support. ("led pin" support for Symbios compatible cards can remain +enabled when using Tekram cards. It does nothing useful for Tekram host +adaptors but does not cause problems either.) + + +17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + +typical data at NVRAM address 0x100 (53c810a NVRAM) +----------------------------------------------------------- +00 00 +64 01 +8e 0b + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +fe fe +00 00 +00 00 +----------------------------------------------------------- +NVRAM layout details + +NVRAM Address 0x000-0x0ff not used + 0x100-0x26f initialised data + 0x270-0x7ff not used + +general layout + + header - 6 bytes, + data - 356 bytes (checksum is byte sum of this data) + trailer - 6 bytes + --- + total 368 bytes + +data area layout + + controller set up - 20 bytes + boot configuration - 56 bytes (4x14 bytes) + device set up - 128 bytes (16x8 bytes) + unused (spare?) - 152 bytes (19x8 bytes) + --- + total 356 bytes + +----------------------------------------------------------- +header + +00 00 - ?? start marker +64 01 - byte count (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +8e 0b - checksum (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +----------------------------------------------------------- +controller set up + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + | | | | + | | | -- host ID + | | | + | | --Removable Media Support + | | 0x00 = none + | | 0x01 = Bootable Device + | | 0x02 = All with Media + | | + | --flag bits 2 + | 0x00000001= scan order hi->low + | (default 0x00 - scan low->hi) + --flag bits 1 + 0x00000001 scam enable + 0x00000010 parity enable + 0x00000100 verbose boot msgs + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up for any of the controllers. + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +(Removable Media added Symbios BIOS version 4.09) +----------------------------------------------------------- +boot configuration + +boot order set by order of the devices in this table + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 -- 1st controller +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 2nd controller +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 3rd controller +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4th controller + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ---- PCI io port adr + | | | | | --0x01 init/scan at boot time + | | | | --PCI device/function number (0xdddddfff) + | | ----- ?? PCI vendor ID (lsb/msb) + ----PCI device ID (lsb/msb) + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +device set up (up to 16 devices - includes controller) + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 0 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 15 + | | | | | | + | | | | ----timeout (lsb/msb) + | | | --synch period (0x?? 40 Mtrans/sec- fast 40) (probably 0x28) + | | | (0x30 20 Mtrans/sec- fast 20) + | | | (0x64 10 Mtrans/sec- fast ) + | | | (0xc8 5 Mtrans/sec) + | | | (0x00 asynchronous) + | | -- ?? max sync offset (0x08 in NVRAM on 53c810a) + | | (0x10 in NVRAM on 53c875) + | --device bus width (0x08 narrow) + | (0x10 16 bit wide) + --flag bits + 0x00000001 - disconnect enabled + 0x00000010 - scan at boot time + 0x00000100 - scan luns + 0x00001000 - queue tags enabled + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable +(but it could be max bus width) + +default set up for 53c810a NVRAM +default set up for 53c875 NVRAM - bus width - 0x10 + - sync offset ? - 0x10 + - sync period - 0x30 +----------------------------------------------------------- +?? spare device space (32 bit bus ??) + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 (19x8bytes) +. +. +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +trailer + +fe fe - ? end marker ? +00 00 +00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- + + + +17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout + +nvram 64x16 (1024 bit) + +Drive settings + +Drive ID 0-15 (addr 0x0yyyy0 = device setup, yyyy = ID) + (addr 0x0yyyy1 = 0x0000) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----- parity check 0 - off + | | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ------- sync neg 0 - off + | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | --------- disconnect 0 - off + | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | ----------- start cmd 0 - off + | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | -------------- tagged cmds 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | ---------------- wide neg 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + --------------------------- sync rate 0 - 10.0 Mtrans/sec + 1 - 8.0 + 2 - 6.6 + 3 - 5.7 + 4 - 5.0 + 5 - 4.0 + 6 - 3.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 8 - 20.0 + 9 - 16.7 + a - 13.9 + b - 11.9 + +Global settings + +Host flags 0 (addr 0x100000, 32) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----------- host ID 0x00 - 0x0f + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ----------------------- support for 0 - off + | | | | | | | > 2 drives 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ------------------------- support drives 0 - off + | | | | | | > 1Gbytes 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | --------------------------- bus reset on 0 - off + | | | | | power on 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | ----------------------------- active neg 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | -------------------------------- imm seek 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + | | ---------------------------------- scan luns 0 - off + | | 1 - on + | | + -------------------------------------- removable 0 - disable + as BIOS dev 1 - boot device + 2 - all + +Host flags 1 (addr 0x100001, 33) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | + | | | --------- boot delay 0 - 3 sec + | | | 1 - 5 + | | | 2 - 10 + | | | 3 - 20 + | | | 4 - 30 + | | | 5 - 60 + | | | 6 - 120 + | | | + --------------------------- max tag cmds 0 - 2 + 1 - 4 + 2 - 8 + 3 - 16 + 4 - 32 + +Host flags 2 (addr 0x100010, 34) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | + ----- F2/F6 enable 0 - off ??? + 1 - on ??? + +checksum (addr 0x111111) + +checksum = 0x1234 - (sum addr 0-63) + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +default nvram data: + +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 + +0x0f07 0x0400 0x0001 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0xfbbc + + +18. Support for Big Endian + +The PCI local bus has been primarily designed for x86 architecture. +As a consequence, PCI devices generally expect DWORDS using little endian +byte ordering. + +18.1 Big Endian CPU + +In order to support NCR chips on a Big Endian architecture the driver has to +perform byte reordering each time it is needed. This feature has been +added to the driver by Cort <cort@cs.nmt.edu> and is available in driver +version 2.5 and later ones. For the moment Big Endian support has only +been tested on Linux/PPC (PowerPC). + +18.2 NCR chip in Big Endian mode of operations + +It can be read in SYMBIOS documentation that some chips support a special +Big Endian mode, on paper: 53C815, 53C825A, 53C875, 53C875N, 53C895. +This mode of operations is not software-selectable, but needs pin named +BigLit to be pulled-up. Using this mode, most of byte reorderings should +be avoided when the driver is running on a Big Endian CPU. +Driver version 2.5 is also, in theory, ready for this feature. + +=============================================================================== +End of NCR53C8XX driver README file diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ce574e7791ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +README file for the osst driver +=============================== +(w) Kurt Garloff <garloff@suse.de> 12/2000 + +This file describes the osst driver as of version 0.8.x/0.9.x, the released +version of the osst driver. +It is intended to help advanced users to understand the role of osst and to +get them started using (and maybe debugging) it. +It won't address issues like "How do I compile a kernel?" or "How do I load +a module?", as these are too basic. +Once the OnStream got merged into the official kernel, the distro makers +will provide the OnStream support for those who are not familiar with +hacking their kernels. + + +Purpose +------- +The osst driver was developed, because the standard SCSI tape driver in +Linux, st, does not support the OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape. The st is not to +blame for that, as the OnStream tape drives do not support the standard SCSI +command set for Serial Access Storage Devices (SASDs), which basically +corresponds to the QIC-157 spec. +Nevertheless, the OnStream tapes are nice pieces of hardware and therefore +the osst driver has been written to make these tape devs supported by Linux. +The driver is free software. It's released under the GNU GPL and planned to +be integrated into the mainstream kernel. + + +Implementation +-------------- +The osst is a new high-level SCSI driver, just like st, sr, sd and sg. It +can be compiled into the kernel or loaded as a module. +As it represents a new device, it got assigned a new device node: /dev/osstX +are character devices with major no 206 and minor numbers like the /dev/stX +devices. If those are not present, you may create them by calling +Makedevs.sh as root (see below). +The driver started being a copy of st and as such, the osst devices' +behavior looks very much the same as st to the userspace applications. + + +History +------- +In the first place, osst shared it's identity very much with st. That meant +that it used the same kernel structures and the same device node as st. +So you could only have either of them being present in the kernel. This has +been fixed by registering an own device, now. +st and osst can coexist, each only accessing the devices it can support by +themselves. + + +Installation +------------ +osst got integrated into the linux kernel. Select it during kernel +configuration as module or compile statically into the kernel. +Compile your kernel and install the modules. + +Now, your osst driver is inside the kernel or available as a module, +depending on your choice during kernel config. You may still need to create +the device nodes by calling the Makedevs.sh script (see below) manually, +unless you use a devfs kernel, where this won't be needed. + +To load your module, you may use the command +modprobe osst +as root. dmesg should show you, whether your OnStream tapes have been +recognized. + +If you want to have the module autoloaded on access to /dev/osst, you may +add something like +alias char-major-206 osst +to your /etc/modprobe.conf (before 2.6: modules.conf). + +You may find it convenient to create a symbolic link +ln -s nosst0 /dev/tape +to make programs assuming a default name of /dev/tape more convenient to +use. + +The device nodes for osst have to be created. Use the Makedevs.sh script +attached to this file. + + +Using it +-------- +You may use the OnStream tape driver with your standard backup software, +which may be tar, cpio, amanda, arkeia, BRU, Lone Tar, ... +by specifying /dev/(n)osst0 as the tape device to use or using the above +symlink trick. The IOCTLs to control tape operation are also mostly +supported and you may try the mt (or mt_st) program to jump between +filemarks, eject the tape, ... + +There's one limitation: You need to use a block size of 32kB. + +(This limitation is worked on and will be fixed in version 0.8.8 of + this driver.) + +If you just want to get started with standard software, here is an example +for creating and restoring a full backup: +# Backup +tar cvf - / --exclude /proc | buffer -s 32k -m 24M -B -t -o /dev/nosst0 +# Restore +buffer -s 32k -m 8M -B -t -i /dev/osst0 | tar xvf - -C / + +The buffer command has been used to buffer the data before it goes to the +tape (or the file system) in order to smooth out the data stream and prevent +the tape from needing to stop and rewind. The OnStream does have an internal +buffer and a variable speed which help this, but especially on writing, the +buffering still proves useful in most cases. It also pads the data to +guarantees the block size of 32k. (Otherwise you may pass the -b64 option to +tar.) +Expect something like 1.8MB/s for the SC-x0 drives and 0.9MB/s for the DI-30. +The USB drive will give you about 0.7MB/s. +On a fast machine, you may profit from software data compression (z flag for +tar). + + +USB and IDE +----------- +Via the SCSI emulation layers usb-storage and ide-scsi, you can also use the +osst driver to drive the USB-30 and the DI-30 drives. (Unfortunately, there +is no such layer for the parallel port, otherwise the DP-30 would work as +well.) For the USB support, you need the latest 2.4.0-test kernels and the +latest usb-storage driver from +http://www.linux-usb.org/ +http://sourceforge.net/cvs/?group_id=3581 + +Note that the ide-tape driver as of 1.16f uses a slightly outdated on-tape +format and therefore is not completely interoperable with osst tapes. + +The ADR-x0 line is fully SCSI-2 compliant and is supported by st, not osst. +The on-tape format is supposed to be compatible with the one used by osst. + + +Feedback and updates +-------------------- +The driver development is coordinated through a mailing list +<osst@linux1.onstream.nl> +a CVS repository and some web pages. +The tester's pages which contain recent news and updated drivers to download +can be found on +http://linux1.onstream.nl/test/ + +If you find any problems, please have a look at the tester's page in order +to see whether the problem is already known and solved. Otherwise, please +report it to the mailing list. Your feedback is welcome. (This holds also +for reports of successful usage, of course.) +In case of trouble, please do always provide the following info: +* driver and kernel version used (see syslog) +* driver messages (syslog) +* SCSI config and OnStream Firmware (/proc/scsi/scsi) +* description of error. Is it reproducible? +* software and commands used + +You may subscribe to the mailing list, BTW, it's a majordomo list. + + +Status +------ +0.8.0 was the first widespread BETA release. Since then a lot of reports +have been sent, but mostly reported success or only minor trouble. +All the issues have been addressed. +Check the web pages for more info about the current developments. +0.9.x is the tree for the 2.3/2.4 kernel. + + +Acknowledgments +---------------- +The driver has been started by making a copy of Kai Makisara's st driver. +Most of the development has been done by Willem Riede. The presence of the +userspace program osg (onstreamsg) from Terry Hardie has been rather +helpful. The same holds for Gadi Oxman's ide-tape support for the DI-30. +I did add some patches to those drivers as well and coordinated things a +little bit. +Note that most of them did mostly spend their spare time for the creation of +this driver. +The people from OnStream, especially Jack Bombeeck did support this project +and always tried to answer HW or FW related questions. Furthermore, he +pushed the FW developers to do the right things. +SuSE did support this project by allowing me to work on it during my working +time for them and by integrating the driver into their distro. + +More people did help by sending useful comments. Sorry to those who have +been forgotten. Thanks to all the GNU/FSF and Linux developers who made this +platform such an interesting, nice and stable platform. +Thanks go to those who tested the drivers and did send useful reports. Your +help is needed! + + +Makedevs.sh +----------- +#!/bin/sh +# Script to create OnStream SC-x0 device nodes (major 206) +# Usage: Makedevs.sh [nos [path to dev]] +# $Id: README.osst.kernel,v 1.4 2000/12/20 14:13:15 garloff Exp $ +major=206 +nrs=4 +dir=/dev +test -z "$1" || nrs=$1 +test -z "$2" || dir=$2 +declare -i nr +nr=0 +test -d $dir || mkdir -p $dir +while test $nr -lt $nrs; do + mknod $dir/osst$nr c $major $nr + chown 0.disk $dir/osst$nr; chmod 660 $dir/osst$nr; + mknod $dir/nosst$nr c $major $[nr+128] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst$nr; chmod 660 $dir/nosst$nr; + mknod $dir/osst${nr}l c $major $[nr+32] + chown 0.disk $dir/osst${nr}l; chmod 660 $dir/osst${nr}l; + mknod $dir/nosst${nr}l c $major $[nr+160] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst${nr}l; chmod 660 $dir/nosst${nr}l; + mknod $dir/osst${nr}m c $major $[nr+64] + chown 0.disk $dir/osst${nr}m; chmod 660 $dir/osst${nr}m; + mknod $dir/nosst${nr}m c $major $[nr+192] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst${nr}m; chmod 660 $dir/nosst${nr}m; + mknod $dir/osst${nr}a c $major $[nr+96] + chown 0.disk $dir/osst${nr}a; chmod 660 $dir/osst${nr}a; + mknod $dir/nosst${nr}a c $major $[nr+224] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst${nr}a; chmod 660 $dir/nosst${nr}a; + let nr+=1 +done diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0dac88d86d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +-------- Terse where to get ZIP Drive help info -------- + +General Iomega ZIP drive page for Linux: +http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ + +Driver achive for old drivers: +http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa/ + +Linux Parport page (parallel port) +http://www.torque.net/parport/ + +Email list for Linux Parport +linux-parport@torque.net + +Email for problems with ZIP or ZIP Plus drivers +campbell@torque.net diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/qla2xxx.revision.notes b/Documentation/scsi/qla2xxx.revision.notes new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..290cdaf84f8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/qla2xxx.revision.notes @@ -0,0 +1,457 @@ +/* + * QLogic ISP2200 and ISP2300 Linux Driver Revision List File. + * + ******************************************************************** + * + * Revision History + * + * Rev 8.00.00b8 December 5, 2003 AV + * - Instruct mid-layer to perform initial scan. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b7 December 5, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.6.0-test11. + * - Add basic NVRAM parser (extras/qla_nvr). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b7-pre11 December 3, 2003 AV + * - Sanitize the scsi_qla_host structure: + * - Purge unused elements. + * - Reorganize high-priority members (cache coherency). + * - Add support for NVRAM access via a sysfs binary attribute: + * - Consolidate semaphore locking access. + * - Fix more PCI posting issues. + * - Add extras directory for dump/NVRAM tools. + * - Remove unused qla_vendor.c file. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b7-pre11 November 26, 2003 DG/AV + * - Merge several patches from Christoph Hellwig [hch@lst.de]: + * - in Linux 2.6 both pci and the scsi layer use the generic + * dma direction bits, use them directly instead of the scsi + * and pci variants and the (noop) conversion routines. + * - Fix _IOXX_BAD() usage for external IOCTL interface. + * - Use atomic construct for HA loop_state member. + * - Add generic model description text for HBA types. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b7-pre5 November 17, 2003 AV + * - Merge several patches from Christoph Hellwig [hch@lst.de]: + * - patch to split the driver into a common qla2xxx.ko and a + * qla2?00.ko for each HBA type - the latter modules are + * only very small wrappers, mostly for the firmware + * images, all the meat is in the common qla2xxx.ko. + * - make the failover code optional. + * - kill useless lock_kernel in dpc thread startup. + * - no need for modversions hacks in 2.6 (or 2.4). + * - kill qla2x00_register_with_Linux. + * - simplify EH code, cmd or it's hostdata can't be NULL, no + * need to search whether the host it's ours, the midlayer + * makes sure it won't call into a driver for some else + * host. + * - Merge several patches from Jes Sorensen + * [jes@wildopensource.com]: + * - Call qla2x00_config_dma_addressing() before performing + * any consistent allocations. This is required since the + * dma mask settings will affect the memory + * pci_alloc_consistent() will return. + * - Call pci_set_consistent_dma_mask() to allow for 64 bit + * consistent allocations, required on some platforms such + * as the SN2. + * - Wait 20 usecs (not sure how long is really necessary, + * but this seems safe) after setting CSR_ISP_SOFT_RESET in + * the ctrl_status register as the card doesn't respond to + * PCI reads while in reset state. This causes a machine + * check on some architectures. + * - Flush PCI writes before calling udelay() to ensure the + * write is not sitting idle in-flight for a while before + * hitting the hardware. + * - Include linux/vmalloc.h in qla_os.c since it uses + * vmalloc(). + * - Use auto-negotiate link speed when using default + * parameters rather than NVRAM settings. Disable NVRAM + * reading on SN2 since it's not possible to execute the + * HBA's BIOS on an SN2. I suggest doing something similar + * for all architectures that do not provide x86 BIOS + * emulation. + * - Clean-up slab-cache allocations: + * - locking. + * - mempool allocations in case of low-memory situations. + * - Fallback to GA_NXT scan if GID_PT call returns more than + * MAX_FIBRE_DEVICES. + * - Preserve iterating port ID across GA_NXT calls in + * qla2x00_find_all_fabric_devs(). + * - Pre-calculate ASCII firmware dump length as to not incur the + * cost-to-calculate at each invocation of a read(). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b6 November 4, 2003 AV + * - Add new 2300 TPX firmware (3.02.18). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b6-pre25 October 20, 2003 RA/AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.6.0-test9. + * - Rework firmware dump process: + * - Use binary attribute within sysfs tree. + * - Add user-space tool (gdump.sh) to retrieve formatted + * buffer. + * - Add ISP2100 support. + * - Use a slab cache for SRB allocations to reduce memory + * pressure. + * - Initial conversion of driver logging methods to a new + * qla_printk() function which uses dev_printk (Daniel + * Stekloff, IBM). + * - Further reduce stack usage in qla2x00_configure_local_loop() + * and qla2x00_find_all_fabric_devs(). + * - Separate port state used for routing of I/O's from port + * mgmt-login retry etc. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b6-pre19 October 13, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.6.0-test7-bk5. + * - Add intelligent RSCN event handling: + * - reduce scan time during 'port' RSCN events by only + * querying specified port ids. + * - Available on ISP23xx cards only. + * - Increase maximum number of recognizable targets from 256 + * to 512. + * - Backend changes were previously added to support TPX + * (2K logins) firmware. Mid-layer can now scan for targets + * (H, B, T, L) where 512 < T >= 0. + * - Remove IP support from driver. + * - Switch firmware types from IP->TP for ISP22xx and + * IPX->TPX for ISP23xx cards. + * - Remove files qla_ip.[ch]. + * - Remove type designations from firmware filenames. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b6-pre11 September 15, 2003 DG/AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00. + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.6.0-test5-bk3. + * - Add new 2300 IPX firmware (3.02.15). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b5 July 31, 2003 AV + * - Always create an fc_lun_t entry for lun 0 - as the mid- + * layer requires access to this lun for discovery to occur. + * - General sanitizing: + * - Add generic firmware option definitions. + * - Generalize retrieval/update of firmware options. + * - Fix compile errors which occur with extended debug. + * - Handle failure cases for scsi_add_host() and + * down_interruptible(). + * - Host template updates: + * - Use standard bios_param callback function. + * - Disable clustering. + * - Remove unchecked_is_dma entry. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b5-pre5 July 29, 2003 DG/AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00b13. + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.6.0-test2. + * - Pass the complete loop_id, not the masked (0xff) value + * while issuing mailbox commands (qla_mbx.c/qla_fo.c/ + * qla_iocb.c/qla_init.c). + * - Properly handle zero-length return status for an RLC CDB. + * - Create an fclun_t structure for 'disconnected' luns, + * peripheral-qualifier of 001b. + * - Remove unused LIP-sequence register access during AE 8010. + * - Generalize qla2x00_mark_device_lost() to handle forced + * login request -- modify all direct/indirect invocations + * with proper flag. + * - Save RSCN notification (AE 8015h) data in a proper and + * consistent format (domain, area, al_pa). + * - General sanitizing: + * - scsi_qla_host structure member reordering for cache-line + * coherency. + * - Remove unused SCSI opcodes, endian-swap definitions. + * - Remove CMD_* pre-processor defines. + * - Remove unused SCSIFCHOTSWAP/GAMAP/MULTIHOST codes. + * - Backout patch which added a per-scsi_qla_host scsi host + * spinlock, since mid-layer already defines one. + * - Add new 2300 IPX firmware (3.02.15). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4 July 14, 2003 RA/DG/AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00b12. + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.6.0-test1. + * - Remove IOCB throttling code -- originally #if'd. + * - Remove apidev_*() routines since proc_mknod() has been + * removed -- need alternate IOCTL interface. + * - Merge several performance/fix patches from Arjan van de + * Ven: + * - Undefined operation >> 32. + * - No need to acquire mid-layer lock during command + * callback. + * - Use a per-HBA mid-layer lock. + * - Use a non-locked cycle for setting the count of the + * newly allocated sp (qla2x00_get_new_sp()). + * - Modify semantic behavior of qla2x00_queuecommand(): + * - Reduce cacheline bouncing by having I/Os submitted + * by the IRQ handler. + * - Remove extraneous calls to qla2x00_next() during I/O + * queuing. + * - Use list_splice_init() during qla2x00_done() handling + * of commands to reduce list_lock contention. + * - RIO mode support for ISP2200: + * - Implementation differs slightly from original patch. + * - Do not use bottom-half handler (tasklet/work queue) + * for qla2x00_done() processing. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre22 July 12, 2003 AV + * - Check for 'Process Response Queue' requests early during + * the Host Status check. + * - General sanitizing: + * - srb_t structure rewrite, removal of unused members. + * - Remove unused fcdev array, fabricid, and PORT_* + * definitions. + * - Remove unused config_reg_t PCI definitions. + * - Add new 2200 IP firmware (2.02.06). + * - Add new 2300 IPX firmware (3.02.14). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre19 June 30, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.73-bk8. + * - Rework IOCB command queuing methods: + * - Upper-layer driver *MUST* properly set the direction + * bit of SCSI commands. + * - Generalize 32bit/64bit queuing path functions. + * - Remove costly page-boundary cross check when using + * 64bit address capable IOCBs. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre15 June 19, 2003 AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00b11. + * - Continue fcport list consolidation work: + * - Updated IOCTL implementations to use new fcports + * list. + * - Modified product ID check to not verify ISP chip + * revision -- ISP2312 v3 (qla2x00_chip_diag()). + * - Add new 2300 IPX firmware (3.02.13): + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre13 June 19, 2003 AV + * - Fix build process for qla2100 driver -- no support + * for IP. + * - SCSI host template modifications: + * - Set sg_tablesize based on the derived DMA mask. + * - Increase max_sectors since only limit within RISC + * is transfer of (((2^32) - 1) >> 9) sectors. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre12 June 18, 2003 RA, DG, RL, AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00b10. + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.72. + * - Initial fcport list consolidation work: + * - fcports/fcinitiators/fcdev/fc_ip --> ha->fcports + * list. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre7 June 05, 2003 AV + * - Properly release PCI resouces in init-failure case. + * - Reconcile disparite function return code definitions. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre4 June 03, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.70-bk8: + * - SHT proc_info() changes. + * - Restructure SNS Generic Services routines: + * - Add qla_gs.c file to driver distribution. + * - Configure PCI latency timer for ISP23xx. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b4-pre3 June 02, 2003 RA, DG, RL, AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00b5. + * - Rework (again) PCI I/O space configuration + * (Anton Blanchard): + * - Use pci_set_mwi() routine; + * - Remove uneeded qla2x00_set_cache_line() function. + * - Remove extraneous modification of PCI_COMMAND word. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b3 May 29, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.70. + * - Move RISC paused check from ISR fast-path. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b3-pre8 May 26, 2003 AV + * - Add new 2300 IPX firmware (3.02.12): + * - Rework PCI I/O space configuration. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b3-pre6 May 22, 2003 RA, DG, RL, AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00b3. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b3-pre4 May 21 2003 AV + * - Add new 2300 IPX firmware (3.02.11): + * - Remove 2300 TPX firmware from distribution. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b3-pre3 May 21 2003 AV + * - Properly setup PCI configuation space during + * initialization: + * - Properly configure Memory-Mapped I/O during early + * configuration stage. + * - Rework IP functionality to support 2k logins. + * - Add new 2300 IPX firmware (3.02.11): + * - Remove 2300 TPX firmware from distribution. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b3-pre2 May ??, 2003 RA, DG, RL, AV + * - Resync with 6.06.00b1. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b3-pre1 May ??, 2003 RA, DG, RL, AV + * - Resync with 6.05.00. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b2 May 19, 2003 AV + * - Simplify dma_addr_t handling during command queuing given + * new block-layer defined restrictions: + * - Physical addresses not spanning 4GB boundaries. + * - Firmware versions: 2100 TP (1.19.24), 2200 IP (2.02.05), + * 2300 TPX (3.02.10). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b2-pre1 May 13, 2003 AV + * - Add support for new 'Hotplug initialization' model. + * - Simplify host template by removing unused callbacks. + * - Use scsicam facilities to determine geometry. + * - Fix compilation issues for non-ISP23xx builds: + * - Correct register references in qla_dbg.c. + * - Correct Makefile build process. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1 May 05, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.69. + * - Firmware versions: 2100 TP (1.19.24), 2200 TP (2.02.05), + * 2300 TPX (3.02.10). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre45 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.68-bk11: + * - Fix improper return-code assignment during fabric + * discovery. + * - Remove additional extraneous #defines from + * qla_settings.h. + * - USE_PORTNAME -- FO will always use portname. + * - Default queue depth size set to 64. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre42 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Convert bottom-half tasklet to a work_queue. + * - Initial basic coding of dynamic queue depth handling + * during QUEUE FULL statuses. + * - Fix mailbox interface problem with + * qla2x00_get_retry_cnt(). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre41 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Convert build defines qla2[1|2|3]00 macros to + * qla2[1|2|3]xx due to module name stringification clashes. + * - Add additional ISP2322 checks during board configuration. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre40 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.68-bk8: + * - Updated IRQ handler interface. + * - Add ISP dump code (stub) in case of SYSTEM_ERROR on + * ISP2100. + * - Add new 2200 IP firmware (2.02.05). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre39 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.68. + * - Add simple build.sh script to aid in external compilation. + * - Clean-break with Kernel 2.4 compatibility. + * - Rework DPC routine -- completion routines for signaling. + * - Re-add HBAAPI character device node for IOCTL support. + * - Remove residual QLA2X_PERFORMANCE defines. + * - Allocate SP pool via __get_free_pages() rather than + * individual kmalloc()'s. + * - Inform SCSI mid-layer of 16-byte CDB support + * (host->max_cmd_len): + * - Remove unecessary 'more_cdb' handling code from + * qla_iocb.c and qla_xioct.c. + * - Reduce duplicate code in fabric scanning logic (MS IOCB + * preparation). + * - Add ISP dump code in case of SYSTEM_ERROR. + * - Remove 2300 VIX firmware from distribution: + * - Add initial code for IPX support. + * - Add new 2300 TPX firmware (3.02.10). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre34 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with Linux Kernel 2.5.67. + * - Use domain/area/al_pa fields when displaying PortID + * values -- addresses endianess issues. + * - Rework large case statement to check 'common' CDB commands + * early in qla2x00_get_cmd_direction(). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre31 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Update makefile to support PPC64 build. + * - Retool NVRAM configuration routine and structures: + * - Consoldate ISP21xx/ISP22xx/ISP23xx configuration + * (struct nvram_t). + * - Remove big/little endian support structures in favor of + * simplified bit-operations within byte fields. + * - Fix long-standing 'static' buffer sharing problem in + * qla2x00_configure_fabric(). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre30 April ??, 2003 AV + * - Complete implementation of GID_PT scan. + * - Use consistent MS IOCB invocation method to query SNS: + * - Add RNN_ID and RSNN_NN registrations in a fabric. + * - Remove unused Mailbox Command 6Eh (Send SNS) support + * structures. + * - Use 64bit safe IOCBs while issuing INQUIRY and RLC during + * topology scan. + * - Until reimplementation of fcdev_t/fcport list + * consolidation, valid loop_id ranges are still limited from + * 0x00 through 0xFF -- enforce this within the code. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre27 March ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with 6.05.00b9. + * - Retool HBA PCI configuration -- qla2x00_pci_config(). + * - Remove inconsistent use of delay routines (UDELAY/SYS*). + * - Continue to teardown/clean/add comments and debug + * routines. + * - Properly swap bytes of the device's nodename in + * qla2x00_configure_local_loop(). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre25 March ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with 6.05.00b8. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre23 March ??, 2003 AV + * - Remove (#define) IOCB usage throttling. + * - Abstract interrupt polling with qla2x00_poll(). + * - Modify lun scanning logic: + * - If the device does not support the SCSI Report Luns + * command, the driver will now only scan from 0 to the + * max#-luns as defined in the NVRAM (BIOS), rather than + * blindly scanning from 0 to 255 -- which could result in + * an increase in startup time when running against slow + * (JBOD) devices. + * - Rework reset logic in qla2x00_reset_chip() (spec). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre22 March ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with 6.05.00b7. + * - Cleanup (rewrite) ISR handler. + * - Rename kmem_zalloc --> qla2x00_kmem_zalloc(): + * - This function will eventually be removed. + * - Add new 2300 VIX firmware (3.02.09): + * - Support for Tape, Fabric, 2K logins, IP, and VI. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre18 March ??, 2003 AV + * - Support 232x type ISPs. + * - Support single firmware for each ISP type: + * - Restructure brd_info/fw_info methods. + * - Streamline firmware load process. + * - Properly query firmware for version information. + * - Remove extraneous scsi_qla_host members: + * - device_id ==> pdev->device + * - Fix fc4 features (RFF_ID) registration. + * - Convert kmem_zalloc --> qla2x00_kmem_zalloc(). + * - Remove unused/extraneous #defines (USE_PORTNAME). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre14 March ??, 2003 AV + * - Resync with 6.05.00b6. + * - Initial source-code restructuring effort. + * - Build procedure. + * - Source file layout -- intuitive component layout. + * - Remove unused #defines (*PERFORMANCE, WORD_FW_LOAD, etc). + * - Add support for 2K logins (TPX -- firmware). + * - Add module parameter ql2xsuspendcount. + * - Add new 2200 IP/TP firmware (2.02.04). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre9 March ??, 2003 RL/DG/RA/AV + * - Use kernel struct list_head for fcport and fclun lists. + * - Remove extraneous (L|M)S_64BITS() and QL21_64*() defines. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre8 February 28, 2003 RL/DG/RA/AV + * - Resync with 6.05.00b3. + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre7 February 23, 2003 RL/DG/RA/AV + * - Add alternate fabric scanning logic (GID_PT/GNN_ID/GPN_ID). + * - Remove use of deprecated function check_region(). + * - Add new 2300 IP/TP firmware (3.02.08). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre5 January 28, 2003 RL/DG/RA/AV + * - Resync with 6.05.00b3. + * - Consolidate device_reg structure definitions for ISP types. + * - Add support for new queue-depth selection. + * - Add new 2300 IP/TP firmware (3.02.07). + * + * Rev 8.00.00b1-pre1 January 17, 2003 AV + * - Initial branch from 6.04.00b8 driver. + * - Remove VMWARE specific code. + * - Add support for pci_driver interface. + * + ********************************************************************/ diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt b/Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..398f99168077 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + +This driver supports the Qlogic FASXXX family of chips. This driver +only works with the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic +FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip +(including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards). + +This driver does NOT support the PCI version. Support for these PCI +Qlogic boards: + + * IQ-PCI + * IQ-PCI-10 + * IQ-PCI-D + +is provided by the qlogicisp.c driver. Check README.qlogicisp for +details. + +Nor does it support the PCI-Basic, which is supported by the +'am53c974' driver. + +PCMCIA SUPPORT + +This currently only works if the card is enabled first from DOS. This +means you will have to load your socket and card services, and +QL41DOS.SYS and QL40ENBL.SYS. These are a minimum, but loading the +rest of the modules won't interfere with the operation. The next +thing to do is load the kernel without resetting the hardware, which +can be a simple ctrl-alt-delete with a boot floppy, or by using +loadlin with the kernel image accessible from DOS. If you are using +the Linux PCMCIA driver, you will have to adjust it or otherwise stop +it from configuring the card. + +I am working with the PCMCIA group to make it more flexible, but that +may take a while. + +ALL CARDS + +The top of the qlogic.c file has a number of defines that controls +configuration. As shipped, it provides a balance between speed and +function. If there are any problems, try setting SLOW_CABLE to 1, and +then try changing USE_IRQ and TURBO_PDMA to zero. If you are familiar +with SCSI, there are other settings which can tune the bus. + +It may be a good idea to enable RESET_AT_START, especially if the +devices may not have been just powered up, or if you are restarting +after a crash, since they may be busy trying to complete the last +command or something. It comes up faster if this is set to zero, and +if you have reliable hardware and connections it may be more useful to +not reset things. + +SOME TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS + +Make sure it works properly under DOS. You should also do an initial FDISK +on a new drive if you want partitions. + +Don't enable all the speedups first. If anything is wrong, they will make +any problem worse. + +IMPORTANT + +The best way to test if your cables, termination, etc. are good is to +copy a very big file (e.g. a doublespace container file, or a very +large executable or archive). It should be at least 5 megabytes, but +you can do multiple tests on smaller files. Then do a COMP to verify +that the file copied properly. (Turn off all caching when doing these +tests, otherwise you will test your RAM and not the files). Then do +10 COMPs, comparing the same file on the SCSI hard drive, i.e. "COMP +realbig.doc realbig.doc". Then do it after the computer gets warm. + +I noticed my system which seems to work 100% would fail this test if +the computer was left on for a few hours. It was worse with longer +cables, and more devices on the SCSI bus. What seems to happen is +that it gets a false ACK causing an extra byte to be inserted into the +stream (and this is not detected). This can be caused by bad +termination (the ACK can be reflected), or by noise when the chips +work less well because of the heat, or when cables get too long for +the speed. + +Remember, if it doesn't work under DOS, it probably won't work under +Linux. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/qlogicisp.txt b/Documentation/scsi/qlogicisp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6920f6c76a9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/qlogicisp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Notes for the QLogic ISP1020 PCI SCSI Driver: + +This driver works well in practice, but does not support disconnect/ +reconnect, which makes using it with tape drives impractical. + +It should work for most host adaptors with the ISP1020 chip. The +QLogic Corporation produces several PCI SCSI adapters which should +work: + + * IQ-PCI + * IQ-PCI-10 + * IQ-PCI-D + +This driver may work with boards containing the ISP1020A or ISP1040A +chips, but that has not been tested. + +This driver will NOT work with: + + * ISA or VL Bus Qlogic cards (they use the 'qlogicfas' driver) + * PCI-basic (it uses the 'am53c974' driver) + +Much thanks to QLogic's tech support for providing the latest ISP1020 +firmware, and for taking the time to review my code. + +Erik Moe +ehm@cris.com + +Revised: +Michael A. Griffith +grif@cs.ucr.edu diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c38e2b3648e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + Notes on Linux SCSI Generic (sg) driver + --------------------------------------- + 20020126 +Introduction +============ +The SCSI Generic driver (sg) is one of the four "high level" SCSI device +drivers along with sd, st and sr (disk, tape and CDROM respectively). Sg +is more generalized (but lower level) than its siblings and tends to be +used on SCSI devices that don't fit into the already serviced categories. +Thus sg is used for scanners, CD writers and reading audio CDs digitally +amongst other things. + +Rather than document the driver's interface here, version information +is provided plus pointers (i.e. URLs) where to find documentation +and examples. + + +Major versions of the sg driver +=============================== +There are three major versions of sg found in the linux kernel (lk): + - sg version 1 (original) from 1992 to early 1999 (lk 2.2.5) . + It is based in the sg_header interface structure. + - sg version 2 from lk 2.2.6 in the 2.2 series. It is based on + an extended version of the sg_header interface structure. + - sg version 3 found in the lk 2.4 series (and the lk 2.5 series). + It adds the sg_io_hdr interface structure. + + +Sg driver documentation +======================= +The most recent documentation of the sg driver is kept at the Linux +Documentation Project's (LDP) site: +http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-Generic-HOWTO +This describes the sg version 3 driver found in the lk 2.4 series. +The LDP renders documents in single and multiple page HTML, postscript +and pdf. This document can also be found at: +http://www.torque.net/sg/p/sg_v3_ho.html + +Documentation for the version 2 sg driver found in the lk 2.2 series can +be found at http://www.torque.net/sg/p/scsi-generic.txt . A larger version +is at: http://www.torque.net/sg/p/scsi-generic_long.txt . + +The original documentation for the sg driver (prior to lk 2.2.6) can be +found at http://www.torque.net/sg/p/original/SCSI-Programming-HOWTO.txt +and in the LDP archives. + +A changelog with brief notes can be found in the +/usr/src/linux/include/scsi/sg.h file. Note that the glibc maintainers copy +and edit this file (removing its changelog for example) before placing it +in /usr/include/scsi/sg.h . Driver debugging information and other notes +can be found at the top of the /usr/src/linux/drivers/scsi/sg.c file. + +A more general description of the Linux SCSI subsystem of which sg is a +part can be found at http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO . + + +Example code and utilities +========================== +There are two packages of sg utilities: + - sg3_utils for the sg version 3 driver found in lk 2.4 + - sg_utils for the sg version 2 (and original) driver found in lk 2.2 + and earlier +Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more +capabilities. They can be found at: http://www.torque.net/sg and +freshmeat.net + +Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver. +These include cdrecord, cdparanoia, SANE and cdrdao. + + +Mapping of Linux kernel versions to sg driver versions +====================================================== +Here is a list of linux kernels in the 2.4 series that had new version +of the sg driver: + lk 2.4.0 : sg version 3.1.17 + lk 2.4.7 : sg version 3.1.19 + lk 2.4.10 : sg version 3.1.20 ** + lk 2.4.17 : sg version 3.1.22 + +** There were 3 changes to sg version 3.1.20 by third parties in the + next six linux kernel versions. + +For reference here is a list of linux kernels in the 2.2 series that had +new version of the sg driver: + lk 2.2.0 : original sg version [with no version number] + lk 2.2.6 : sg version 2.1.31 + lk 2.2.8 : sg version 2.1.32 + lk 2.2.10 : sg version 2.1.34 [SG_GET_VERSION_NUM ioctl first appeared] + lk 2.2.14 : sg version 2.1.36 + lk 2.2.16 : sg version 2.1.38 + lk 2.2.17 : sg version 2.1.39 + lk 2.2.20 : sg version 2.1.40 + +The lk 2.5 development series has recently commenced and it currently +contains sg version 3.5.23 which is functionally equivalent to sg +version 3.1.22 found in lk 2.4.17 . + + +Douglas Gilbert +26th January 2002 +dgilbert@interlog.com diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dd1bbf4e98e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +SCSI subsystem documentation +============================ +The Linux Documentation Project (LDP) maintains a document describing +the SCSI subsystem in the Linux kernel (lk) 2.4 series. See: +http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO . The LDP has single +and multiple page HTML renderings as well as postscript and pdf. +It can also be found at http://www.torque.net/scsi/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO . + + +Notes on using modules in the SCSI subsystem +============================================ +The scsi support in the linux kernel can be modularized in a number of +different ways depending upon the needs of the end user. To understand +your options, we should first define a few terms. + +The scsi-core (also known as the "mid level") contains the core of scsi +support. Without it you can do nothing with any of the other scsi drivers. +The scsi core support can be a module (scsi_mod.o), or it can be built into +the kernel. If the core is a module, it must be the first scsi module +loaded, and if you unload the modules, it will have to be the last one +unloaded. In practice the modprobe and rmmod commands (and "autoclean") +will enforce the correct ordering of loading and unloading modules in +the SCSI subsystem. + +The individual upper and lower level drivers can be loaded in any order +once the scsi core is present in the kernel (either compiled in or loaded +as a module). The disk driver (sd_mod.o), cdrom driver (sr_mod.o), +tape driver ** (st.o) and scsi generics driver (sg.o) represent the upper +level drivers to support the various assorted devices which can be +controlled. You can for example load the tape driver to use the tape drive, +and then unload it once you have no further need for the driver (and release +the associated memory). + +The lower level drivers are the ones that support the individual cards that +are supported for the hardware platform that you are running under. Those +individual cards are often called Host Bus Adapters (HBAs). For example the +aic7xxx.o driver is used to control all recent SCSI controller cards from +Adaptec. Almost all lower level drivers can be built either as modules or +built into the kernel. + + +** There is a variant of the st driver for controlling OnStream tape + devices. Its module name is osst.o . + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f24129a3099 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1546 @@ + Linux Kernel 2.6 series + SCSI mid_level - lower_level driver interface + ============================================= + +Introduction +============ +This document outlines the interface between the Linux SCSI mid level and +SCSI lower level drivers. Lower level drivers (LLDs) are variously called +host bus adapter (HBA) drivers and host drivers (HD). A "host" in this +context is a bridge between a computer IO bus (e.g. PCI or ISA) and a +single SCSI initiator port on a SCSI transport. An "initiator" port +(SCSI terminology, see SAM-3 at http://www.t10.org) sends SCSI commands +to "target" SCSI ports (e.g. disks). There can be many LLDs in a running +system, but only one per hardware type. Most LLDs can control one or more +SCSI HBAs. Some HBAs contain multiple hosts. + +In some cases the SCSI transport is an external bus that already has +its own subsystem in Linux (e.g. USB and ieee1394). In such cases the +SCSI subsystem LLD is a software bridge to the other driver subsystem. +Examples are the usb-storage driver (found in the drivers/usb/storage +directory) and the ieee1394/sbp2 driver (found in the drivers/ieee1394 +directory). + +For example, the aic7xxx LLD controls Adaptec SCSI parallel interface +(SPI) controllers based on that company's 7xxx chip series. The aic7xxx +LLD can be built into the kernel or loaded as a module. There can only be +one aic7xxx LLD running in a Linux system but it may be controlling many +HBAs. These HBAs might be either on PCI daughter-boards or built into +the motherboard (or both). Some aic7xxx based HBAs are dual controllers +and thus represent two hosts. Like most modern HBAs, each aic7xxx host +has its own PCI device address. [The one-to-one correspondence between +a SCSI host and a PCI device is common but not required (e.g. with +ISA or MCA adapters).] + +The SCSI mid level isolates an LLD from other layers such as the SCSI +upper layer drivers and the block layer. + +This version of the document roughly matches linux kernel version 2.6.8 . + +Documentation +============= +There is a SCSI documentation directory within the kernel source tree, +typically Documentation/scsi . Most documents are in plain +(i.e. ASCII) text. This file is named scsi_mid_low_api.txt and can be +found in that directory. A more recent copy of this document may be found +at http://www.torque.net/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt.gz . +Many LLDs are documented there (e.g. aic7xxx.txt). The SCSI mid-level is +briefly described in scsi.txt which contains a url to a document +describing the SCSI subsystem in the lk 2.4 series. Two upper level +drivers have documents in that directory: st.txt (SCSI tape driver) and +scsi-generic.txt (for the sg driver). + +Some documentation (or urls) for LLDs may be found in the C source code +or in the same directory as the C source code. For example to find a url +about the USB mass storage driver see the +/usr/src/linux/drivers/usb/storage directory. + +The Linux kernel source Documentation/DocBook/scsidrivers.tmpl file +refers to this file. With the appropriate DocBook tool-set, this permits +users to generate html, ps and pdf renderings of information within this +file (e.g. the interface functions). + +Driver structure +================ +Traditionally an LLD for the SCSI subsystem has been at least two files in +the drivers/scsi directory. For example, a driver called "xyz" has a header +file "xyz.h" and a source file "xyz.c". [Actually there is no good reason +why this couldn't all be in one file; the header file is superfluous.] Some +drivers that have been ported to several operating systems have more than +two files. For example the aic7xxx driver has separate files for generic +and OS-specific code (e.g. FreeBSD and Linux). Such drivers tend to have +their own directory under the drivers/scsi directory. + +When a new LLD is being added to Linux, the following files (found in the +drivers/scsi directory) will need some attention: Makefile and Kconfig . +It is probably best to study how existing LLDs are organized. + +As the 2.5 series development kernels evolve into the 2.6 series +production series, changes are being introduced into this interface. An +example of this is driver initialization code where there are now 2 models +available. The older one, similar to what was found in the lk 2.4 series, +is based on hosts that are detected at HBA driver load time. This will be +referred to the "passive" initialization model. The newer model allows HBAs +to be hot plugged (and unplugged) during the lifetime of the LLD and will +be referred to as the "hotplug" initialization model. The newer model is +preferred as it can handle both traditional SCSI equipment that is +permanently connected as well as modern "SCSI" devices (e.g. USB or +IEEE 1394 connected digital cameras) that are hotplugged. Both +initialization models are discussed in the following sections. + +An LLD interfaces to the SCSI subsystem several ways: + a) directly invoking functions supplied by the mid level + b) passing a set of function pointers to a registration function + supplied by the mid level. The mid level will then invoke these + functions at some point in the future. The LLD will supply + implementations of these functions. + c) direct access to instances of well known data structures maintained + by the mid level + +Those functions in group a) are listed in a section entitled "Mid level +supplied functions" below. + +Those functions in group b) are listed in a section entitled "Interface +functions" below. Their function pointers are placed in the members of +"struct scsi_host_template", an instance of which is passed to +scsi_host_alloc() ** . Those interface functions that the LLD does not +wish to supply should have NULL placed in the corresponding member of +struct scsi_host_template. Defining an instance of struct +scsi_host_template at file scope will cause NULL to be placed in function + pointer members not explicitly initialized. + +Those usages in group c) should be handled with care, especially in a +"hotplug" environment. LLDs should be aware of the lifetime of instances +that are shared with the mid level and other layers. + +All functions defined within an LLD and all data defined at file scope +should be static. For example the slave_alloc() function in an LLD +called "xxx" could be defined as +"static int xxx_slave_alloc(struct scsi_device * sdev) { /* code */ }" + +** the scsi_host_alloc() function is a replacement for the rather vaguely +named scsi_register() function in most situations. The scsi_register() +and scsi_unregister() functions remain to support legacy LLDs that use +the passive initialization model. + + +Hotplug initialization model +============================ +In this model an LLD controls when SCSI hosts are introduced and removed +from the SCSI subsystem. Hosts can be introduced as early as driver +initialization and removed as late as driver shutdown. Typically a driver +will respond to a sysfs probe() callback that indicates an HBA has been +detected. After confirming that the new device is one that the LLD wants +to control, the LLD will initialize the HBA and then register a new host +with the SCSI mid level. + +During LLD initialization the driver should register itself with the +appropriate IO bus on which it expects to find HBA(s) (e.g. the PCI bus). +This can probably be done via sysfs. Any driver parameters (especially +those that are writable after the driver is loaded) could also be +registered with sysfs at this point. The SCSI mid level first becomes +aware of an LLD when that LLD registers its first HBA. + +At some later time, the LLD becomes aware of an HBA and what follows +is a typical sequence of calls between the LLD and the mid level. +This example shows the mid level scanning the newly introduced HBA for 3 +scsi devices of which only the first 2 respond: + + HBA PROBE: assume 2 SCSI devices found in scan +LLD mid level LLD +===-------------------=========--------------------===------ +scsi_host_alloc() --> +scsi_add_host() --------+ + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() --> scsi_adjust_queue_depth() + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() + | + slave_alloc() *** + slave_destroy() *** +------------------------------------------------------------ + +If the LLD wants to adjust the default queue settings, it can invoke +scsi_adjust_queue_depth() in its slave_configure() routine. + +*** For scsi devices that the mid level tries to scan but do not + respond, a slave_alloc(), slave_destroy() pair is called. + +When an HBA is being removed it could be as part of an orderly shutdown +associated with the LLD module being unloaded (e.g. with the "rmmod" +command) or in response to a "hot unplug" indicated by sysfs()'s +remove() callback being invoked. In either case, the sequence is the +same: + + HBA REMOVE: assume 2 SCSI devices attached +LLD mid level LLD +===----------------------=========-----------------===------ +scsi_remove_host() ---------+ + | + slave_destroy() + slave_destroy() +scsi_host_put() +------------------------------------------------------------ + +It may be useful for a LLD to keep track of struct Scsi_Host instances +(a pointer is returned by scsi_host_alloc()). Such instances are "owned" +by the mid-level. struct Scsi_Host instances are freed from +scsi_host_put() when the reference count hits zero. + +Hot unplugging an HBA that controls a disk which is processing SCSI +commands on a mounted file system is an interesting situation. Reference +counting logic is being introduced into the mid level to cope with many +of the issues involved. See the section on reference counting below. + + +The hotplug concept may be extended to SCSI devices. Currently, when an +HBA is added, the scsi_add_host() function causes a scan for SCSI devices +attached to the HBA's SCSI transport. On newer SCSI transports the HBA +may become aware of a new SCSI device _after_ the scan has completed. +An LLD can use this sequence to make the mid level aware of a SCSI device: + + SCSI DEVICE hotplug +LLD mid level LLD +===-------------------=========--------------------===------ +scsi_add_device() ------+ + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() [--> scsi_adjust_queue_depth()] +------------------------------------------------------------ + +In a similar fashion, an LLD may become aware that a SCSI device has been +removed (unplugged) or the connection to it has been interrupted. Some +existing SCSI transports (e.g. SPI) may not become aware that a SCSI +device has been removed until a subsequent SCSI command fails which will +probably cause that device to be set offline by the mid level. An LLD that +detects the removal of a SCSI device can instigate its removal from +upper layers with this sequence: + + SCSI DEVICE hot unplug +LLD mid level LLD +===----------------------=========-----------------===------ +scsi_remove_device() -------+ + | + slave_destroy() +------------------------------------------------------------ + +It may be useful for an LLD to keep track of struct scsi_device instances +(a pointer is passed as the parameter to slave_alloc() and +slave_configure() callbacks). Such instances are "owned" by the mid-level. +struct scsi_device instances are freed after slave_destroy(). + + +Passive initialization model +============================ +These older LLDs include a file called "scsi_module.c" [yes the ".c" is a +little surprising] in their source code. For that file to work an +instance of struct scsi_host_template with the name "driver_template" +needs to be defined. Here is a typical code sequence used in this model: + static struct scsi_host_template driver_template = { + ... + }; + #include "scsi_module.c" + +The scsi_module.c file contains two functions: + - init_this_scsi_driver() which is executed when the LLD is + initialized (i.e. boot time or module load time) + - exit_this_scsi_driver() which is executed when the LLD is shut + down (i.e. module unload time) +Note: since these functions are tagged with __init and __exit qualifiers +an LLD should not call them explicitly (since the kernel does that). + +Here is an example of an initialization sequence when two hosts are +detected (so detect() returns 2) and the SCSI bus scan on each host +finds 1 SCSI device (and a second device does not respond). + +LLD mid level LLD +===----------------------=========-----------------===------ +init_this_scsi_driver() ----+ + | + detect() -----------------+ + | | + | scsi_register() + | scsi_register() + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() --> scsi_adjust_queue_depth() + slave_alloc() *** + slave_destroy() *** + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() + slave_alloc() *** + slave_destroy() *** +------------------------------------------------------------ + +The mid level invokes scsi_adjust_queue_depth() with tagged queuing off and +"cmd_per_lun" for that host as the queue length. These settings can be +overridden by a slave_configure() supplied by the LLD. + +*** For scsi devices that the mid level tries to scan but do not + respond, a slave_alloc(), slave_destroy() pair is called. + +Here is an LLD shutdown sequence: + +LLD mid level LLD +===----------------------=========-----------------===------ +exit_this_scsi_driver() ----+ + | + slave_destroy() + release() --> scsi_unregister() + | + slave_destroy() + release() --> scsi_unregister() +------------------------------------------------------------ + +An LLD need not define slave_destroy() (i.e. it is optional). + +The shortcoming of the "passive initialization model" is that host +registration and de-registration are (typically) tied to LLD initialization +and shutdown. Once the LLD is initialized then a new host that appears +(e.g. via hotplugging) cannot easily be added without a redundant +driver shutdown and re-initialization. It may be possible to write an LLD +that uses both initialization models. + + +Reference Counting +================== +The Scsi_Host structure has had reference counting infrastructure added. +This effectively spreads the ownership of struct Scsi_Host instances +across the various SCSI layers which use them. Previously such instances +were exclusively owned by the mid level. LLDs would not usually need to +directly manipulate these reference counts but there may be some cases +where they do. + +There are 3 reference counting functions of interest associated with +struct Scsi_Host: + - scsi_host_alloc(): returns a pointer to new instance of struct + Scsi_Host which has its reference count ^^ set to 1 + - scsi_host_get(): adds 1 to the reference count of the given instance + - scsi_host_put(): decrements 1 from the reference count of the given + instance. If the reference count reaches 0 then the given instance + is freed + +The Scsi_device structure has had reference counting infrastructure added. +This effectively spreads the ownership of struct Scsi_device instances +across the various SCSI layers which use them. Previously such instances +were exclusively owned by the mid level. See the access functions declared +towards the end of include/scsi/scsi_device.h . If an LLD wants to keep +a copy of a pointer to a Scsi_device instance it should use scsi_device_get() +to bump its reference count. When it is finished with the pointer it can +use scsi_device_put() to decrement its reference count (and potentially +delete it). + +^^ struct Scsi_Host actually has 2 reference counts which are manipulated +in parallel by these functions. + + +Conventions +=========== +First, Linus Torvalds's thoughts on C coding style can be found in the +Documentation/CodingStyle file. + +Next, there is a movement to "outlaw" typedefs introducing synonyms for +struct tags. Both can be still found in the SCSI subsystem, but +the typedefs have been moved to a single file, scsi_typedefs.h to +make their future removal easier, for example: +"typedef struct scsi_host_template Scsi_Host_Template;" + +Also, most C99 enhancements are encouraged to the extent they are supported +by the relevant gcc compilers. So C99 style structure and array +initializers are encouraged where appropriate. Don't go too far, +VLAs are not properly supported yet. An exception to this is the use of +"//" style comments; /*...*/ comments are still preferred in Linux. + +Well written, tested and documented code, need not be re-formatted to +comply with the above conventions. For example, the aic7xxx driver +comes to Linux from FreeBSD and Adaptec's own labs. No doubt FreeBSD +and Adaptec have their own coding conventions. + + +Mid level supplied functions +============================ +These functions are supplied by the SCSI mid level for use by LLDs. +The names (i.e. entry points) of these functions are exported +so an LLD that is a module can access them. The kernel will +arrange for the SCSI mid level to be loaded and initialized before any LLD +is initialized. The functions below are listed alphabetically and their +names all start with "scsi_". + +Summary: + scsi_activate_tcq - turn on tag command queueing + scsi_add_device - creates new scsi device (lu) instance + scsi_add_host - perform sysfs registration and SCSI bus scan. + scsi_add_timer - (re-)start timer on a SCSI command. + scsi_adjust_queue_depth - change the queue depth on a SCSI device + scsi_assign_lock - replace default host_lock with given lock + scsi_bios_ptable - return copy of block device's partition table + scsi_block_requests - prevent further commands being queued to given host + scsi_deactivate_tcq - turn off tag command queueing + scsi_delete_timer - cancel timer on a SCSI command. + scsi_host_alloc - return a new scsi_host instance whose refcount==1 + scsi_host_get - increments Scsi_Host instance's refcount + scsi_host_put - decrements Scsi_Host instance's refcount (free if 0) + scsi_partsize - parse partition table into cylinders, heads + sectors + scsi_register - create and register a scsi host adapter instance. + scsi_remove_device - detach and remove a SCSI device + scsi_remove_host - detach and remove all SCSI devices owned by host + scsi_report_bus_reset - report scsi _bus_ reset observed + scsi_set_device - place device reference in host structure + scsi_to_pci_dma_dir - convert SCSI subsystem direction flag to PCI + scsi_to_sbus_dma_dir - convert SCSI subsystem direction flag to SBUS + scsi_track_queue_full - track successive QUEUE_FULL events + scsi_unblock_requests - allow further commands to be queued to given host + scsi_unregister - [calls scsi_host_put()] + + +Details: + +/** + * scsi_activate_tcq - turn on tag command queueing ("ordered" task attribute) + * @sdev: device to turn on TCQ for + * @depth: queue depth + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Eventually, it is hoped depth would be the maximum depth + * the device could cope with and the real queue depth + * would be adjustable from 0 to depth. + * + * Defined (inline) in: include/scsi/scsi_tcq.h + **/ +void scsi_activate_tcq(struct scsi_device *sdev, int depth) + + +/** + * scsi_add_device - creates new scsi device (lu) instance + * @shost: pointer to scsi host instance + * @channel: channel number (rarely other than 0) + * @id: target id number + * @lun: logical unit number + * + * Returns pointer to new struct scsi_device instance or + * ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) (or some other bent pointer) if something is + * wrong (e.g. no lu responds at given address) + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: This call is usually performed internally during a scsi + * bus scan when an HBA is added (i.e. scsi_add_host()). So it + * should only be called if the HBA becomes aware of a new scsi + * device (lu) after scsi_add_host() has completed. If successful + * this call we lead to slave_alloc() and slave_configure() callbacks + * into the LLD. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c + **/ +struct scsi_device * scsi_add_device(struct Scsi_Host *shost, + unsigned int channel, + unsigned int id, unsigned int lun) + + +/** + * scsi_add_host - perform sysfs registration and SCSI bus scan. + * @shost: pointer to scsi host instance + * @dev: pointer to struct device of type scsi class + * + * Returns 0 on success, negative errno of failure (e.g. -ENOMEM) + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Only required in "hotplug initialization model" after a + * successful call to scsi_host_alloc(). + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c + **/ +int scsi_add_host(struct Scsi_Host *shost, struct device * dev) + + +/** + * scsi_add_timer - (re-)start timer on a SCSI command. + * @scmd: pointer to scsi command instance + * @timeout: duration of timeout in "jiffies" + * @complete: pointer to function to call if timeout expires + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Each scsi command has its own timer, and as it is added + * to the queue, we set up the timer. When the command completes, + * we cancel the timer. An LLD can use this function to change + * the existing timeout value. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c + **/ +void scsi_add_timer(struct scsi_cmnd *scmd, int timeout, + void (*complete)(struct scsi_cmnd *)) + + +/** + * scsi_adjust_queue_depth - allow LLD to change queue depth on a SCSI device + * @sdev: pointer to SCSI device to change queue depth on + * @tagged: 0 - no tagged queuing + * MSG_SIMPLE_TAG - simple tagged queuing + * MSG_ORDERED_TAG - ordered tagged queuing + * @tags Number of tags allowed if tagged queuing enabled, + * or number of commands the LLD can queue up + * in non-tagged mode (as per cmd_per_lun). + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Can be invoked any time on a SCSI device controlled by this + * LLD. [Specifically during and after slave_configure() and prior to + * slave_destroy().] Can safely be invoked from interrupt code. Actual + * queue depth change may be delayed until the next command is being + * processed. See also scsi_activate_tcq() and scsi_deactivate_tcq(). + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi.c [see source code for more notes] + * + **/ +void scsi_adjust_queue_depth(struct scsi_device * sdev, int tagged, + int tags) + + +/** + * scsi_assign_lock - replace default host_lock with given lock + * @shost: a pointer to a scsi host instance + * @lock: pointer to lock to replace host_lock for this host + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Defined in: include/scsi/scsi_host.h . + **/ +void scsi_assign_lock(struct Scsi_Host *shost, spinlock_t *lock) + + +/** + * scsi_bios_ptable - return copy of block device's partition table + * @dev: pointer to block device + * + * Returns pointer to partition table, or NULL for failure + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: Caller owns memory returned (free with kfree() ) + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsicam.c + **/ +unsigned char *scsi_bios_ptable(struct block_device *dev) + + +/** + * scsi_block_requests - prevent further commands being queued to given host + * + * @shost: pointer to host to block commands on + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: There is no timer nor any other means by which the requests + * get unblocked other than the LLD calling scsi_unblock_requests(). + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c +**/ +void scsi_block_requests(struct Scsi_Host * shost) + + +/** + * scsi_deactivate_tcq - turn off tag command queueing + * @sdev: device to turn off TCQ for + * @depth: queue depth (stored in sdev) + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Defined (inline) in: include/scsi/scsi_tcq.h + **/ +void scsi_deactivate_tcq(struct scsi_device *sdev, int depth) + + +/** + * scsi_delete_timer - cancel timer on a SCSI command. + * @scmd: pointer to scsi command instance + * + * Returns 1 if able to cancel timer else 0 (i.e. too late or already + * cancelled). + * + * Might block: no [may in the future if it invokes del_timer_sync()] + * + * Notes: All commands issued by upper levels already have a timeout + * associated with them. An LLD can use this function to cancel the + * timer. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c + **/ +int scsi_delete_timer(struct scsi_cmnd *scmd) + + +/** + * scsi_host_alloc - create a scsi host adapter instance and perform basic + * initialization. + * @sht: pointer to scsi host template + * @privsize: extra bytes to allocate in hostdata array (which is the + * last member of the returned Scsi_Host instance) + * + * Returns pointer to new Scsi_Host instance or NULL on failure + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: When this call returns to the LLD, the SCSI bus scan on + * this host has _not_ yet been done. + * The hostdata array (by default zero length) is a per host scratch + * area for the LLD's exclusive use. + * Both associated refcounting objects have their refcount set to 1. + * Full registration (in sysfs) and a bus scan are performed later when + * scsi_add_host() is called. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +struct Scsi_Host * scsi_host_alloc(struct scsi_host_template * sht, + int privsize) + + +/** + * scsi_host_get - increment Scsi_Host instance refcount + * @shost: pointer to struct Scsi_Host instance + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: currently may block but may be changed to not block + * + * Notes: Actually increments the counts in two sub-objects + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c + **/ +void scsi_host_get(struct Scsi_Host *shost) + + +/** + * scsi_host_put - decrement Scsi_Host instance refcount, free if 0 + * @shost: pointer to struct Scsi_Host instance + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: currently may block but may be changed to not block + * + * Notes: Actually decrements the counts in two sub-objects. If the + * latter refcount reaches 0, the Scsi_Host instance is freed. + * The LLD need not worry exactly when the Scsi_Host instance is + * freed, it just shouldn't access the instance after it has balanced + * out its refcount usage. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c + **/ +void scsi_host_put(struct Scsi_Host *shost) + + +/** + * scsi_partsize - parse partition table into cylinders, heads + sectors + * @buf: pointer to partition table + * @capacity: size of (total) disk in 512 byte sectors + * @cyls: outputs number of cylinders calculated via this pointer + * @hds: outputs number of heads calculated via this pointer + * @secs: outputs number of sectors calculated via this pointer + * + * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Caller owns memory returned (free with kfree() ) + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsicam.c + **/ +int scsi_partsize(unsigned char *buf, unsigned long capacity, + unsigned int *cyls, unsigned int *hds, unsigned int *secs) + + +/** + * scsi_register - create and register a scsi host adapter instance. + * @sht: pointer to scsi host template + * @privsize: extra bytes to allocate in hostdata array (which is the + * last member of the returned Scsi_Host instance) + * + * Returns pointer to new Scsi_Host instance or NULL on failure + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: When this call returns to the LLD, the SCSI bus scan on + * this host has _not_ yet been done. + * The hostdata array (by default zero length) is a per host scratch + * area for the LLD. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +struct Scsi_Host * scsi_register(struct scsi_host_template * sht, + int privsize) + + +/** + * scsi_remove_device - detach and remove a SCSI device + * @sdev: a pointer to a scsi device instance + * + * Returns value: 0 on success, -EINVAL if device not attached + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: If an LLD becomes aware that a scsi device (lu) has + * been removed but its host is still present then it can request + * the removal of that scsi device. If successful this call will + * lead to the slave_destroy() callback being invoked. sdev is an + * invalid pointer after this call. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_sysfs.c . + **/ +int scsi_remove_device(struct scsi_device *sdev) + + +/** + * scsi_remove_host - detach and remove all SCSI devices owned by host + * @shost: a pointer to a scsi host instance + * + * Returns value: 0 on success, 1 on failure (e.g. LLD busy ??) + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: Should only be invoked if the "hotplug initialization + * model" is being used. It should be called _prior_ to + * scsi_unregister(). + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +int scsi_remove_host(struct Scsi_Host *shost) + + +/** + * scsi_report_bus_reset - report scsi _bus_ reset observed + * @shost: a pointer to a scsi host involved + * @channel: channel (within) host on which scsi bus reset occurred + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: This only needs to be called if the reset is one which + * originates from an unknown location. Resets originated by the + * mid level itself don't need to call this, but there should be + * no harm. The main purpose of this is to make sure that a + * CHECK_CONDITION is properly treated. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c . + **/ +void scsi_report_bus_reset(struct Scsi_Host * shost, int channel) + + +/** + * scsi_set_device - place device reference in host structure + * @shost: a pointer to a scsi host instance + * @pdev: pointer to device instance to assign + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Defined in: include/scsi/scsi_host.h . + **/ +void scsi_set_device(struct Scsi_Host * shost, struct device * dev) + + +/** + * scsi_to_pci_dma_dir - convert SCSI subsystem direction flag to PCI + * @scsi_data_direction: SCSI subsystem direction flag + * + * Returns DMA_TO_DEVICE given SCSI_DATA_WRITE, + * DMA_FROM_DEVICE given SCSI_DATA_READ + * DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL given SCSI_DATA_UNKNOWN + * else returns DMA_NONE + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: The SCSI subsystem now uses the same values for these + * constants as the PCI subsystem so this function is a nop. + * The recommendation is not to use this conversion function anymore + * (in the 2.6 kernel series) as it is not needed. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi.h . + **/ +int scsi_to_pci_dma_dir(unsigned char scsi_data_direction) + + +/** + * scsi_to_sbus_dma_dir - convert SCSI subsystem direction flag to SBUS + * @scsi_data_direction: SCSI subsystem direction flag + * + * Returns DMA_TO_DEVICE given SCSI_DATA_WRITE, + * FROM_DEVICE given SCSI_DATA_READ + * DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL given SCSI_DATA_UNKNOWN + * else returns DMA_NONE + * + * Notes: The SCSI subsystem now uses the same values for these + * constants as the SBUS subsystem so this function is a nop. + * The recommendation is not to use this conversion function anymore + * (in the 2.6 kernel series) as it is not needed. + * + * Might block: no + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi.h . + **/ +int scsi_to_sbus_dma_dir(unsigned char scsi_data_direction) + + +/** + * scsi_track_queue_full - track successive QUEUE_FULL events on given + * device to determine if and when there is a need + * to adjust the queue depth on the device. + * @sdev: pointer to SCSI device instance + * @depth: Current number of outstanding SCSI commands on this device, + * not counting the one returned as QUEUE_FULL. + * + * Returns 0 - no change needed + * >0 - adjust queue depth to this new depth + * -1 - drop back to untagged operation using host->cmd_per_lun + * as the untagged command depth + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: LLDs may call this at any time and we will do "The Right + * Thing"; interrupt context safe. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi.c . + **/ +int scsi_track_queue_full(Scsi_Device *sdev, int depth) + + +/** + * scsi_unblock_requests - allow further commands to be queued to given host + * + * @shost: pointer to host to unblock commands on + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c . +**/ +void scsi_unblock_requests(struct Scsi_Host * shost) + + +/** + * scsi_unregister - unregister and free memory used by host instance + * @shp: pointer to scsi host instance to unregister. + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Should not be invoked if the "hotplug initialization + * model" is being used. Called internally by exit_this_scsi_driver() + * in the "passive initialization model". Hence a LLD has no need to + * call this function directly. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +void scsi_unregister(struct Scsi_Host * shp) + + + + +Interface Functions +=================== +Interface functions are supplied (defined) by LLDs and their function +pointers are placed in an instance of struct scsi_host_template which +is passed to scsi_host_alloc() [or scsi_register() / init_this_scsi_driver()]. +Some are mandatory. Interface functions should be declared static. The +accepted convention is that driver "xyz" will declare its slave_configure() +function as: + static int xyz_slave_configure(struct scsi_device * sdev); +and so forth for all interface functions listed below. + +A pointer to this function should be placed in the 'slave_configure' member +of a "struct scsi_host_template" instance. A pointer to such an instance +should be passed to the mid level's scsi_host_alloc() [or scsi_register() / +init_this_scsi_driver()]. + +The interface functions are also described in the include/scsi/scsi_host.h +file immediately above their definition point in "struct scsi_host_template". +In some cases more detail is given in scsi_host.h than below. + +The interface functions are listed below in alphabetical order. + +Summary: + bios_param - fetch head, sector, cylinder info for a disk + detect - detects HBAs this driver wants to control + eh_timed_out - notify the host that a command timer expired + eh_abort_handler - abort given command + eh_bus_reset_handler - issue SCSI bus reset + eh_device_reset_handler - issue SCSI device reset + eh_host_reset_handler - reset host (host bus adapter) + eh_strategy_handler - driver supplied alternate to scsi_unjam_host() + info - supply information about given host + ioctl - driver can respond to ioctls + proc_info - supports /proc/scsi/{driver_name}/{host_no} + queuecommand - queue scsi command, invoke 'done' on completion + release - release all resources associated with given host + slave_alloc - prior to any commands being sent to a new device + slave_configure - driver fine tuning for given device after attach + slave_destroy - given device is about to be shut down + + +Details: + +/** + * bios_param - fetch head, sector, cylinder info for a disk + * @sdev: pointer to scsi device context (defined in + * include/scsi/scsi_device.h) + * @bdev: pointer to block device context (defined in fs.h) + * @capacity: device size (in 512 byte sectors) + * @params: three element array to place output: + * params[0] number of heads (max 255) + * params[1] number of sectors (max 63) + * params[2] number of cylinders + * + * Return value is ignored + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process (sd) + * + * Notes: an arbitrary geometry (based on READ CAPACITY) is used + * if this function is not provided. The params array is + * pre-initialized with made up values just in case this function + * doesn't output anything. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int bios_param(struct scsi_device * sdev, struct block_device *bdev, + sector_t capacity, int params[3]) + + +/** + * detect - detects HBAs this driver wants to control + * @shtp: host template for this driver. + * + * Returns number of hosts this driver wants to control. 0 means no + * suitable hosts found. + * + * Locks: none held + * + * Calling context: process [invoked from init_this_scsi_driver()] + * + * Notes: First function called from the SCSI mid level on this + * driver. Upper level drivers (e.g. sd) may not (yet) be present. + * For each host found, this method should call scsi_register() + * [see hosts.c]. + * + * Defined in: LLD (required if "passive initialization mode" is used, + * not invoked in "hotplug initialization mode") + **/ + int detect(struct scsi_host_template * shtp) + + +/** + * eh_timed_out - The timer for the command has just fired + * @scp: identifies command timing out + * + * Returns: + * + * EH_HANDLED: I fixed the error, please complete the command + * EH_RESET_TIMER: I need more time, reset the timer and + * begin counting again + * EH_NOT_HANDLED Begin normal error recovery + * + * + * Locks: None held + * + * Calling context: interrupt + * + * Notes: This is to give the LLD an opportunity to do local recovery. + * This recovery is limited to determining if the outstanding command + * will ever complete. You may not abort and restart the command from + * this callback. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_timed_out(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_abort_handler - abort command associated with scp + * @scp: identifies command to be aborted + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry + * and assumed to be held on return. + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands will be + * queued on current host during eh. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_abort_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_bus_reset_handler - issue SCSI bus reset + * @scp: SCSI bus that contains this device should be reset + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry + * and assumed to be held on return. + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands will be + * queued on current host during eh. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_bus_reset_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_device_reset_handler - issue SCSI device reset + * @scp: identifies SCSI device to be reset + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry + * and assumed to be held on return. + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands will be + * queued on current host during eh. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_device_reset_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_host_reset_handler - reset host (host bus adapter) + * @scp: SCSI host that contains this device should be reset + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry + * and assumed to be held on return. + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands will be + * queued on current host during eh. + * With the default eh_strategy in place, if none of the _abort_, + * _device_reset_, _bus_reset_ or this eh handler function are + * defined (or they all return FAILED) then the device in question + * will be set offline whenever eh is invoked. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_host_reset_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_strategy_handler - driver supplied alternate to scsi_unjam_host() + * @shp: host on which error has occurred + * + * Returns TRUE if host unjammed, else FALSE. + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. LLD supplied alternate to + * scsi_unjam_host() found in scsi_error.c + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_strategy_handler(struct Scsi_Host * shp) + + +/** + * info - supply information about given host: driver name plus data + * to distinguish given host + * @shp: host to supply information about + * + * Return ASCII null terminated string. [This driver is assumed to + * manage the memory pointed to and maintain it, typically for the + * lifetime of this host.] + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Often supplies PCI or ISA information such as IO addresses + * and interrupt numbers. If not supplied struct Scsi_Host::name used + * instead. It is assumed the returned information fits on one line + * (i.e. does not included embedded newlines). + * The SCSI_IOCTL_PROBE_HOST ioctl yields the string returned by this + * function (or struct Scsi_Host::name if this function is not + * available). + * In a similar manner, init_this_scsi_driver() outputs to the console + * each host's "info" (or name) for the driver it is registering. + * Also if proc_info() is not supplied, the output of this function + * is used instead. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + const char * info(struct Scsi_Host * shp) + + +/** + * ioctl - driver can respond to ioctls + * @sdp: device that ioctl was issued for + * @cmd: ioctl number + * @arg: pointer to read or write data from. Since it points to + * user space, should use appropriate kernel functions + * (e.g. copy_from_user() ). In the Unix style this argument + * can also be viewed as an unsigned long. + * + * Returns negative "errno" value when there is a problem. 0 or a + * positive value indicates success and is returned to the user space. + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: The SCSI subsystem uses a "trickle down" ioctl model. + * The user issues an ioctl() against an upper level driver + * (e.g. /dev/sdc) and if the upper level driver doesn't recognize + * the 'cmd' then it is passed to the SCSI mid level. If the SCSI + * mid level does not recognize it, then the LLD that controls + * the device receives the ioctl. According to recent Unix standards + * unsupported ioctl() 'cmd' numbers should return -ENOTTY. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int ioctl(struct scsi_device *sdp, int cmd, void *arg) + + +/** + * proc_info - supports /proc/scsi/{driver_name}/{host_no} + * @buffer: anchor point to output to (0==writeto1_read0) or fetch from + * (1==writeto1_read0). + * @start: where "interesting" data is written to. Ignored when + * 1==writeto1_read0. + * @offset: offset within buffer 0==writeto1_read0 is actually + * interested in. Ignored when 1==writeto1_read0 . + * @length: maximum (or actual) extent of buffer + * @host_no: host number of interest (struct Scsi_Host::host_no) + * @writeto1_read0: 1 -> data coming from user space towards driver + * (e.g. "echo some_string > /proc/scsi/xyz/2") + * 0 -> user what data from this driver + * (e.g. "cat /proc/scsi/xyz/2") + * + * Returns length when 1==writeto1_read0. Otherwise number of chars + * output to buffer past offset. + * + * Locks: none held + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Driven from scsi_proc.c which interfaces to proc_fs. proc_fs + * support can now be configured out of the scsi subsystem. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int proc_info(char * buffer, char ** start, off_t offset, + int length, int host_no, int writeto1_read0) + + +/** + * queuecommand - queue scsi command, invoke 'done' on completion + * @scp: pointer to scsi command object + * @done: function pointer to be invoked on completion + * + * Returns 0 on success. + * + * If there's a failure, return either: + * + * SCSI_MLQUEUE_DEVICE_BUSY if the device queue is full, or + * SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY if the entire host queue is full + * + * On both of these returns, the mid-layer will requeue the I/O + * + * - if the return is SCSI_MLQUEUE_DEVICE_BUSY, only that particular + * device will be paused, and it will be unpaused when a command to + * the device returns (or after a brief delay if there are no more + * outstanding commands to it). Commands to other devices continue + * to be processed normally. + * + * - if the return is SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY, all I/O to the host + * is paused and will be unpaused when any command returns from + * the host (or after a brief delay if there are no outstanding + * commands to the host). + * + * For compatibility with earlier versions of queuecommand, any + * other return value is treated the same as + * SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY. + * + * Other types of errors that are detected immediately may be + * flagged by setting scp->result to an appropriate value, + * invoking the 'done' callback, and then returning 0 from this + * function. If the command is not performed immediately (and the + * LLD is starting (or will start) the given command) then this + * function should place 0 in scp->result and return 0. + * + * Command ownership. If the driver returns zero, it owns the + * command and must take responsibility for ensuring the 'done' + * callback is executed. Note: the driver may call done before + * returning zero, but after it has called done, it may not + * return any value other than zero. If the driver makes a + * non-zero return, it must not execute the command's done + * callback at any time. + * + * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held on entry (with "irqsave") + * and is expected to be held on return. + * + * Calling context: in interrupt (soft irq) or process context + * + * Notes: This function should be relatively fast. Normally it will + * not wait for IO to complete. Hence the 'done' callback is invoked + * (often directly from an interrupt service routine) some time after + * this function has returned. In some cases (e.g. pseudo adapter + * drivers that manufacture the response to a SCSI INQUIRY) + * the 'done' callback may be invoked before this function returns. + * If the 'done' callback is not invoked within a certain period + * the SCSI mid level will commence error processing. + * If a status of CHECK CONDITION is placed in "result" when the + * 'done' callback is invoked, then the LLD driver should + * perform autosense and fill in the struct scsi_cmnd::sense_buffer + * array. The scsi_cmnd::sense_buffer array is zeroed prior to + * the mid level queuing a command to an LLD. + * + * Defined in: LLD + **/ + int queuecommand(struct scsi_cmnd * scp, + void (*done)(struct scsi_cmnd *)) + + +/** + * release - release all resources associated with given host + * @shp: host to be released. + * + * Return value ignored (could soon be a function returning void). + * + * Locks: none held + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_module.c's exit_this_scsi_driver(). + * LLD's implementation of this function should call + * scsi_unregister(shp) prior to returning. + * Only needed for old-style host templates. + * + * Defined in: LLD (required in "passive initialization model", + * should not be defined in hotplug model) + **/ + int release(struct Scsi_Host * shp) + + +/** + * slave_alloc - prior to any commands being sent to a new device + * (i.e. just prior to scan) this call is made + * @sdp: pointer to new device (about to be scanned) + * + * Returns 0 if ok. Any other return is assumed to be an error and + * the device is ignored. + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Allows the driver to allocate any resources for a device + * prior to its initial scan. The corresponding scsi device may not + * exist but the mid level is just about to scan for it (i.e. send + * and INQUIRY command plus ...). If a device is found then + * slave_configure() will be called while if a device is not found + * slave_destroy() is called. + * For more details see the include/scsi/scsi_host.h file. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int slave_alloc(struct scsi_device *sdp) + + +/** + * slave_configure - driver fine tuning for given device just after it + * has been first scanned (i.e. it responded to an + * INQUIRY) + * @sdp: device that has just been attached + * + * Returns 0 if ok. Any other return is assumed to be an error and + * the device is taken offline. [offline devices will _not_ have + * slave_destroy() called on them so clean up resources.] + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Allows the driver to inspect the response to the initial + * INQUIRY done by the scanning code and take appropriate action. + * For more details see the include/scsi/scsi_host.h file. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int slave_configure(struct scsi_device *sdp) + + +/** + * slave_destroy - given device is about to be shut down. All + * activity has ceased on this device. + * @sdp: device that is about to be shut down + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Mid level structures for given device are still in place + * but are about to be torn down. Any per device resources allocated + * by this driver for given device should be freed now. No further + * commands will be sent for this sdp instance. [However the device + * could be re-attached in the future in which case a new instance + * of struct scsi_device would be supplied by future slave_alloc() + * and slave_configure() calls.] + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + void slave_destroy(struct scsi_device *sdp) + + + +Data Structures +=============== +struct scsi_host_template +------------------------- +There is one "struct scsi_host_template" instance per LLD ***. It is +typically initialized as a file scope static in a driver's header file. That +way members that are not explicitly initialized will be set to 0 or NULL. +Member of interest: + name - name of driver (may contain spaces, please limit to + less than 80 characters) + proc_name - name used in "/proc/scsi/<proc_name>/<host_no>" and + by sysfs in one of its "drivers" directories. Hence + "proc_name" should only contain characters acceptable + to a Unix file name. + (*queuecommand)() - primary callback that the mid level uses to inject + SCSI commands into an LLD. +The structure is defined and commented in include/scsi/scsi_host.h + +*** In extreme situations a single driver may have several instances + if it controls several different classes of hardware (e.g. an LLD + that handles both ISA and PCI cards and has a separate instance of + struct scsi_host_template for each class). + +struct Scsi_Host +---------------- +There is one struct Scsi_Host instance per host (HBA) that an LLD +controls. The struct Scsi_Host structure has many members in common +with "struct scsi_host_template". When a new struct Scsi_Host instance +is created (in scsi_host_alloc() in hosts.c) those common members are +initialized from the driver's struct scsi_host_template instance. Members +of interest: + host_no - system wide unique number that is used for identifying + this host. Issued in ascending order from 0. + can_queue - must be greater than 0; do not send more than can_queue + commands to the adapter. + this_id - scsi id of host (scsi initiator) or -1 if not known + sg_tablesize - maximum scatter gather elements allowed by host. + 0 implies scatter gather not supported by host + max_sectors - maximum number of sectors (usually 512 bytes) allowed + in a single SCSI command. The default value of 0 leads + to a setting of SCSI_DEFAULT_MAX_SECTORS (defined in + scsi_host.h) which is currently set to 1024. So for a + disk the maximum transfer size is 512 KB when max_sectors + is not defined. Note that this size may not be sufficient + for disk firmware uploads. + cmd_per_lun - maximum number of commands that can be queued on devices + controlled by the host. Overridden by LLD calls to + scsi_adjust_queue_depth(). + unchecked_isa_dma - 1=>only use bottom 16 MB of ram (ISA DMA addressing + restriction), 0=>can use full 32 bit (or better) DMA + address space + use_clustering - 1=>SCSI commands in mid level's queue can be merged, + 0=>disallow SCSI command merging + hostt - pointer to driver's struct scsi_host_template from which + this struct Scsi_Host instance was spawned + hostt->proc_name - name of LLD. This is the driver name that sysfs uses + transportt - pointer to driver's struct scsi_transport_template instance + (if any). FC and SPI transports currently supported. + sh_list - a double linked list of pointers to all struct Scsi_Host + instances (currently ordered by ascending host_no) + my_devices - a double linked list of pointers to struct scsi_device + instances that belong to this host. + hostdata[0] - area reserved for LLD at end of struct Scsi_Host. Size + is set by the second argument (named 'xtr_bytes') to + scsi_host_alloc() or scsi_register(). + +The scsi_host structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_host.h + +struct scsi_device +------------------ +Generally, there is one instance of this structure for each SCSI logical unit +on a host. Scsi devices connected to a host are uniquely identified by a +channel number, target id and logical unit number (lun). +The structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_device.h + +struct scsi_cmnd +---------------- +Instances of this structure convey SCSI commands to the LLD and responses +back to the mid level. The SCSI mid level will ensure that no more SCSI +commands become queued against the LLD than are indicated by +scsi_adjust_queue_depth() (or struct Scsi_Host::cmd_per_lun). There will +be at least one instance of struct scsi_cmnd available for each SCSI device. +Members of interest: + cmnd - array containing SCSI command + cmnd_len - length (in bytes) of SCSI command + sc_data_direction - direction of data transfer in data phase. See + "enum dma_data_direction" in include/linux/dma-mapping.h + request_bufflen - number of data bytes to transfer (0 if no data phase) + use_sg - ==0 -> no scatter gather list, hence transfer data + to/from request_buffer + - >0 -> scatter gather list (actually an array) in + request_buffer with use_sg elements + request_buffer - either contains data buffer or scatter gather list + depending on the setting of use_sg. Scatter gather + elements are defined by 'struct scatterlist' found + in include/asm/scatterlist.h . + done - function pointer that should be invoked by LLD when the + SCSI command is completed (successfully or otherwise). + Should only be called by an LLD if the LLD has accepted + the command (i.e. queuecommand() returned or will return + 0). The LLD may invoke 'done' prior to queuecommand() + finishing. + result - should be set by LLD prior to calling 'done'. A value + of 0 implies a successfully completed command (and all + data (if any) has been transferred to or from the SCSI + target device). 'result' is a 32 bit unsigned integer that + can be viewed as 4 related bytes. The SCSI status value is + in the LSB. See include/scsi/scsi.h status_byte(), + msg_byte(), host_byte() and driver_byte() macros and + related constants. + sense_buffer - an array (maximum size: SCSI_SENSE_BUFFERSIZE bytes) that + should be written when the SCSI status (LSB of 'result') + is set to CHECK_CONDITION (2). When CHECK_CONDITION is + set, if the top nibble of sense_buffer[0] has the value 7 + then the mid level will assume the sense_buffer array + contains a valid SCSI sense buffer; otherwise the mid + level will issue a REQUEST_SENSE SCSI command to + retrieve the sense buffer. The latter strategy is error + prone in the presence of command queuing so the LLD should + always "auto-sense". + device - pointer to scsi_device object that this command is + associated with. + resid - an LLD should set this signed integer to the requested + transfer length (i.e. 'request_bufflen') less the number + of bytes that are actually transferred. 'resid' is + preset to 0 so an LLD can ignore it if it cannot detect + underruns (overruns should be rare). If possible an LLD + should set 'resid' prior to invoking 'done'. The most + interesting case is data transfers from a SCSI target + device device (i.e. READs) that underrun. + underflow - LLD should place (DID_ERROR << 16) in 'result' if + actual number of bytes transferred is less than this + figure. Not many LLDs implement this check and some that + do just output an error message to the log rather than + report a DID_ERROR. Better for an LLD to implement + 'resid'. + +The scsi_cmnd structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_cmnd.h + + +Locks +===== +Each struct Scsi_Host instance has a spin_lock called struct +Scsi_Host::default_lock which is initialized in scsi_host_alloc() [found in +hosts.c]. Within the same function the struct Scsi_Host::host_lock pointer +is initialized to point at default_lock with the scsi_assign_lock() function. +Thereafter lock and unlock operations performed by the mid level use the +struct Scsi_Host::host_lock pointer. + +LLDs can override the use of struct Scsi_Host::default_lock by +using scsi_assign_lock(). The earliest opportunity to do this would +be in the detect() function after it has invoked scsi_register(). It +could be replaced by a coarser grain lock (e.g. per driver) or a +lock of equal granularity (i.e. per host). Using finer grain locks +(e.g. per SCSI device) may be possible by juggling locks in +queuecommand(). + +Autosense +========= +Autosense (or auto-sense) is defined in the SAM-2 document as "the +automatic return of sense data to the application client coincident +with the completion of a SCSI command" when a status of CHECK CONDITION +occurs. LLDs should perform autosense. This should be done when the LLD +detects a CHECK CONDITION status by either: + a) instructing the SCSI protocol (e.g. SCSI Parallel Interface (SPI)) + to perform an extra data in phase on such responses + b) or, the LLD issuing a REQUEST SENSE command itself + +Either way, when a status of CHECK CONDITION is detected, the mid level +decides whether the LLD has performed autosense by checking struct +scsi_cmnd::sense_buffer[0] . If this byte has an upper nibble of 7 (or 0xf) +then autosense is assumed to have taken place. If it has another value (and +this byte is initialized to 0 before each command) then the mid level will +issue a REQUEST SENSE command. + +In the presence of queued commands the "nexus" that maintains sense +buffer data from the command that failed until a following REQUEST SENSE +may get out of synchronization. This is why it is best for the LLD +to perform autosense. + + +Changes since lk 2.4 series +=========================== +io_request_lock has been replaced by several finer grained locks. The lock +relevant to LLDs is struct Scsi_Host::host_lock and there is +one per SCSI host. + +The older error handling mechanism has been removed. This means the +LLD interface functions abort() and reset() have been removed. +The struct scsi_host_template::use_new_eh_code flag has been removed. + +In the 2.4 series the SCSI subsystem configuration descriptions were +aggregated with the configuration descriptions from all other Linux +subsystems in the Documentation/Configure.help file. In the 2.6 series, +the SCSI subsystem now has its own (much smaller) drivers/scsi/Kconfig +file that contains both configuration and help information. + +struct SHT has been renamed to struct scsi_host_template. + +Addition of the "hotplug initialization model" and many extra functions +to support it. + + +Credits +======= +The following people have contributed to this document: + Mike Anderson <andmike at us dot ibm dot com> + James Bottomley <James dot Bottomley at steeleye dot com> + Patrick Mansfield <patmans at us dot ibm dot com> + Christoph Hellwig <hch at infradead dot org> + Doug Ledford <dledford at redhat dot com> + Andries Brouwer <Andries dot Brouwer at cwi dot nl> + Randy Dunlap <rddunlap at osdl dot org> + Alan Stern <stern at rowland dot harvard dot edu> + + +Douglas Gilbert +dgilbert at interlog dot com +21st September 2004 diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..20e30cf31877 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt @@ -0,0 +1,499 @@ +This file contains brief information about the SCSI tape driver. +The driver is currently maintained by Kai Mäkisara (email +Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi) + +Last modified: Mon Mar 7 21:14:44 2005 by kai.makisara + + +BASICS + +The driver is generic, i.e., it does not contain any code tailored +to any specific tape drive. The tape parameters can be specified with +one of the following three methods: + +1. Each user can specify the tape parameters he/she wants to use +directly with ioctls. This is administratively a very simple and +flexible method and applicable to single-user workstations. However, +in a multiuser environment the next user finds the tape parameters in +state the previous user left them. + +2. The system manager (root) can define default values for some tape +parameters, like block size and density using the MTSETDRVBUFFER ioctl. +These parameters can be programmed to come into effect either when a +new tape is loaded into the drive or if writing begins at the +beginning of the tape. The second method is applicable if the tape +drive performs auto-detection of the tape format well (like some +QIC-drives). The result is that any tape can be read, writing can be +continued using existing format, and the default format is used if +the tape is rewritten from the beginning (or a new tape is written +for the first time). The first method is applicable if the drive +does not perform auto-detection well enough and there is a single +"sensible" mode for the device. An example is a DAT drive that is +used only in variable block mode (I don't know if this is sensible +or not :-). + +The user can override the parameters defined by the system +manager. The changes persist until the defaults again come into +effect. + +3. By default, up to four modes can be defined and selected using the minor +number (bits 5 and 6). The number of modes can be changed by changing +ST_NBR_MODE_BITS in st.h. Mode 0 corresponds to the defaults discussed +above. Additional modes are dormant until they are defined by the +system manager (root). When specification of a new mode is started, +the configuration of mode 0 is used to provide a starting point for +definition of the new mode. + +Using the modes allows the system manager to give the users choices +over some of the buffering parameters not directly accessible to the +users (buffered and asynchronous writes). The modes also allow choices +between formats in multi-tape operations (the explicitly overridden +parameters are reset when a new tape is loaded). + +If more than one mode is used, all modes should contain definitions +for the same set of parameters. + +Many Unices contain internal tables that associate different modes to +supported devices. The Linux SCSI tape driver does not contain such +tables (and will not do that in future). Instead of that, a utility +program can be made that fetches the inquiry data sent by the device, +scans its database, and sets up the modes using the ioctls. Another +alternative is to make a small script that uses mt to set the defaults +tailored to the system. + +The driver supports fixed and variable block size (within buffer +limits). Both the auto-rewind (minor equals device number) and +non-rewind devices (minor is 128 + device number) are implemented. + +In variable block mode, the byte count in write() determines the size +of the physical block on tape. When reading, the drive reads the next +tape block and returns to the user the data if the read() byte count +is at least the block size. Otherwise, error ENOMEM is returned. + +In fixed block mode, the data transfer between the drive and the +driver is in multiples of the block size. The write() byte count must +be a multiple of the block size. This is not required when reading but +may be advisable for portability. + +Support is provided for changing the tape partition and partitioning +of the tape with one or two partitions. By default support for +partitioned tape is disabled for each driver and it can be enabled +with the ioctl MTSETDRVBUFFER. + +By default the driver writes one filemark when the device is closed after +writing and the last operation has been a write. Two filemarks can be +optionally written. In both cases end of data is signified by +returning zero bytes for two consecutive reads. + +If rewind, offline, bsf, or seek is done and previous tape operation was +write, a filemark is written before moving tape. + +The compile options are defined in the file linux/drivers/scsi/st_options.h. + +4. If the open option O_NONBLOCK is used, open succeeds even if the +drive is not ready. If O_NONBLOCK is not used, the driver waits for +the drive to become ready. If this does not happen in ST_BLOCK_SECONDS +seconds, open fails with the errno value EIO. With O_NONBLOCK the +device can be opened for writing even if there is a write protected +tape in the drive (commands trying to write something return error if +attempted). + + +MINOR NUMBERS + +The tape driver currently supports 128 drives by default. This number +can be increased by editing st.h and recompiling the driver if +necessary. The upper limit is 2^17 drives if 4 modes for each drive +are used. + +The minor numbers consist of the following bit fields: + +dev_upper non-rew mode dev-lower + 20 - 8 7 6 5 4 0 +The non-rewind bit is always bit 7 (the uppermost bit in the lowermost +byte). The bits defining the mode are below the non-rewind bit. The +remaining bits define the tape device number. This numbering is +backward compatible with the numbering used when the minor number was +only 8 bits wide. + + +SYSFS SUPPORT + +The driver creates the directory /sys/class/scsi_tape and populates it with +directories corresponding to the existing tape devices. There are autorewind +and non-rewind entries for each mode. The names are stxy and nstxy, where x +is the tape number and y a character corresponding to the mode (none, l, m, +a). For example, the directories for the first tape device are (assuming four +modes): st0 nst0 st0l nst0l st0m nst0m st0a nst0a. + +Each directory contains the entries: default_blksize default_compression +default_density defined dev device driver. The file 'defined' contains 1 +if the mode is defined and zero if not defined. The files 'default_*' contain +the defaults set by the user. The value -1 means the default is not set. The +file 'dev' contains the device numbers corresponding to this device. The links +'device' and 'driver' point to the SCSI device and driver entries. + +A link named 'tape' is made from the SCSI device directory to the class +directory corresponding to the mode 0 auto-rewind device (e.g., st0). + + +BSD AND SYS V SEMANTICS + +The user can choose between these two behaviours of the tape driver by +defining the value of the symbol ST_SYSV. The semantics differ when a +file being read is closed. The BSD semantics leaves the tape where it +currently is whereas the SYS V semantics moves the tape past the next +filemark unless the filemark has just been crossed. + +The default is BSD semantics. + + +BUFFERING + +The driver tries to do transfers directly to/from user space. If this +is not possible, a driver buffer allocated at run-time is used. If +direct i/o is not possible for the whole transfer, the driver buffer +is used (i.e., bounce buffers for individual pages are not +used). Direct i/o can be impossible because of several reasons, e.g.: +- one or more pages are at addresses not reachable by the HBA +- the number of pages in the transfer exceeds the number of + scatter/gather segments permitted by the HBA +- one or more pages can't be locked into memory (should not happen in + any reasonable situation) + +The size of the driver buffers is always at least one tape block. In fixed +block mode, the minimum buffer size is defined (in 1024 byte units) by +ST_FIXED_BUFFER_BLOCKS. With small block size this allows buffering of +several blocks and using one SCSI read or write to transfer all of the +blocks. Buffering of data across write calls in fixed block mode is +allowed if ST_BUFFER_WRITES is non-zero and direct i/o is not used. +Buffer allocation uses chunks of memory having sizes 2^n * (page +size). Because of this the actual buffer size may be larger than the +minimum allowable buffer size. + +NOTE that if direct i/o is used, the small writes are not buffered. This may +cause a surprise when moving from 2.4. There small writes (e.g., tar without +-b option) may have had good throughput but this is not true any more with +2.6. Direct i/o can be turned off to solve this problem but a better solution +is to use bigger write() byte counts (e.g., tar -b 64). + +Asynchronous writing. Writing the buffer contents to the tape is +started and the write call returns immediately. The status is checked +at the next tape operation. Asynchronous writes are not done with +direct i/o and not in fixed block mode. + +Buffered writes and asynchronous writes may in some rare cases cause +problems in multivolume operations if there is not enough space on the +tape after the early-warning mark to flush the driver buffer. + +Read ahead for fixed block mode (ST_READ_AHEAD). Filling the buffer is +attempted even if the user does not want to get all of the data at +this read command. Should be disabled for those drives that don't like +a filemark to truncate a read request or that don't like backspacing. + +Scatter/gather buffers (buffers that consist of chunks non-contiguous +in the physical memory) are used if contiguous buffers can't be +allocated. To support all SCSI adapters (including those not +supporting scatter/gather), buffer allocation is using the following +three kinds of chunks: +1. The initial segment that is used for all SCSI adapters including +those not supporting scatter/gather. The size of this buffer will be +(PAGE_SIZE << ST_FIRST_ORDER) bytes if the system can give a chunk of +this size (and it is not larger than the buffer size specified by +ST_BUFFER_BLOCKS). If this size is not available, the driver halves +the size and tries again until the size of one page. The default +settings in st_options.h make the driver to try to allocate all of the +buffer as one chunk. +2. The scatter/gather segments to fill the specified buffer size are +allocated so that as many segments as possible are used but the number +of segments does not exceed ST_FIRST_SG. +3. The remaining segments between ST_MAX_SG (or the module parameter +max_sg_segs) and the number of segments used in phases 1 and 2 +are used to extend the buffer at run-time if this is necessary. The +number of scatter/gather segments allowed for the SCSI adapter is not +exceeded if it is smaller than the maximum number of scatter/gather +segments specified. If the maximum number allowed for the SCSI adapter +is smaller than the number of segments used in phases 1 and 2, +extending the buffer will always fail. + + +EOM BEHAVIOUR WHEN WRITING + +When the end of medium early warning is encountered, the current write +is finished and the number of bytes is returned. The next write +returns -1 and errno is set to ENOSPC. To enable writing a trailer, +the next write is allowed to proceed and, if successful, the number of +bytes is returned. After this, -1 and the number of bytes are +alternately returned until the physical end of medium (or some other +error) is encountered. + + +MODULE PARAMETERS + +The buffer size, write threshold, and the maximum number of allocated buffers +are configurable when the driver is loaded as a module. The keywords are: + +buffer_kbs=xxx the buffer size for fixed block mode is set + to xxx kilobytes +write_threshold_kbs=xxx the write threshold in kilobytes set to xxx +max_sg_segs=xxx the maximum number of scatter/gather + segments +try_direct_io=x try direct transfer between user buffer and + tape drive if this is non-zero + +Note that if the buffer size is changed but the write threshold is not +set, the write threshold is set to the new buffer size - 2 kB. + + +BOOT TIME CONFIGURATION + +If the driver is compiled into the kernel, the same parameters can be +also set using, e.g., the LILO command line. The preferred syntax is +is to use the same keyword used when loading as module but prepended +with 'st.'. For instance, to set the maximum number of scatter/gather +segments, the parameter 'st.max_sg_segs=xx' should be used (xx is the +number of scatter/gather segments). + +For compatibility, the old syntax from early 2.5 and 2.4 kernel +versions is supported. The same keywords can be used as when loading +the driver as module. If several parameters are set, the keyword-value +pairs are separated with a comma (no spaces allowed). A colon can be +used instead of the equal mark. The definition is prepended by the +string st=. Here is an example: + + st=buffer_kbs:64,write_threhold_kbs:60 + +The following syntax used by the old kernel versions is also supported: + + st=aa[,bb[,dd]] + +where + aa is the buffer size for fixed block mode in 1024 byte units + bb is the write threshold in 1024 byte units + dd is the maximum number of scatter/gather segments + + +IOCTLS + +The tape is positioned and the drive parameters are set with ioctls +defined in mtio.h The tape control program 'mt' uses these ioctls. Try +to find an mt that supports all of the Linux SCSI tape ioctls and +opens the device for writing if the tape contents will be modified +(look for a package mt-st* from the Linux ftp sites; the GNU mt does +not open for writing for, e.g., erase). + +The supported ioctls are: + +The following use the structure mtop: + +MTFSF Space forward over count filemarks. Tape positioned after filemark. +MTFSFM As above but tape positioned before filemark. +MTBSF Space backward over count filemarks. Tape positioned before + filemark. +MTBSFM As above but ape positioned after filemark. +MTFSR Space forward over count records. +MTBSR Space backward over count records. +MTFSS Space forward over count setmarks. +MTBSS Space backward over count setmarks. +MTWEOF Write count filemarks. +MTWSM Write count setmarks. +MTREW Rewind tape. +MTOFFL Set device off line (often rewind plus eject). +MTNOP Do nothing except flush the buffers. +MTRETEN Re-tension tape. +MTEOM Space to end of recorded data. +MTERASE Erase tape. If the argument is zero, the short erase command + is used. The long erase command is used with all other values + of the argument. +MTSEEK Seek to tape block count. Uses Tandberg-compatible seek (QFA) + for SCSI-1 drives and SCSI-2 seek for SCSI-2 drives. The file and + block numbers in the status are not valid after a seek. +MTSETBLK Set the drive block size. Setting to zero sets the drive into + variable block mode (if applicable). +MTSETDENSITY Sets the drive density code to arg. See drive + documentation for available codes. +MTLOCK and MTUNLOCK Explicitly lock/unlock the tape drive door. +MTLOAD and MTUNLOAD Explicitly load and unload the tape. If the + command argument x is between MT_ST_HPLOADER_OFFSET + 1 and + MT_ST_HPLOADER_OFFSET + 6, the number x is used sent to the + drive with the command and it selects the tape slot to use of + HP C1553A changer. +MTCOMPRESSION Sets compressing or uncompressing drive mode using the + SCSI mode page 15. Note that some drives other methods for + control of compression. Some drives (like the Exabytes) use + density codes for compression control. Some drives use another + mode page but this page has not been implemented in the + driver. Some drives without compression capability will accept + any compression mode without error. +MTSETPART Moves the tape to the partition given by the argument at the + next tape operation. The block at which the tape is positioned + is the block where the tape was previously positioned in the + new active partition unless the next tape operation is + MTSEEK. In this case the tape is moved directly to the block + specified by MTSEEK. MTSETPART is inactive unless + MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set. +MTMKPART Formats the tape with one partition (argument zero) or two + partitions (the argument gives in megabytes the size of + partition 1 that is physically the first partition of the + tape). The drive has to support partitions with size specified + by the initiator. Inactive unless MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set. +MTSETDRVBUFFER + Is used for several purposes. The command is obtained from count + with mask MT_SET_OPTIONS, the low order bits are used as argument. + This command is only allowed for the superuser (root). The + subcommands are: + 0 + The drive buffer option is set to the argument. Zero means + no buffering. + MT_ST_BOOLEANS + Sets the buffering options. The bits are the new states + (enabled/disabled) the following options (in the + parenthesis is specified whether the option is global or + can be specified differently for each mode): + MT_ST_BUFFER_WRITES write buffering (mode) + MT_ST_ASYNC_WRITES asynchronous writes (mode) + MT_ST_READ_AHEAD read ahead (mode) + MT_ST_TWO_FM writing of two filemarks (global) + MT_ST_FAST_EOM using the SCSI spacing to EOD (global) + MT_ST_AUTO_LOCK automatic locking of the drive door (global) + MT_ST_DEF_WRITES the defaults are meant only for writes (mode) + MT_ST_CAN_BSR backspacing over more than one records can + be used for repositioning the tape (global) + MT_ST_NO_BLKLIMS the driver does not ask the block limits + from the drive (block size can be changed only to + variable) (global) + MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS enables support for partitioned + tapes (global) + MT_ST_SCSI2LOGICAL the logical block number is used in + the MTSEEK and MTIOCPOS for SCSI-2 drives instead of + the device dependent address. It is recommended to set + this flag unless there are tapes using the device + dependent (from the old times) (global) + MT_ST_SYSV sets the SYSV sematics (mode) + MT_ST_NOWAIT enables immediate mode (i.e., don't wait for + the command to finish) for some commands (e.g., rewind) + MT_ST_DEBUGGING debugging (global; debugging must be + compiled into the driver) + MT_ST_SETBOOLEANS + MT_ST_CLEARBOOLEANS + Sets or clears the option bits. + MT_ST_WRITE_THRESHOLD + Sets the write threshold for this device to kilobytes + specified by the lowest bits. + MT_ST_DEF_BLKSIZE + Defines the default block size set automatically. Value + 0xffffff means that the default is not used any more. + MT_ST_DEF_DENSITY + MT_ST_DEF_DRVBUFFER + Used to set or clear the density (8 bits), and drive buffer + state (3 bits). If the value is MT_ST_CLEAR_DEFAULT + (0xfffff) the default will not be used any more. Otherwise + the lowermost bits of the value contain the new value of + the parameter. + MT_ST_DEF_COMPRESSION + The compression default will not be used if the value of + the lowermost byte is 0xff. Otherwise the lowermost bit + contains the new default. If the bits 8-15 are set to a + non-zero number, and this number is not 0xff, the number is + used as the compression algorithm. The value + MT_ST_CLEAR_DEFAULT can be used to clear the compression + default. + MT_ST_SET_TIMEOUT + Set the normal timeout in seconds for this device. The + default is 900 seconds (15 minutes). The timeout should be + long enough for the retries done by the device while + reading/writing. + MT_ST_SET_LONG_TIMEOUT + Set the long timeout that is used for operations that are + known to take a long time. The default is 14000 seconds + (3.9 hours). For erase this value is further multiplied by + eight. + MT_ST_SET_CLN + Set the cleaning request interpretation parameters using + the lowest 24 bits of the argument. The driver can set the + generic status bit GMT_CLN if a cleaning request bit pattern + is found from the extended sense data. Many drives set one or + more bits in the extended sense data when the drive needs + cleaning. The bits are device-dependent. The driver is + given the number of the sense data byte (the lowest eight + bits of the argument; must be >= 18 (values 1 - 17 + reserved) and <= the maximum requested sense data sixe), + a mask to select the relevant bits (the bits 9-16), and the + bit pattern (bits 17-23). If the bit pattern is zero, one + or more bits under the mask indicate cleaning request. If + the pattern is non-zero, the pattern must match the masked + sense data byte. + + (The cleaning bit is set if the additional sense code and + qualifier 00h 17h are seen regardless of the setting of + MT_ST_SET_CLN.) + +The following ioctl uses the structure mtpos: +MTIOCPOS Reads the current position from the drive. Uses + Tandberg-compatible QFA for SCSI-1 drives and the SCSI-2 + command for the SCSI-2 drives. + +The following ioctl uses the structure mtget to return the status: +MTIOCGET Returns some status information. + The file number and block number within file are returned. The + block is -1 when it can't be determined (e.g., after MTBSF). + The drive type is either MTISSCSI1 or MTISSCSI2. + The number of recovered errors since the previous status call + is stored in the lower word of the field mt_erreg. + The current block size and the density code are stored in the field + mt_dsreg (shifts for the subfields are MT_ST_BLKSIZE_SHIFT and + MT_ST_DENSITY_SHIFT). + The GMT_xxx status bits reflect the drive status. GMT_DR_OPEN + is set if there is no tape in the drive. GMT_EOD means either + end of recorded data or end of tape. GMT_EOT means end of tape. + + +MISCELLANEOUS COMPILE OPTIONS + +The recovered write errors are considered fatal if ST_RECOVERED_WRITE_FATAL +is defined. + +The maximum number of tape devices is determined by the define +ST_MAX_TAPES. If more tapes are detected at driver initialization, the +maximum is adjusted accordingly. + +Immediate return from tape positioning SCSI commands can be enabled by +defining ST_NOWAIT. If this is defined, the user should take care that +the next tape operation is not started before the previous one has +finished. The drives and SCSI adapters should handle this condition +gracefully, but some drive/adapter combinations are known to hang the +SCSI bus in this case. + +The MTEOM command is by default implemented as spacing over 32767 +filemarks. With this method the file number in the status is +correct. The user can request using direct spacing to EOD by setting +ST_FAST_EOM 1 (or using the MT_ST_OPTIONS ioctl). In this case the file +number will be invalid. + +When using read ahead or buffered writes the position within the file +may not be correct after the file is closed (correct position may +require backspacing over more than one record). The correct position +within file can be obtained if ST_IN_FILE_POS is defined at compile +time or the MT_ST_CAN_BSR bit is set for the drive with an ioctl. +(The driver always backs over a filemark crossed by read ahead if the +user does not request data that far.) + + +DEBUGGING HINTS + +To enable debugging messages, edit st.c and #define DEBUG 1. As seen +above, debugging can be switched off with an ioctl if debugging is +compiled into the driver. The debugging output is not voluminous. + +If the tape seems to hang, I would be very interested to hear where +the driver is waiting. With the command 'ps -l' you can see the state +of the process using the tape. If the state is D, the process is +waiting for something. The field WCHAN tells where the driver is +waiting. If you have the current System.map in the correct place (in +/boot for the procps I use) or have updated /etc/psdatabase (for kmem +ps), ps writes the function name in the WCHAN field. If not, you have +to look up the function from System.map. + +Note also that the timeouts are very long compared to most other +drivers. This means that the Linux driver may appear hung although the +real reason is that the tape firmware has got confused. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..75febcf9298c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +The sym53c500_cs driver originated as an add-on to David Hinds' pcmcia-cs +package, and was written by Tom Corner (tcorner@via.at). A rewrite was +long overdue, and the current version addresses the following concerns: + + (1) extensive kernel changes between 2.4 and 2.6. + (2) deprecated PCMCIA support outside the kernel. + +All the USE_BIOS code has been ripped out. It was never used, and could +not have worked anyway. The USE_DMA code is likewise gone. Many thanks +to YOKOTA Hiroshi (nsp_cs driver) and David Hinds (qlogic_cs driver) for +the code fragments I shamelessly adapted for this work. Thanks also to +Christoph Hellwig for his patient tutelage while I stumbled about. + +The Symbios Logic 53c500 chip was used in the "newer" (circa 1997) version +of the New Media Bus Toaster PCMCIA SCSI controller. Presumably there are +other products using this chip, but I've never laid eyes (much less hands) +on one. + +Through the years, there have been a number of downloads of the pcmcia-cs +version of this driver, and I guess it worked for those users. It worked +for Tom Corner, and it works for me. Your mileage will probably vary. + +--Bob Tracy (rct@frus.com) diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7f516cdcd262 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1059 @@ +The Linux SYM-2 driver documentation file + +Written by Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> +21 Rue Carnot +95170 DEUIL LA BARRE - FRANCE + +Updated by Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> + +2004-10-09 +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction +2. Supported chips and SCSI features +3. Advantages of this driver for newer chips. + 3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS + 3.2 New features appeared with the SYM53C896 +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O +5. Tagged command queueing +6. Parity checking +7. Profiling information +8. Control commands + 8.1 Set minimum synchronous period + 8.2 Set wide size + 8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + 8.4 Set debug mode + 8.5 Set flag (no_disc) + 8.6 Set verbose level + 8.7 Reset all logical units of a target + 8.8 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target +9. Configuration parameters +10. Boot setup commands + 10.1 Syntax + 10.2 Available arguments + 10.2.1 Default number of tagged commands + 10.2.2 Burst max + 10.2.3 LED support + 10.2.4 Differential mode + 10.2.5 IRQ mode + 10.2.6 Check SCSI BUS + 10.2.7 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + 10.2.8 Verbosity level + 10.2.9 Debug mode + 10.2.10 Settle delay + 10.2.11 Serial NVRAM + 10.2.12 Exclude a host from being attached + 10.3 Converting from old options + 10.4 SCSI BUS checking boot option +11. SCSI problem troubleshooting + 15.1 Problem tracking + 15.2 Understanding hardware error reports +12. Serial NVRAM support (by Richard Waltham) + 17.1 Features + 17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + 17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout + +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction + +This driver supports the whole SYM53C8XX family of PCI-SCSI controllers. +It also support the subset of LSI53C10XX PCI-SCSI controllers that are based +on the SYM53C8XX SCRIPTS language. + +It replaces the sym53c8xx+ncr53c8xx driver bundle and shares its core code +with the FreeBSD SYM-2 driver. The `glue' that allows this driver to work +under Linux is contained in 2 files named sym_glue.h and sym_glue.c. +Other drivers files are intended not to depend on the Operating System +on which the driver is used. + +The history of this driver can be summerized as follows: + +1993: ncr driver written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by: + Wolfgang Stanglmeier <wolf@cologne.de> + Stefan Esser <se@mi.Uni-Koeln.de> + +1996: port of the ncr driver to Linux-1.2.13 and rename it ncr53c8xx. + Gerard Roudier + +1998: new sym53c8xx driver for Linux based on LOAD/STORE instruction and that + adds full support for the 896 but drops support for early NCR devices. + Gerard Roudier + +1999: port of the sym53c8xx driver to FreeBSD and support for the LSI53C1010 + 33 MHz and 66MHz Ultra-3 controllers. The new driver is named `sym'. + Gerard Roudier + +2000: Add support for early NCR devices to FreeBSD `sym' driver. + Break the driver into several sources and separate the OS glue + code from the core code that can be shared among different O/Ses. + Write a glue code for Linux. + Gerard Roudier + +2004: Remove FreeBSD compatibility code. Remove support for versions of + Linux before 2.6. Start using Linux facilities. + +This README file addresses the Linux version of the driver. Under FreeBSD, +the driver documentation is the sym.8 man page. + +Information about new chips is available at LSILOGIC web server: + + http://www.lsilogic.com/ + +SCSI standard documentations are available at T10 site: + + http://www.t10.org/ + +Useful SCSI tools written by Eric Youngdale are part of most Linux +distributions: + scsiinfo: command line tool + scsi-config: TCL/Tk tool using scsiinfo + +2. Supported chips and SCSI features + +The following features are supported for all chips: + + Synchronous negotiation + Disconnection + Tagged command queuing + SCSI parity checking + PCI Master parity checking + +Other features depends on chip capabilities. +The driver notably uses optimized SCRIPTS for devices that support +LOAD/STORE and handles PHASE MISMATCH from SCRIPTS for devices that +support the corresponding feature. + +The following table shows some characteristics of the chip family. + + On board LOAD/STORE HARDWARE +Chip SDMS BIOS Wide SCSI std. Max. sync SCRIPTS PHASE MISMATCH +---- --------- ---- --------- ---------- ---------- -------------- +810 N N FAST10 10 MB/s N N +810A N N FAST10 10 MB/s Y N +815 Y N FAST10 10 MB/s N N +825 Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s N N +825A Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s Y N +860 N N FAST20 20 MB/s Y N +875 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y N +875A Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y Y +876 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y N +895 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y N +895A Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +896 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +897 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1510D Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1010 Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s Y Y +1010_66* Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s Y Y + +* Chip supports 33MHz and 66MHz PCI bus clock. + + +Summary of other supported features: + +Module: allow to load the driver +Memory mapped I/O: increases performance +Control commands: write operations to the proc SCSI file system +Debugging information: written to syslog (expert only) +Scatter / gather +Shared interrupt +Boot setup commands +Serial NVRAM: Symbios and Tekram formats + + +3. Advantages of this driver for newer chips. + +3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS. + +All chips except the 810, 815 and 825, support new SCSI SCRIPTS instructions +named LOAD and STORE that allow to move up to 1 DWORD from/to an IO register +to/from memory much faster that the MOVE MEMORY instruction that is supported +by the 53c7xx and 53c8xx family. + +The LOAD/STORE instructions support absolute and DSA relative addressing +modes. The SCSI SCRIPTS had been entirely rewritten using LOAD/STORE instead +of MOVE MEMORY instructions. + +Due to the lack of LOAD/STORE SCRIPTS instructions by earlier chips, this +driver also incorporates a different SCRIPTS set based on MEMORY MOVE, in +order to provide support for the entire SYM53C8XX chips family. + +3.2 New features appeared with the SYM53C896 + +Newer chips (see above) allows handling of the phase mismatch context from +SCRIPTS (avoids the phase mismatch interrupt that stops the SCSI processor +until the C code has saved the context of the transfer). + +The 896 and 1010 chips support 64 bit PCI transactions and addressing, +while the 895A supports 32 bit PCI transactions and 64 bit addressing. +The SCRIPTS processor of these chips is not true 64 bit, but uses segment +registers for bit 32-63. Another interesting feature is that LOAD/STORE +instructions that address the on-chip RAM (8k) remain internal to the chip. + +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O + +Memory mapped I/O has less latency than normal I/O and is the recommended +way for doing IO with PCI devices. Memory mapped I/O seems to work fine on +most hardware configurations, but some poorly designed chipsets may break +this feature. A configuration option is provided for normal I/O to be +used but the driver defaults to MMIO. + +5. Tagged command queueing + +Queuing more than 1 command at a time to a device allows it to perform +optimizations based on actual head positions and its mechanical +characteristics. This feature may also reduce average command latency. +In order to really gain advantage of this feature, devices must have +a reasonable cache size (No miracle is to be expected for a low-end +hard disk with 128 KB or less). +Some kown old SCSI devices do not properly support tagged command queuing. +Generally, firmware revisions that fix this kind of problems are available +at respective vendor web/ftp sites. +All I can say is that I never have had problem with tagged queuing using +this driver and its predecessors. Hard disks that behaved correctly for +me using tagged commands are the following: + +- IBM S12 0662 +- Conner 1080S +- Quantum Atlas I +- Quantum Atlas II +- Seagate Cheetah I +- Quantum Viking II +- IBM DRVS +- Quantum Atlas IV +- Seagate Cheetah II + +If your controller has NVRAM, you can configure this feature per target +from the user setup tool. The Tekram Setup program allows to tune the +maximum number of queued commands up to 32. The Symbios Setup only allows +to enable or disable this feature. + +The maximum number of simultaneous tagged commands queued to a device +is currently set to 16 by default. This value is suitable for most SCSI +disks. With large SCSI disks (>= 2GB, cache >= 512KB, average seek time +<= 10 ms), using a larger value may give better performances. + +This driver supports up to 255 commands per device, and but using more than +64 is generally not worth-while, unless you are using a very large disk or +disk arrays. It is noticeable that most of recent hard disks seem not to +accept more than 64 simultaneous commands. So, using more than 64 queued +commands is probably just resource wasting. + +If your controller does not have NVRAM or if it is managed by the SDMS +BIOS/SETUP, you can configure tagged queueing feature and device queue +depths from the boot command-line. For example: + + sym53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q15-t4q7/t1u0q32 + +will set tagged commands queue depths as follow: + +- target 2 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 3 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 4 all luns on controller 0 --> 7 +- target 1 lun 0 on controller 1 --> 32 +- all other target/lun --> 4 + +In some special conditions, some SCSI disk firmwares may return a +QUEUE FULL status for a SCSI command. This behaviour is managed by the +driver using the following heuristic: + +- Each time a QUEUE FULL status is returned, tagged queue depth is reduced + to the actual number of disconnected commands. + +- Every 200 successfully completed SCSI commands, if allowed by the + current limit, the maximum number of queueable commands is incremented. + +Since QUEUE FULL status reception and handling is resource wasting, the +driver notifies by default this problem to user by indicating the actual +number of commands used and their status, as well as its decision on the +device queue depth change. +The heuristic used by the driver in handling QUEUE FULL ensures that the +impact on performances is not too bad. You can get rid of the messages by +setting verbose level to zero, as follow: + +1st method: boot your system using 'sym53c8xx=verb:0' option. +2nd method: apply "setverbose 0" control command to the proc fs entry + corresponding to your controller after boot-up. + +6. Parity checking + +The driver supports SCSI parity checking and PCI bus master parity +checking. These features must be enabled in order to ensure safe +data transfers. Some flawed devices or mother boards may have problems +with parity. The options to defeat parity checking have been removed +from the driver. + +7. Profiling information + +This driver does not provide profiling informations as did its predecessors. +This feature was not this useful and added complexity to the code. +As the driver code got more complex, I have decided to remove everything +that didn't seem actually useful. + +8. Control commands + +Control commands can be sent to the driver with write operations to +the proc SCSI file system. The generic command syntax is the +following: + + echo "<verb> <parameters>" >/proc/scsi/sym53c8xx/0 + (assumes controller number is 0) + +Using "all" for "<target>" parameter with the commands below will +apply to all targets of the SCSI chain (except the controller). + +Available commands: + +8.1 Set minimum synchronous period factor + + setsync <target> <period factor> + + target: target number + period: minimum synchronous period. + Maximum speed = 1000/(4*period factor) except for special + cases below. + + Specify a period of 0, to force asynchronous transfer mode. + + 9 means 12.5 nano-seconds synchronous period + 10 means 25 nano-seconds synchronous period + 11 means 30 nano-seconds synchronous period + 12 means 50 nano-seconds synchronous period + +8.2 Set wide size + + setwide <target> <size> + + target: target number + size: 0=8 bits, 1=16bits + +8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + + settags <target> <tags> + + target: target number + tags: number of concurrent tagged commands + must not be greater than configured (default: 16) + +8.4 Set debug mode + + setdebug <list of debug flags> + + Available debug flags: + alloc: print info about memory allocations (ccb, lcb) + queue: print info about insertions into the command start queue + result: print sense data on CHECK CONDITION status + scatter: print info about the scatter process + scripts: print info about the script binding process + tiny: print minimal debugging information + timing: print timing information of the NCR chip + nego: print information about SCSI negotiations + phase: print information on script interruptions + + Use "setdebug" with no argument to reset debug flags. + + +8.5 Set flag (no_disc) + + setflag <target> <flag> + + target: target number + + For the moment, only one flag is available: + + no_disc: not allow target to disconnect. + + Do not specify any flag in order to reset the flag. For example: + - setflag 4 + will reset no_disc flag for target 4, so will allow it disconnections. + - setflag all + will allow disconnection for all devices on the SCSI bus. + + +8.6 Set verbose level + + setverbose #level + + The driver default verbose level is 1. This command allows to change + th driver verbose level after boot-up. + +8.7 Reset all logical units of a target + + resetdev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a BUS DEVICE RESET message to the target. + +8.8 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target + + cleardev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a ABORT message to all the logical units + of the target. + + +9. Configuration parameters + +Under kernel configuration tools (make menuconfig, for example), it is +possible to change some default driver configuration parameters. +If the firmware of all your devices is perfect enough, all the +features supported by the driver can be enabled at start-up. However, +if only one has a flaw for some SCSI feature, you can disable the +support by the driver of this feature at linux start-up and enable +this feature after boot-up only for devices that support it safely. + +Configuration parameters: + +Use normal IO (default answer: n) + Answer "y" if you suspect your mother board to not allow memory mapped I/O. + May slow down performance a little. + +Default tagged command queue depth (default answer: 16) + Entering 0 defaults to tagged commands not being used. + This parameter can be specified from the boot command line. + +Maximum number of queued commands (default answer: 32) + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of tagged commands + that can be queued to a device. The maximum supported value is 255. + +Synchronous transfers frequency (default answer: 80) + This option allows you to specify the frequency in MHz the driver + will use at boot time for synchronous data transfer negotiations. + 0 means "asynchronous data transfers". + +10. Boot setup commands + +10.1 Syntax + +Setup commands can be passed to the driver either at boot time or as +parameters to modprobe, as described in Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt + +Example of boot setup command under lilo prompt: + +lilo: linux root=/dev/sda2 sym53c8xx.cmd_per_lun=4 sym53c8xx.sync=10 sym53c8xx.debug=0x200 + +- enable tagged commands, up to 4 tagged commands queued. +- set synchronous negotiation speed to 10 Mega-transfers / second. +- set DEBUG_NEGO flag. + +The following command will install the driver module with the same +options as above. + + modprobe sym53c8xx cmd_per_lun=4 sync=10 debug=0x200 + +10.2 Available arguments + +10.2.1 Default number of tagged commands + cmd_per_lun=0 (or cmd_per_lun=1) tagged command queuing disabled + cmd_per_lun=#tags (#tags > 1) tagged command queuing enabled + #tags will be truncated to the max queued commands configuration parameter. + +10.2.2 Detailed control of tagged commands + This option allows you to specify a command queue depth for each device + that supports tagged command queueing. + Example: + tag_ctrl=10/t2t3q16-t5q24/t1u2q32 + will set devices queue depth as follow: + - controller #0 target #2 and target #3 -> 16 commands, + - controller #0 target #5 -> 24 commands, + - controller #1 target #1 logical unit #2 -> 32 commands, + - all other logical units (all targets, all controllers) -> 10 commands. + +10.2.3 Burst max + burst=0 burst disabled + burst=255 get burst length from initial IO register settings. + burst=#x burst enabled (1<<#x burst transfers max) + #x is an integer value which is log base 2 of the burst transfers max. + By default the driver uses the maximum value supported by the chip. + +10.2.4 LED support + led=1 enable LED support + led=0 disable LED support + Do not enable LED support if your scsi board does not use SDMS BIOS. + (See 'Configuration parameters') + +10.2.4 Differential mode + diff=0 never set up diff mode + diff=1 set up diff mode if BIOS set it + diff=2 always set up diff mode + diff=3 set diff mode if GPIO3 is not set + +10.2.5 IRQ mode + irqm=0 always open drain + irqm=1 same as initial settings (assumed BIOS settings) + irqm=2 always totem pole + +10.2.6 Check SCSI BUS + buschk=<option bits> + + Available option bits: + 0x0: No check. + 0x1: Check and do not attach the controller on error. + 0x2: Check and just warn on error. + +10.2.7 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + hostid=255 no id suggested. + hostid=#x (0 < x < 7) x suggested for hosts SCSI id. + + If a host SCSI id is available from the NVRAM, the driver will ignore + any value suggested as boot option. Otherwise, if a suggested value + different from 255 has been supplied, it will use it. Otherwise, it will + try to deduce the value previously set in the hardware and use value + 7 if the hardware value is zero. + +10.2.8 Verbosity level + verb=0 minimal + verb=1 normal + verb=2 too much + +10.2.9 Debug mode + debug=0 clear debug flags + debug=#x set debug flags + #x is an integer value combining the following power-of-2 values: + DEBUG_ALLOC 0x1 + DEBUG_PHASE 0x2 + DEBUG_POLL 0x4 + DEBUG_QUEUE 0x8 + DEBUG_RESULT 0x10 + DEBUG_SCATTER 0x20 + DEBUG_SCRIPT 0x40 + DEBUG_TINY 0x80 + DEBUG_TIMING 0x100 + DEBUG_NEGO 0x200 + DEBUG_TAGS 0x400 + DEBUG_FREEZE 0x800 + DEBUG_RESTART 0x1000 + + You can play safely with DEBUG_NEGO. However, some of these flags may + generate bunches of syslog messages. + +10.2.10 Settle delay + settle=n delay for n seconds + + After a bus reset, the driver will delay for n seconds before talking + to any device on the bus. The default is 3 seconds and safe mode will + default it to 10. + +10.2.11 Serial NVRAM + NB: option not currently implemented. + nvram=n do not look for serial NVRAM + nvram=y test controllers for onboard serial NVRAM + (alternate binary form) + nvram=<bits options> + 0x01 look for NVRAM (equivalent to nvram=y) + 0x02 ignore NVRAM "Synchronous negotiation" parameters for all devices + 0x04 ignore NVRAM "Wide negotiation" parameter for all devices + 0x08 ignore NVRAM "Scan at boot time" parameter for all devices + 0x80 also attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM (sym53c8xx only) + +10.2.12 Exclude a host from being attached + excl=<io_address>,... + + Prevent host at a given io address from being attached. + For example 'excl=0xb400,0xc000' indicate to the + driver not to attach hosts at address 0xb400 and 0xc000. + +10.3 Converting from old style options + +Previously, the sym2 driver accepted arguments of the form + sym53c8xx=tags:4,sync:10,debug:0x200 + +As a result of the new module parameters, this is no longer available. +Most of the options have remained the same, but tags has split into +cmd_per_lun and tag_ctrl for its two different purposes. The sample above +would be specified as: + modprobe sym53c8xx cmd_per_lun=4 sync=10 debug=0x200 + +or on the kernel boot line as: + sym53c8xx.cmd_per_lun=4 sym53c8xx.sync=10 sym53c8xx.debug=0x200 + +10.4 SCSI BUS checking boot option. + +When this option is set to a non-zero value, the driver checks SCSI lines +logic state, 100 micro-seconds after having asserted the SCSI RESET line. +The driver just reads SCSI lines and checks all lines read FALSE except RESET. +Since SCSI devices shall release the BUS at most 800 nano-seconds after SCSI +RESET has been asserted, any signal to TRUE may indicate a SCSI BUS problem. +Unfortunately, the following common SCSI BUS problems are not detected: +- Only 1 terminator installed. +- Misplaced terminators. +- Bad quality terminators. +On the other hand, either bad cabling, broken devices, not conformant +devices, ... may cause a SCSI signal to be wrong when te driver reads it. + +15. SCSI problem troubleshooting + +15.1 Problem tracking + +Most SCSI problems are due to a non conformant SCSI bus or too buggy +devices. If infortunately you have SCSI problems, you can check the +following things: + +- SCSI bus cables +- terminations at both end of the SCSI chain +- linux syslog messages (some of them may help you) + +If you do not find the source of problems, you can configure the +driver or devices in the NVRAM with minimal features. + +- only asynchronous data transfers +- tagged commands disabled +- disconnections not allowed + +Now, if your SCSI bus is ok, your system has every chance to work +with this safe configuration but performances will not be optimal. + +If it still fails, then you can send your problem description to +appropriate mailing lists or news-groups. Send me a copy in order to +be sure I will receive it. Obviously, a bug in the driver code is +possible. + + My cyrrent email address: Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> + +Allowing disconnections is important if you use several devices on +your SCSI bus but often causes problems with buggy devices. +Synchronous data transfers increases throughput of fast devices like +hard disks. Good SCSI hard disks with a large cache gain advantage of +tagged commands queuing. + +15.2 Understanding hardware error reports + +When the driver detects an unexpected error condition, it may display a +message of the following pattern. + +sym0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95/0) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +sym0: script cmd = 19000000 +sym0: regdump: da 10 80 95 47 0f 01 07 75 01 81 21 80 01 09 00. + +Some fields in such a message may help you understand the cause of the +problem, as follows: + +sym0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95/0) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +.....A.........B.C....D.E..F....G.H..I.......J.....K...L....... + +Field A : target number. + SCSI ID of the device the controller was talking with at the moment the + error occurs. + +Field B : DSTAT io register (DMA STATUS) + Bit 0x40 : MDPE Master Data Parity Error + Data parity error detected on the PCI BUS. + Bit 0x20 : BF Bus Fault + PCI bus fault condition detected + Bit 0x01 : IID Illegal Instruction Detected + Set by the chip when it detects an Illegal Instruction format + on some condition that makes an instruction illegal. + Bit 0x80 : DFE Dma Fifo Empty + Pure status bit that does not indicate an error. + If the reported DSTAT value contains a combination of MDPE (0x40), + BF (0x20), then the cause may be likely due to a PCI BUS problem. + +Field C : SIST io register (SCSI Interrupt Status) + Bit 0x08 : SGE SCSI GROSS ERROR + Indicates that the chip detected a severe error condition + on the SCSI BUS that prevents the SCSI protocol from functioning + properly. + Bit 0x04 : UDC Unexpected Disconnection + Indicates that the device released the SCSI BUS when the chip + was not expecting this to happen. A device may behave so to + indicate the SCSI initiator that an error condition not reportable using the SCSI protocol has occurred. + Bit 0x02 : RST SCSI BUS Reset + Generally SCSI targets do not reset the SCSI BUS, although any + device on the BUS can reset it at any time. + Bit 0x01 : PAR Parity + SCSI parity error detected. + On a faulty SCSI BUS, any error condition among SGE (0x08), UDC (0x04) and + PAR (0x01) may be detected by the chip. If your SCSI system sometimes + encounters such error conditions, especially SCSI GROSS ERROR, then a SCSI + BUS problem is likely the cause of these errors. + +For fields D,E,F,G and H, you may look into the sym53c8xx_defs.h file +that contains some minimal comments on IO register bits. +Field D : SOCL Scsi Output Control Latch + This register reflects the state of the SCSI control lines the + chip want to drive or compare against. +Field E : SBCL Scsi Bus Control Lines + Actual value of control lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field F : SBDL Scsi Bus Data Lines + Actual value of data lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field G : SXFER SCSI Transfer + Contains the setting of the Synchronous Period for output and + the current Synchronous offset (offset 0 means asynchronous). +Field H : SCNTL3 Scsi Control Register 3 + Contains the setting of timing values for both asynchronous and + synchronous data transfers. +Field I : SCNTL4 Scsi Control Register 4 + Only meaninful for 53C1010 Ultra3 controllers. + +Understanding Fields J, K, L and dumps requires to have good knowledge of +SCSI standards, chip cores functionnals and internal driver data structures. +You are not required to decode and understand them, unless you want to help +maintain the driver code. + +17. Serial NVRAM (added by Richard Waltham: dormouse@farsrobt.demon.co.uk) + +17.1 Features + +Enabling serial NVRAM support enables detection of the serial NVRAM included +on Symbios and some Symbios compatible host adaptors, and Tekram boards. The +serial NVRAM is used by Symbios and Tekram to hold set up parameters for the +host adaptor and it's attached drives. + +The Symbios NVRAM also holds data on the boot order of host adaptors in a +system with more than one host adaptor. This information is no longer used +as it's fundamentally incompatible with the hotplug PCI model. + +Tekram boards using Symbios chips, DC390W/F/U, which have NVRAM are detected +and this is used to distinguish between Symbios compatible and Tekram host +adaptors. This is used to disable the Symbios compatible "diff" setting +incorrectly set on Tekram boards if the CONFIG_SCSI_53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT +configuration parameter is set enabling both Symbios and Tekram boards to be +used together with the Symbios cards using all their features, including +"diff" support. ("led pin" support for Symbios compatible cards can remain +enabled when using Tekram cards. It does nothing useful for Tekram host +adaptors but does not cause problems either.) + +The parameters the driver is able to get from the NVRAM depend on the +data format used, as follow: + + Tekram format Symbios format +General and host parameters + Boot order N Y + Host SCSI ID Y Y + SCSI parity checking Y Y + Verbose boot messages N Y +SCSI devices parameters + Synchronous transfer speed Y Y + Wide 16 / Narrow Y Y + Tagged Command Queuing enabled Y Y + Disconnections enabled Y Y + Scan at boot time N Y + +In order to speed up the system boot, for each device configured without +the "scan at boot time" option, the driver forces an error on the +first TEST UNIT READY command received for this device. + + +17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + +typical data at NVRAM address 0x100 (53c810a NVRAM) +----------------------------------------------------------- +00 00 +64 01 +8e 0b + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +fe fe +00 00 +00 00 +----------------------------------------------------------- +NVRAM layout details + +NVRAM Address 0x000-0x0ff not used + 0x100-0x26f initialised data + 0x270-0x7ff not used + +general layout + + header - 6 bytes, + data - 356 bytes (checksum is byte sum of this data) + trailer - 6 bytes + --- + total 368 bytes + +data area layout + + controller set up - 20 bytes + boot configuration - 56 bytes (4x14 bytes) + device set up - 128 bytes (16x8 bytes) + unused (spare?) - 152 bytes (19x8 bytes) + --- + total 356 bytes + +----------------------------------------------------------- +header + +00 00 - ?? start marker +64 01 - byte count (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +8e 0b - checksum (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +----------------------------------------------------------- +controller set up + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + | | | | + | | | -- host ID + | | | + | | --Removable Media Support + | | 0x00 = none + | | 0x01 = Bootable Device + | | 0x02 = All with Media + | | + | --flag bits 2 + | 0x00000001= scan order hi->low + | (default 0x00 - scan low->hi) + --flag bits 1 + 0x00000001 scam enable + 0x00000010 parity enable + 0x00000100 verbose boot msgs + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up for any of the controllers. + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +(Removable Media added Symbios BIOS version 4.09) +----------------------------------------------------------- +boot configuration + +boot order set by order of the devices in this table + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 -- 1st controller +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 2nd controller +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 3rd controller +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4th controller + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ---- PCI io port adr + | | | | | --0x01 init/scan at boot time + | | | | --PCI device/function number (0xdddddfff) + | | ----- ?? PCI vendor ID (lsb/msb) + ----PCI device ID (lsb/msb) + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +device set up (up to 16 devices - includes controller) + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 0 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 15 + | | | | | | + | | | | ----timeout (lsb/msb) + | | | --synch period (0x?? 40 Mtrans/sec- fast 40) (probably 0x28) + | | | (0x30 20 Mtrans/sec- fast 20) + | | | (0x64 10 Mtrans/sec- fast ) + | | | (0xc8 5 Mtrans/sec) + | | | (0x00 asynchronous) + | | -- ?? max sync offset (0x08 in NVRAM on 53c810a) + | | (0x10 in NVRAM on 53c875) + | --device bus width (0x08 narrow) + | (0x10 16 bit wide) + --flag bits + 0x00000001 - disconnect enabled + 0x00000010 - scan at boot time + 0x00000100 - scan luns + 0x00001000 - queue tags enabled + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable +(but it could be max bus width) + +default set up for 53c810a NVRAM +default set up for 53c875 NVRAM - bus width - 0x10 + - sync offset ? - 0x10 + - sync period - 0x30 +----------------------------------------------------------- +?? spare device space (32 bit bus ??) + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 (19x8bytes) +. +. +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +trailer + +fe fe - ? end marker ? +00 00 +00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- + + + +17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout + +nvram 64x16 (1024 bit) + +Drive settings + +Drive ID 0-15 (addr 0x0yyyy0 = device setup, yyyy = ID) + (addr 0x0yyyy1 = 0x0000) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----- parity check 0 - off + | | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ------- sync neg 0 - off + | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | --------- disconnect 0 - off + | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | ----------- start cmd 0 - off + | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | -------------- tagged cmds 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | ---------------- wide neg 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + --------------------------- sync rate 0 - 10.0 Mtrans/sec + 1 - 8.0 + 2 - 6.6 + 3 - 5.7 + 4 - 5.0 + 5 - 4.0 + 6 - 3.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 8 - 20.0 + 9 - 16.7 + a - 13.9 + b - 11.9 + +Global settings + +Host flags 0 (addr 0x100000, 32) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----------- host ID 0x00 - 0x0f + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ----------------------- support for 0 - off + | | | | | | | > 2 drives 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ------------------------- support drives 0 - off + | | | | | | > 1Gbytes 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | --------------------------- bus reset on 0 - off + | | | | | power on 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | ----------------------------- active neg 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | -------------------------------- imm seek 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + | | ---------------------------------- scan luns 0 - off + | | 1 - on + | | + -------------------------------------- removable 0 - disable + as BIOS dev 1 - boot device + 2 - all + +Host flags 1 (addr 0x100001, 33) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | + | | | --------- boot delay 0 - 3 sec + | | | 1 - 5 + | | | 2 - 10 + | | | 3 - 20 + | | | 4 - 30 + | | | 5 - 60 + | | | 6 - 120 + | | | + --------------------------- max tag cmds 0 - 2 + 1 - 4 + 2 - 8 + 3 - 16 + 4 - 32 + +Host flags 2 (addr 0x100010, 34) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | + ----- F2/F6 enable 0 - off ??? + 1 - on ??? + +checksum (addr 0x111111) + +checksum = 0x1234 - (sum addr 0-63) + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +default nvram data: + +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 + +0x0f07 0x0400 0x0001 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0xfbbc + + +=============================================================================== +End of Linux SYM-2 driver documentation file diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e165229adf50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +The tmscsim driver +================== + +1. Purpose and history +2. Installation +3. Features +4. Configuration via /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? +5. Configuration via boot/module params +6. Potential improvements +7. Bug reports, debugging and updates +8. Acknowledgements +9. Copyright + + +1. Purpose and history +---------------------- +The tmscsim driver supports PCI SCSI Host Adapters based on the AM53C974 +chip. AM53C974 based SCSI adapters include: + Tekram DC390, DC390T + Dawicontrol 2974 + QLogic Fast! PCI Basic + some on-board adapters +(This is most probably not a complete list) + +It has originally written by C.L. Huang from the Tekram corp. to support the +Tekram DC390(T) adapter. This is where the name comes from: tm = Tekram +scsi = SCSI driver, m = AMD (?) as opposed to w for the DC390W/U/F +(NCR53c8X5, X=2/7) driver. Yes, there was also a driver for the latter, +tmscsiw, which supported DC390W/U/F adapters. It's not maintained any more, +as the ncr53c8xx is perfectly supporting these adpaters since some time. + +The driver first appeared in April 1996, exclusively supported the DC390 +and has been enhanced since then in various steps. In May 1998 support for +general AM53C974 based adapters and some possibilities to configure it were +added. The non-DC390 support works by assuming some values for the data +normally taken from the DC390 EEPROM. See below (chapter 5) for details. + +When using the DC390, the configuration is still be done using the DC390 +BIOS setup. The DC390 EEPROM is read and used by the driver, any boot or +module parameters (chapter 5) are ignored! However, you can change settings +dynamically, as described in chapter 4. + +For a more detailed description of the driver's history, see the first lines +of tmscsim.c. +The numbering scheme isn't consistent. The first versions went from 1.00 to +1.12, then 1.20a to 1.20t. Finally I decided to use the ncr53c8xx scheme. So +the next revisions will be 2.0a to 2.0X (stable), 2.1a to 2.1X (experimental), +2.2a to 2.2X (stable, again) etc. (X = anything between a and z.) If I send +fixes to people for testing, I create intermediate versions with a digit +appended, e.g. 2.0c3. + + +2. Installation +--------------- +If you got any recent kernel with this driver and document included in +linux/drivers/scsi, you basically have to do nothing special to use this +driver. Of course you have to choose to compile SCSI support and DC390(T) +support into your kernel or as module when configuring your kernel for +compiling. +NEW: You may as well compile this module outside your kernel, using the +supplied Makefile. + + If you got an old kernel (pre 2.1.127, pre 2.0.37p1) with an old version of + this driver: Get dc390-21125-20b.diff.gz or dc390-2036p21-20b1.diff.gz from + my web page and apply the patch. Apply further patches to upgrade to the + latest version of the driver. + + If you want to do it manually, you should copy the files (dc390.h, + tmscsim.h, tmscsim.c, scsiiom.c and README.tmscsim) from this directory to + linux/drivers/scsi. You have to recompile your kernel/module of course. + + You should apply the three patches included in dc390-120-kernel.diff + (Applying them: cd /usr/src; patch -p0 <~/dc390-120-kernel.diff) + The patches are against 2.1.125, so you might have to manually resolve + rejections when applying to another kernel version. + + The patches will update the kernel startup code to allow boot parameters to + be passed to the driver, update the Documentation and finally offer you the + possibility to omit the non-DC390 parts of the driver. + (By selecting "Omit support for non DC390" you basically disable the + emulation of a DC390 EEPROM for non DC390 adapters. This saves a few bytes + of memory.) + +If you got a very old kernel without the tmscsim driver (pre 2.0.31) +I recommend upgrading your kernel. However, if you don't want to, please +contact me to get the appropriate patches. + + +Upgrading a SCSI driver is always a delicate thing to do. The 2.0 driver has +proven stable on many systems, but it's still a good idea to take some +precautions. In an ideal world you would have a full backup of your disks. +The world isn't ideal and most people don't have full backups (me neither). +So take at least the following measures: +* make your kernel remount the FS read-only on detecting an error: + tune2fs -e remount-ro /dev/sd?? +* have copies of your SCSI disk's partition tables on some safe location: + dd if=/dev/sda of=/mnt/floppy/sda bs=512 count=1 + or just print it with: + fdisk -l | lpr +* make sure you are able to boot Linux (e.g. from floppy disk using InitRD) + if your SCSI disk gets corrupted. You can use + ftp://student.physik.uni-dortmund.de/pub/linux/kernel/bootdisk.gz + +One more warning: I used to overclock my PCI bus to 41.67 MHz. My Tekram +DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millenium. But the Am53C974 +produced errors and started to corrupt my disks. So don't do that! A 37.50 +MHz PCI bus works for me, though, but I don't recommend using higher clocks +than the 33.33 MHz being in the PCI spec. + +If you want to share the IRQ with another device and the driver refuses to +do so, you might succeed with changing the DC390_IRQ type in tmscsim.c to +SA_SHIRQ | SA_INTERRUPT. + + +3.Features +---------- +- SCSI + * Tagged command queueing + * Sync speed up to 10 MHz + * Disconnection + * Multiple LUNs + +- General / Linux interface + * Support for up to 4 AM53C974 adapters. + * DC390 EEPROM usage or boot/module params + * Information via cat /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? + * Dynamically configurable by writing to /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? + * Dynamic allocation of resources + * SMP support: Locking on io_request lock (Linux 2.1/2.2) or adapter + specific locks (Linux 2.5?) + * Uniform source code for Linux-2.x.y + * Support for dyn. addition/removal of devices via add/remove-single-device + (Try: echo "scsi add-single-device C B T U" >/proc/scsi/scsi + C = Controller, B = Bus, T = Target SCSI ID, U = Unit SCSI LUN.) + Use with care! + * Try to use the partition table for the determination of the mapping + + +4. Configuration via /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? +----------------------------------------- +First of all look at the output of /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? by typing + cat /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? +The "?" should be replaced by the SCSI host number. (The shell might do this +for you.) +You will see some info regarding the adapter and, at the end, a listing of +the attached devices and their settings. + +Here's an example: +garloff@kurt:/home/garloff > cat /proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 +Tekram DC390/AM53C974 PCI SCSI Host Adapter, Driver Version 2.0e7 2000-11-28 +SCSI Host Nr 1, AM53C974 Adapter Nr 0 +IOPortBase 0xb000, IRQ 10 +MaxID 8, MaxLUN 8, AdapterID 6, SelTimeout 250 ms, DelayReset 1 s +TagMaxNum 16, Status 0x00, ACBFlag 0x00, GlitchEater 24 ns +Statistics: Cmnds 1470165, Cmnds not sent directly 0, Out of SRB conds 0 + Lost arbitrations 587, Sel. connected 0, Connected: No +Nr of attached devices: 4, Nr of DCBs: 4 +Map of attached LUNs: 01 00 00 03 01 00 00 00 +Idx ID LUN Prty Sync DsCn SndS TagQ NegoPeriod SyncSpeed SyncOffs MaxCmd +00 00 00 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 100 ns 10.0 M 15 16 +01 03 00 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 100 ns 10.0 M 15 01 +02 03 01 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 100 ns 10.0 M 15 01 +03 04 00 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 100 ns 10.0 M 15 01 + +Note that the settings MaxID and MaxLUN are not zero- but one-based, which +means that a setting MaxLUN=4, will result in the support of LUNs 0..3. This +is somehow inconvenient, but the way the mid-level SCSI code expects it to be. + +ACB and DCB are acronyms for Adapter Control Block and Device Control Block. +These are data structures of the driver containing information about the +adapter and the connected SCSI devices respectively. + +Idx is the device index (just a consecutive number for the driver), ID and +LUN are the SCSI ID and LUN, Prty means Parity checking, Sync synchronous +negotiation, DsCn Disconnection, SndS Send Start command on startup (not +used by the driver) and TagQ Tagged Command Queueing. NegoPeriod and +SyncSpeed are somehow redundant, because they are reciprocal values +(1 / 112 ns = 8.9 MHz). At least in theory. The driver is able to adjust the +NegoPeriod more accurate (4ns) than the SyncSpeed (1 / 25ns). I don't know +if certain devices will have problems with this discrepancy. Max. speed is +10 MHz corresp. to a min. NegoPeriod of 100 ns. +(The driver allows slightly higher speeds if the devices (Ultra SCSI) accept +it, but that's out of adapter spec, on your own risk and unlikely to improve +performance. You're likely to crash your disks.) +SyncOffs is the offset used for synchronous negotiations; max. is 15. +The last values are only shown, if Sync is enabled. (NegoPeriod is still +displayed in brackets to show the values which will be used after enabling +Sync.) +MaxCmd ist the number of commands (=tags) which can be processed at the same +time by the device. + +If you want to change a setting, you can do that by writing to +/proc/scsi/tmscsim/?. Basically you have to imitate the output of driver. +(Don't use the brackets for NegoPeriod on Sync disabled devices.) +You don't have to care about capitalisation. The driver will accept space, +tab, comma, = and : as separators. + +There are three kinds of changes: + +(1) Change driver settings: + You type the names of the parameters and the params following it. + Example: + echo "MaxLUN=8 seltimeout 200" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 + + Note that you can only change MaxID, MaxLUN, AdapterID, SelTimeOut, + TagMaxNum, ACBFlag, GlitchEater and DelayReset. Don't change ACBFlag + unless you want to see what happens, if the driver hangs. + +(2) Change device settings: You write a config line to the driver. The Nr + must match the ID and LUN given. If you give "-" as parameter, it is + ignored and the corresponding setting won't be changed. + You can use "y" or "n" instead of "Yes" and "No" if you want to. + You don't need to specify a full line. The driver automatically performs + an INQUIRY on the device if necessary to check if it is capable to operate + with the given settings (Sync, TagQ). + Examples: + echo "0 0 0 y y y - y - 10 " >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 + echo "3 5 0 y n y " >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 + + To give a short explanation of the first example: + The first three numbers, "0 0 0" (Device index 0, SCSI ID 0, SCSI LUN 0), + select the device to which the following parameters apply. Note that it + would be sufficient to use the index or both SCSI ID and LUN, but I chose + to require all three to have a syntax similar to the output. + The following "y y y - y" enables Parity checking, enables Synchronous + transfers, Disconnection, leaves Send Start (not used) untouched and + enables Tagged Command Queueing for the selected device. The "-" skips + the Negotiation Period setting but the "10" sets the max sync. speed to + 10 MHz. It's useless to specify both NegoPeriod and SyncSpeed as + discussed above. The values used in this example will result in maximum + performance. + +(3) Special commands: You can force a SCSI bus reset, an INQUIRY command, the + removal or the addition of a device's DCB and a SCSI register dump. + This is only used for debugging when you meet problems. The parameter of + the INQUIRY and REMOVE commands is the device index as shown by the + output of /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? in the device listing in the first column + (Idx). ADD takes the SCSI ID and LUN. + Examples: + echo "reset" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 + echo "inquiry 1" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 + echo "remove 2" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/1 + echo "add 2 3" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/? + echo "dump" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 + + Note that you will meet problems when you REMOVE a device's DCB with the + remove command if it contains partitions which are mounted. Only use it + after unmounting its partitions, telling the SCSI mid-level code to + remove it (scsi remove-single-device) and you really need a few bytes of + memory. + The ADD command allows you to configure a device before you tell the + mid-level code to try detection. + + +I'd suggest reviewing the output of /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? after changing +settings to see if everything changed as requested. + + +5. Configuration via boot/module parameters +------------------------------------------- +With the DC390, the driver reads its EEPROM settings and tries to use them. +But you may want to override the settings prior to being able to change the +driver configuration via /proc/scsi/tmscsim/?. +If you do have another AM53C974 based adapter, that's even the only +possibility to adjust settings before you are able to write to the +/proc/scsi/tmscsim/? pseudo-file, e.g. if you want to use another +adapter ID than 7. +(BTW, the log message "DC390: No EEPROM found!" is normal without a DC390.) +For this purpose, you can pass options to the driver before it is initialised +by using kernel or module parameters. See lilo(8) or modprobe(1) manual +pages on how to pass params to the kernel or a module. +[NOTE: Formerly, it was not possible to override the EEPROM supplied + settings of the DC390 with cmd line parameters. This has changed since + 2.0e7] + +The syntax of the params is much shorter than the syntax of the /proc/... +interface. This makes it a little bit more difficult to use. However, long +parameter lines have the risk to be misinterpreted and the length of kernel +parameters is limited. + +As the support for non-DC390 adapters works by simulating the values of the +DC390 EEPROM, the settings are given in a DC390 BIOS' way. + +Here's the syntax: +tmscsim=AdaptID,SpdIdx,DevMode,AdaptMode,TaggedCmnds,DelayReset + +Each of the parameters is a number, containing the described information: + +* AdaptID: The SCSI ID of the host adapter. Must be in the range 0..7 + Default is 7. + +* SpdIdx: The index of the maximum speed as in the DC390 BIOS. The values + 0..7 mean 10, 8.0, 6.7, 5.7, 5.0, 4.0, 3.1 and 2 MHz resp. Default is + 0 (10.0 MHz). + +* DevMode is a bit mapped value describing the per-device features. It + applies to all devices. (Sync, Disc and TagQ will only apply, if the + device supports it.) The meaning of the bits (* = default): + + Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning + *0 0x01 1 Parity check + *1 0x02 2 Synchronous Negotiation + *2 0x04 4 Disconnection + *3 0x08 8 Send Start command on startup. (Not used) + *4 0x10 16 Tagged Command Queueing + + As usual, the desired value is obtained by adding the wanted values. If + you want to enable all values, e.g., you would use 31(0x1f). Default is 31. + +* AdaptMode is a bit mapped value describing the enabled adapter features. + + Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning + *0 0x01 1 Support more than two drives. (Not used) + *1 0x02 2 Use DOS compatible mapping for HDs greater than 1GB. + *2 0x04 4 Reset SCSI Bus on startup. + *3 0x08 8 Active Negation: Improves SCSI Bus noise immunity. + 4 0x10 16 Immediate return on BIOS seek command. (Not used) + (*)5 0x20 32 Check for LUNs >= 1. + + The default for LUN Check depends on CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN. + +* TaggedCmnds is a number indicating the maximum number of Tagged Commands. + It is the binary logarithm - 1 of the actual number. Max is 4 (32). + Value Number of Tagged Commands + 0 2 + 1 4 + 2 8 + *3 16 + 4 32 + +* DelayReset is the time in seconds (minus 0.5s), the adapter waits, after a + bus reset. Default is 1 (corresp. to 1.5s). + +Example: + modprobe tmscsim tmscsim=6,2,31 +would set the adapter ID to 6, max. speed to 6.7 MHz, enable all device +features and leave the adapter features, the number of Tagged Commands +and the Delay after a reset to the defaults. + +As you can see, you don't need to specify all of the six params. +If you want values to be ignored (i.e. the EEprom settings or the defaults +will be used), you may pass -2 (not 0!) at the corresponding position. + +The defaults (7,0,31,15,3,1) are aggressive to allow good performance. You +can use tmscsim=7,0,31,63,4,0 for maximum performance, if your SCSI chain +allows it. If you meet problems, you can use tmscsim=-1 which is a shortcut +for tmscsim=7,4,9,15,2,10. + + +6. Potential improvements +------------------------- +Most of the intended work on the driver has been done. Here are a few ideas +to further improve its usability: + +* Cleanly separate per-Target and per-LUN properties (DCB) +* More intelligent abort() routine +* Use new_eh code (Linux-2.1+) +* Have the mid-level (ML) code (and not the driver) handle more of the + various conditions. +* Command queueing in the driver: Eliminate Query list and use ML instead. +* More user friendly boot/module param syntax + +Further investigation on these problems: + +* Driver hangs with sync readcdda (xcdroast) (most probably VIA PCI error) + +Known problems: +Please see http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/dc390/problems.html + +* Changing the parameters of multi-lun by the tmscsim/? interface will + cause problems, cause these settings are mostly per Target and not per LUN + and should be updated accordingly. To be fixed for 2.0d24. +* CDRs (eg Yam CRW4416) not recognized, because some buggy devices don't + recover from a SCSI reset in time. Use a higher delay or don't issue + a SCSI bus reset on driver initialization. See problems page. + For the CRW4416S, this seems to be solved with firmware 1.0g (reported by + Jean-Yves Barbier). +* TEAC CD-532S not being recognized. (Works with 1.11). +* Scanners (eg. Astra UMAX 1220S) don't work: Disable Sync Negotiation. + If this does not help, try echo "INQUIRY t" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/? (t + replaced by the dev index of your scanner). You may try to reset your SCSI + bus afterwards (echo "RESET" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/?). + The problem seems to be solved as of 2.0d18, thanks to Andreas Rick. +* If there is a valid partition table, the driver will use it for determing + the mapping. If there's none, a reasonable mapping (Symbios-like) will be + assumed. Other operating systems may not like this mapping, though + it's consistent with the BIOS' behaviour. Old DC390 drivers ignored the + partition table and used a H/S = 64/32 or 255/63 translation. So if you + want to be compatible to those, use this old mapping when creating + partition tables. Even worse, on bootup the DC390 might complain if other + mappings are found, so auto rebooting may fail. +* In some situations, the driver will get stuck in an abort loop. This is a + bad interaction between the Mid-Layer of Linux' SCSI code and the driver. + Try to disable DsCn, if you meet this problem. Please contact me for + further debugging. + + +7. Bug reports, debugging and updates +------------------------------------- +Whenever you have problems with the driver, you are invited to ask the +author for help. However, I'd suggest reading the docs and trying to solve +the problem yourself, first. +If you find something, which you believe to be a bug, please report it to me. +Please append the output of /proc/scsi/scsi, /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? and +maybe the DC390 log messages to the report. + +Bug reports should be send to me (Kurt Garloff <dc390@garloff.de>) as well +as to the linux-scsi list (<linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org>), as sometimes bugs +are caused by the SCSI mid-level code. + +I will ask you for some more details and probably I will also ask you to +enable some of the DEBUG options in the driver (tmscsim.c:DC390_DEBUGXXX +defines). The driver will produce some data for the syslog facility then. +Beware: If your syslog gets written to a SCSI disk connected to your +AM53C974, the logging might produce log output again, and you might end +having your box spending most of its time doing the logging. + +The latest version of the driver can be found at: + http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/dc390/ + ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/garloff/linux/dc390/ + + +8. Acknowledgements +------------------- +Thanks to Linus Torvalds, Alan Cox, the FSF people, the XFree86 team and +all the others for the wonderful OS and software. +Thanks to C.L. Huang and Philip Giang (Tekram) for the initial driver +release and support. +Thanks to Doug Ledford, Gérard Roudier for support with SCSI coding. +Thanks to a lot of people (espec. Chiaki Ishikawa, Andreas Haumer, Hubert +Tonneau) for intensively testing the driver (and even risking data loss +doing this during early revisions). +Recently, SuSE GmbH, Nuernberg, FRG, has been paying me for the driver +development and maintenance. Special thanks! + + +9. Copyright +------------ + This driver is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. + If you want to use any later version of the GNU GPL, you will probably + be allowed to, but you have to ask me and Tekram <erich@tekram.com.tw> + before. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Written by Kurt Garloff <kurt@garloff.de> 1998/06/11 +Last updated 2000/11/28, driver revision 2.0e7 +$Id: README.tmscsim,v 2.25.2.7 2000/12/20 01:07:12 garloff Exp $ |